TVP Operations Manual D Rev 0

8/15/2019 TVP Operations Manual D Rev 0

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tvp-operations-manual-d-rev-0 1/513

TRAVEL SERVICE POLSKA SP. Z O O.

Strona/ Page COV -1/2

Egz. Nr ____

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

Company Operations Manual

Dział D – Szkolenia

Part D – Training

Dokument nr. TVP-OM-D-001

WARSZAWA

Wydanie 1 X/2011



TRAVEL SERVICE POLSKA SP. Z O O.

Strona/ Page COV -2/2

Zatwierdzenie przez ULC / Approved by Polish CAA

Na podstawie § 32 ust. 2 rozporządzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 6 maja 2003 r. w sprawie certyfikacji

działalności w lotnictwie cywilnym (Dz. U. Nr 146, poz. 1421) oraz wymagań EU-OPS 1.1040(b) i JAR-OPS

3.1040(b) stanowiących załącznik do rozporządzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 5 listopada 2004r. w

sprawie bezpieczeństwa eksploatacji statków powietrznych (Dz. U. Nr 262, poz. 2609):

Z A T W I E R D Z A M / APPROVED

PISMO Nr Z DNIA

UZGODNIENIA WEWNĘTRZNE.

INTERNAL ARRANGEMENTS

FUNKCJA

POSITION

NAZWISKO

NAME

DATA

DATE

PODPIS

SIGNATURE

Przygotował

Prepared by

Sprawdził

Checked by

Kierownik Jakości

Quality manager

Zaakceptował

Accepted by

Kierownik nominowany ds. szkolenia

Crew training postholder

Instrukcja Operacyjna została wprowadzona do użytku służbowego Zarządzeniem Prezesa.

The Company operations manual has introduced to the official use by direction of the President.

PISMO Nr Z DNIA

Opracowanie na podstawie materiałów Travel Service a.s. oraz własnych: CATCONSULTING KAROL RYMSZEWICZ® ©Copyright © Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o.

Kopiowanie instrukcji bez zgody jest zabronione.

Copying of the manual without permission is prohibited .

© All Rights Reserved




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D

DATA/DATE PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION 0

STRONA/PAGE 0.1- 1/2

D.0 ADMINISTROWANIE I KONTROLA INSTRUKCJI OPERACYJNEJ ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.0.1 Lista kontrolna zgodności z wymaganiami przepisów OPS 1 Check List of requirements of OPS 1 regulations

.

L.p. OPS 1. Zagadnienie Odniesienie w OM-D

1. 005d Zatwierdzanie STD D.3 str. PRO1-12/12; D.1str. INTRO 2/2

2.

025 Wspólny język D.2.1.1 str. CRM-9/18 (porozumiewanie się …) 3. 155 Przechowywanie dokumentów D.4.2 str. DOC-2/2

4. 200 Instrukcja operacyjna D.1 str. INTRO-1/1

5. 205 Kwalifikacje personelu operacyjnego D.1 str. INTRO-1/1

6. 225c)4) Minima lotnisk-kwalifikacje załogi D.2.2.9 str. LVTO

7. 370 Symulowanie sytuacji nienormalnych D.3.1.3 str. PRO1-3/12; D.1 str. NTRO-2/2

8. 450 AWO kwalifikacje załogi D.2.2.9 str. LVTO

9. Dod. 1 do 450 AWO szkolenie I kwalifikacje załogi j/w

10. 943 CRM piloci D.2.1.1 str. CRM 1-18

11. 945 Szkolenie przejściowe piloci D.2.1.2 str. CON-1-4

12. Dod.1 do 945 Szkolenie przejściowe u operatora j/w

13. 950 Szkolenie w różnicach I zapoznawcze D.2.1.3 str. DIF- 1-2

14. 955 Nominacja na dowódcę D.2.1.4 str. PIC 1/2

15. 965 Szkolenie i sprawdziany okresowe D.2.1.5 str. REC 1-6

16. Dod.1 do 965 Szkolenie i sprawdziany okresowe j/w

17.

968 Kwalifikacje do lotów z każdego stanowiska D.2.1.6 str. EPS 1-2

18. Dod. 1 do 968 Kwalifikacje do lotów z każdego stanowiska j/w

19. 975 Kwalifikacje w zakresie tras I lotnisk D.2.1.7 str. RTE 1-2

20. 985 Rejestry szkolenia D.4.1 str. DOC 1-2

21. 1005 Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie bezpieczeństwa - CC D.2.2.1 str. CAB/1

22. Dod. 1 do 1005 Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie bezpieczeństwa - CC j/w

23. Dod. 2 do 1005 CRM D.2.2.8 str. CAB/8

24. Dod.3 do 1005 Szkolenie medyczne i pierwszej pomocy D.2.2.7 str. CAB/7

25. 1010 Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach D.2.2.2 str.CAB/2

26. Dod. 1 do 1010 Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach j/w




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


L.p. OPS 1. Zagadnienie Odniesienie w OM-D


28. Dod.3 do 1010 Szkolenie medyczne i pierwszej pomocy D.2.2.7 str. CAB/7

29. 1012 Loty zapoznawcze D.2.2.3 str. CAB/3

30. 1015 Szkolenie okresowe D.2.2.4 str. CAB/4

31. Dod. 1 do 1015 Szkolenie okresowe j/w


33.

Dod.3 do 1015 Szkolenie medyczne i pierwszej pomocy D.2.2.7 str. CAB/734. 1020 Szkolenie wznawiające D.2.2.5 str.CAB/5

35. Dod. 1 do 1020 Szkolenie wznawiające j/w

36. 1035 Rejestry szkolenia D.4.1 str. DOC 1-2

37. 1040 Instrukcja operacyjna - ogólne D.1 str. INTRO-1

38. 1045 Instrukcja operacyjna – struktura i zawartość D.0.4 TOC

39. 1065 Okresy przechowywania dokumentów D.4.1 str. DOC 1-2

40. Dod. 1 do 1065 Okresy przechowywania dokumentów j/w

41. 1220 Programy szkoleniowe DG D.2.3.1 str. DGR

42. 1240 Programy szkoleniowe SEC D.2.3.2 str. SEC




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.0.2. KARTA ZATWIERDZEŃ ZMIAN PRZEZ ULC / REVISION’S APPROVAL BY CAA

Amendment No. 1 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is

Zmiana Nr 1 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest

ApprovedZatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________

(signature of the authorized person)



Approved

Zatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________




Approved

Zatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________




Approved

Zatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________


by President of Civil Aviation Office

przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego










OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0




Approved

Zatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________




Approved

Zatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________




Approved

Zatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________




Approved

Zatwierdzona

Accepted

Zaakceptowana

CAO Letter dated

Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________

______________________________












INSTRUKCJAOPERACYJNA

OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.0.3KONTROLA WPROWADZONYCH ZMIAN Nr egzemplarza

_____RECORD OF REVISIONS N0

of the Copy

Sprawdzono zgodność ze spisem

stron nr

Checked with list of effective

pages N

o

________ __________________ ___________

Nazwisko i podpis sprawdzającego

Name and sign of checker

___ / _____ / _____

Data sprawdzenia

Date of checking

NR ZMIANY I DATA WYDANIA

REVISION NO

NAZWISKO I PODPIS WPROWADZAJĄCEGO ZMIANĘ DO TEGO EGZ.

& DATE OF ISSUE NAME AND SIGN PERSON WHO ENTER REVISION INTO THIS MANUAL

DATA WPROWADZENIA ZMIANY

DATE OF ENTERING REVISION




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



REVISION NO & DATE OF ISSUE

NAZWISKO I PODPIS WPROWADZAJACEGO ZMIANĘ DO TEGO EGZ.

NAME AND SIGN PERSON WHO ENTER REVISION INTO THIS MANUAL






OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0

STRONA/PAGE 0.4-- 1/2

D.0ADMINISTROWANIE I KONTROLA INSTRUKCJI

OPERACYJNEJ

ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF

OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.0.4WYKAZ REJESTROWANYCH KOPII INSTRUKCJI Część D

LIST OF REGISTER COPY OF MANUAL Part D

NR KOPII

C OPY Nº

UŻYTKOWNIK

USER

EGZEMPLARZE DRUKOWANE

PRINTED COPIES

01Kierownik Operacji Lotniczych i Szkolenia Załóg

Flight Operations and Crew Training Manager

02ULC LOL-1

CAO Flight Operations (LOL-1) Department

WERSJA ELEKTRONICZNA (PDF)

ELECTRONIC (PDF) VERSION

E1

Kierownik Jakości Quality Manager

Kierownik Zarządzania Ciągłą Zdatnoscią do Lotu

Continuing Airworthiness Manager

Kierownik Operacji Naziemnych

Ground Operations Manager

Wszyscy piloci i personel operacyjny

All pilots and operations staff

ULC LOL-1

CAO Flight Operations (LOL-1) Department




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D DATA/DATE PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.0 ADMINISTROWANIE I KONTROLA INSTRUKCJI OPERACYJNEJ ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.0.5 WYKAZ WAŻNYCH STRON LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page Rev Date Page Rev Date Page Rev Date

ZATWIERDZENIE APPROVAL ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 1 2.2.3-1/2 0 OCT 2011

2.2.3-2/2 0 OCT 2011

COV1 - 1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-1/18 0 OCT 2011

COV1 - 2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-2/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.4-1/4 0 OCT 2011

2.1.1-3/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.4-2/4 0 OCT 2011

ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 0 2.1.1-4/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.4-3/4 0 OCT 2011

2.1.1-5/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.4-4/4 0 OCT 2011

0.1-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-6/18 0 OCT 2011

0.1-2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-7/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.5-1/2 0 OCT 2011

2.1.1-8/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.5-2/2 0 OCT 2011

0.2-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-9/18 0 OCT 2011

0.2-2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-10/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.6-1/2 0 OCT 2011

2.1.1-11/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.6-2/2 0 OCT 2011

0.3-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-12/18 0 OCT 2011

0.3-2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-13/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.7-1/2 0 OCT 2011

2.1.1-14/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.7-2/2 0 OCT 2011

0.4-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-15/18 0 OCT 2011

0.4-2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-16/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.8-1/4 0 OCT 2011

2.1.1-17/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.8-2/4 0 OCT 20110.5-1/4 0 OCT 2011 2.1.1-18/18 0 OCT 2011 2.2.8-3/4 0 OCT 2011

0.5-2/4 0 OCT 2011 2.2.8-4/4 0 OCT 2011

0.5-3/4 0 OCT 2011 2.1.2-1/4 0 OCT 2011

0.5-4/4 0 OCT 2011 2.1.2-2/4 0 OCT 2011 2.2.9-1/2 0 OCT 2011

2.1.2-3/4 0 OCT 2011 2.2.9-2/2 0 OCT 2011

0.6-1/6 0 OCT 2011 2.1.2-4/4 0 OCT 2011

0.6-2/6 0 OCT 2011 2.3,1-1/2 0 OCT 2011

0.6-3/6 0 OCT 2011 2.1.3-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.3.1-2/2 0 OCT 2011

0.6-4/6 0 OCT 2011 2.1.3-2/2 0 OCT 2011

0.6-5/6 0 OCT 2011 2.3,2-1/6 0 OCT 2011

0.6-6/6 0 OCT 2011 2.1.4-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.3.2-2/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.4-2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.3,2-3/6 0 OCT 2011

2.3.2-4/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.5-1/6 0 OCT 2011 2.3,2-5/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.5-2/6 0 OCT 2011 2.3.2-6/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.5-3/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.5-4/6 0 OCT 2011 2.4,0-1/2 0 OCT 2011

2.1.5-5/6 0 OCT 2011 2.4.0-2/2 0 OCT 2011

2.1.5-6/6 0 OCT 2011

2.4,1-1/8 0 OCT 2011

2.1.6-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.4.1-2/8 0 OCT 2011

2.1.6-2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.4,1-3/8 0 OCT 2011

2.4.1-4/8 0 OCT 2011

2.1.7-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.4,1-5/8 0 OCT 2011

2.1.7-2/2 0 OCT 2011 2.4.1-6/8 0 OCT 2011

2.4,1-7/8 0 OCT 2011

2.1.8-1/2 0 OCT 2011 2.4.1-8/8 0 OCT 2011

2.1.8-2/2 0 OCT 2011

2.4,2-1/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.9-1/6 0 OCT 2011 2.4.2-2/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.9-2/6 0 OCT 2011 2.4,2-3/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.9-3/6 0 OCT 2011 2.4.2-4/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.9-4/6 0 OCT 2011 2.4,2-5/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.9-5/6 0 OCT 2011 2.4.2-6/6 0 OCT 2011

2.1.9-6/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.1-1/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.1-2/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.1-3/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.1-4/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.1-5/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.1-6/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.2-1/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.2-2/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.2-3/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.2-4/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.2-5/6 0 OCT 2011

2.2.2-6/6 0 OCT 2011




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 3 ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 4 ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 5

3.1-1/14 0 OCT 2011 4.1-1/2 0 OCT 2011 5.0-1/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-2/14 0 OCT 2011 4.1-2/2 0 OCT 2011 5.0-2/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-3/14 0 OCT 2011

3.1-4/14 0 OCT 2011 4.2-1/2 0 OCT 2011 5.1-1/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-5/14 0 OCT 2011 4.2-2/2 0 OCT 2011 5.1-2/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-6/14 0 OCT 2011

3.1-7/14 0 OCT 2011

CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE


5.2-1/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-8/14 0 OCT 2011 5.2-2/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-9/14 0 OCT 2011

3.1-10/14 0 OCT 2011 5.3-1/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-11/14 0 OCT 2011 5.3-2/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-12/14 0 OCT 2011

3.1-13/14 0 OCT 2011 5.4-1/2 0 OCT 2011

3.1-14/14 0 OCT 2011 5.4-2/2 0 OCT 2011

3.2-1/4 0 OCT 2011 5.5-1/14 0 OCT 2011

3.2-2/4 0 OCT 2011 5.5-2/14 0 OCT 2011

3.2-3/4 0 OCT 2011 5.5-3/14 0 OCT 2011

3.2-4/4 0 OCT 2011 5.5-4/14 0 OCT 2011

5.5-5/14 0 OCT 2011

3.3-1/2 0 OCT 2011 5.5-6/14 0 OCT 2011

3.3-2/4 0 OCT 2011 5.5-7/14 0 OCT 2011

5.5-8/14 0 OCT 2011



5.5-9/14 0 OCT 2011

5.5-10/14 0 OCT 2011

5.5-11/14 0 OCT 2011

5.5-12/14 0 OCT 2011

5.5-13/14 0 OCT 2011

5.5-14/14 0 OCT 2011

5.6-1/4 0 OCT 2011

5.6-2/4 0 OCT 2011

5.6-3/4 0 OCT 2011

5.6-4/4 0 OCT 2011

5.7-1/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-2/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-3/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-4/16 0 OCT 20115.7-5/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-6/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-7/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-8/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-9/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-10/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-11/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-12/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-13/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-14/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-15/16 0 OCT 2011

5.7-16/16 0 OCT 2011

5.8-1/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-2/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-3/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-4/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-5/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-6/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-7/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-8/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-9/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-10/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-11/12 0 OCT 2011

5.8-12/12 0 OCT 2011





OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.9-1/2 0 OCT 2011 ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 6 6.5-1/20 0 OCT 2011

5.9-2/2 0 OCT 2011 6.5-2/20 0 OCT 2011

6.1-1/2 0 OCT 2011 6.5-3/20 0 OCT 2011

5.10-1/2 0 OCT 2011 6.1-2/2 0 OCT 2011 6.5-4/20 0 OCT 2011

5.10-2/2 0 OCT 2011 6.5-5/20 0 OCT 2011

6.2-1/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-6/20 0 OCT 2011

5.11-1/6 0 OCT 2011 6.2-2/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-7/20 0 OCT 2011

5.11-2/6 0 OCT 2011 6.2-3/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-8/20 0 OCT 2011

5.11-3/6 0 OCT 2011 6.2-4/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-9/20 0 OCT 2011

5.11-4/6 0 OCT 2011 6.2-5/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-10/20 0 OCT 2011

5.11-5/6 0 OCT 2011 6.2-6/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-11/20 0 OCT 2011

5.11-6/6 0 OCT 2011 6.2-7/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-12/20 0 OCT 2011

6.2-8/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-13/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-1/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-9/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-14/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-2/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-10/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-15/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-3/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-11/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-16/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-4/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-12/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-17/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-5/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-13/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-18/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-6/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-14/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-19/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-7/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-15/28 0 OCT 2011 6.5-20/20 0 OCT 2011

5.12-8/8 0 OCT 2011 6.2-16/28 0 OCT 2011

6.2-17/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-1/22 0 OCT 2011

5.13-1/2 0 OCT 2011 6.2-18/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-2/22 0 OCT 2011

5.13-2/2 0 OCT 2011 6.2-19/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-3/22 0 OCT 2011

6.2-20/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-4/22 0 OCT 2011

5.14-1/4 0 OCT 2011 6.2-21/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-5/22 0 OCT 2011

5.14-2/4 0 OCT 2011 6.2-22/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-6/22 0 OCT 2011

5.14-3/4 0 OCT 2011 6.2-23/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-7/22 0 OCT 2011

5.14-4/4 0 OCT 2011 6.2-24/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-8/22 0 OCT 2011



6.2-25/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-9/22 0 OCT 2011

6.2-26/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-10/22 0 OCT 2011

6.2-27/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-11/22 0 OCT 2011

6.2-28/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-12/22 0 OCT 2011

6.6-13/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-1/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-14/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-2/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-15/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-3/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-16/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-4/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-17/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-5/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-18/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-6/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-19/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-7/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-20/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-8/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-21/22 0 OCT 20116.3-9/28 0 OCT 2011 6.6-22/22 0 OCT 2011

6.3-10/28 0 OCT 2011

6.3-11/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-1/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-12/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-2/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-13/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-3/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-14/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-4/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-15/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-5/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-16/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-6/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-17/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-7/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-18/28 0 OCT 2011 6.7-8/8 0 OCT 2011

6.3-19/28 0 OCT 2011

6.3-20/28 0 OCT 2011 6.8-1/6 0 OCT 2011

6.3-21/28 0 OCT 2011 6.8-2/6 0 OCT 2011

6.3-22/28 0 OCT 2011 6.8-3/6 0 OCT 2011

6.3-23/28 0 OCT 2011 6.8-4/6 0 OCT 2011

6.3-24/28 0 OCT 2011 6.8-5/6 0 OCT 2011

6.3-25/28 0 OCT 2011 6.8-6/6 0 OCT 2011

6.3-26/28 0 OCT 2011

6.3-27/28 0 OCT 2011 6.9-1/4 0 OCT 2011

6.3-28/28 0 OCT 2011 6.9-2/4 0 OCT 2011

6.9-3/4 0 OCT 2011

6.4-1/4 0 OCT 2011 6.9-4/4 0 OCT 2011

6.4-2/4 0 OCT 2011

6.4-3/4 0 OCT 2011

6.4-4/4 0 OCT 2011





OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


6.10-1/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-1/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-71/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-2/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-2/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-72/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-3/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-3/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-73/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-4/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-4/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-74/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-5/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-5/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-75/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-6/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-6/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-76/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-7/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-7/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-77/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-8/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-8/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-78/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-9/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-9/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-79/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-10/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-10/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-80/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-11/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-11/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-81/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-12/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-12/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-82/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-13/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-13/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-83/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-14/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-14/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-84/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-15/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-15/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-85/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-16/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-16/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-86/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-17/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-17/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-87/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-18/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-18/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-88/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-19/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-19/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-89/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-20/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-20/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-90/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-21/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-21/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-91/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-22/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-22/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-92/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-23/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-23/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-93/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-24/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-24/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-94/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-25/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-25/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-95/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-26/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-26/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-96/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-27/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-27/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-97/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-28/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-28/98 0 OCT 2011 6.11-98/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-29/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-29/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-30/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-30/98 0 OCT 2011



6.10-31/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-31/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-32/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-32/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-33/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-33/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-34/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-34/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-35/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-35/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-36/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-36/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-37/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-37/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-38/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-38/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-39/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-39/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-40/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-40/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-41/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-41/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-42/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-42/98 0 OCT 20116.10-43/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-43/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-44/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-44/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-45/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-45/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-46/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-46/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-47/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-47/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-48/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-48/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-49/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-49/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-50/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-50/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-51/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-51/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-52/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-52/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-53/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-53/98 0 OCT 2011

6.10-54/54 0 OCT 2011 6.11-54/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-55/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-1/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-56/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-2/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-57/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-3/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-58/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-4/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-59/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-5/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-60/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-6/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-61/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-7/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-62/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-8/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-63/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-9/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-64/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-10/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-65/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-11/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-66/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-12/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-67/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-13/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-68/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-14/14 0 OCT 2011 6.11-69/98 0 OCT 2011

6.11-70/98 0 OCT 2011




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.0.6 SPIS TREŚCI TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tom 1 Vol. 1

D.0 Administrowanie instrukcją Administration of manual

Strona tytułowa. Title Page.

Zatwierdzenie Instrukcji przez ULC. OM approval by Polish CAA.

D.0.1 Lista kontrolna zgodności z

wymaganiami. OPS 1.

Check List of requirements of OPS 1 reg-

ulations.

D.0.2 Zatwierdzenie zmian Approval of revisions

D.0.3 Karta kontrolna wprowadzonych zmian Checklist of implemented revisions

D.0.4 Wykaz użytkowników List of users

D.0.5 Wykaz obowiązujących stron List of effecive pages

D.0.6. Spis treści Table of contents

D.1 Wstęp. Introduction.

D.2 Programy szkoleń oraz sprawdzianów. Training syllabi and checking pro-

grams.

D.2.1 Dla załogi lotniczej. For flight crew.

D.2.1.1 Podstawowe szkolenie u operatora w

zarządzaniu zasobami załogi (CRM).

Initial operator's crew resource man-

agement (CRM) training.

D.2.1.2 Szkolenia przejściowe i sprawdziany. Conversion training and checking.

D.2.1.3 Szkolenie w różnicach i szkolenie

zapoznawcze.

Differences training and familiarization

Training.

D.2.1.4 Nominacja na dowódcę. Nomination as commander.

D.2.1.5 Szkolenia i sprawdziany okresowe. Recurrent training and checking.

D.2.1.6 Kwalifikacje pilota do wykonywania

lotów z każdego stanowiska.

Pilot qualification to operate in either

Pilot's seat.

D.2.1.7 Kwalifikacje w zakresie tras i lotnisk. Route and aerodrome competence qual-

ification.

D.2.1.8 Kwalifikacje w zakresie przeglądów

przedlotowych.

Preflight inspection competence qualifi-

cation.

D.2.1.9 Kwalifikacje w zakresie LVTO. LVTO competence qualification.

D.2.1.9.a Wzór upoważnienia zakładowego pilota. Specimen of company authorization for

pilot.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.2.2 Dla personelu pokładowego. For cabin crew.

D.2.2.1 Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa.

Initial Safety training.

D.2.2.1.a Wzór świadectwa dla personelu

pokładowego o ukończeniu szkolenia

podstawowego w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa

Specimen of Certificate of successful

completion of the Initial safety training

for the cabin crew

D.2.2.2 Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach. Conversion and difference training.

D.2.2.3 Loty zapoznawcze. Familiarization.

D.2.2.4 Szkolenie okresowe. Recurrent training.

D.2.2.5 Szkolenie wznawiające. Refresher training.

D.2.2.6 Sprawdziany. Checking.

D.2.2.7 Szkolenie w zakresie zagadnień

medycznych i pierwszej pomocy.

Medical aspects and first aid training.

D.2.2.8 Szkolenie w zakresie CRM. CRM training.

D.2.2.9 Konspekty do szkolenia. Conspectus for training.

D.2.3 Dla personelu operacyjnego, łącznie zczłonkami załogi.

For operations personnel concerned,

including crew members.

D.2.3.1 Transport lotniczy materiałów

niebezpiecznych.

Transport of dangerous goods by air.

D.2.3.2 Ochrona. Security.

D.2.4 Dla personelu operacyjnego innego niżczłonkowie załogi (np. dyspozytorzy,personel obsługi itp.).

For operations personnel other than

crew members (e.g. dispatcher, han-

dling personnel etc.).

D.2.4.0 Operacyjny personel naziemny. Ground operations personnel.

D.2.4.1

Personel planujący operacje.

Personnel planning operations- dis- patchers.

D.2.4.2 Personel nadzorujący operacje. Personnel supervising operations- flight

watch officers.

D.3 Procedury. Procedures.

D.3.1 Procedury dotyczące szkoleń isprawdzianów.

Procedures for training and checking.

D.3.1.1 Informacje ogólne. General information.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.3.1.2 Procedury określania dodatkowych

potrzeb szkoleń okresowych i

doskonalących związanych z

rozszerzaniem działalności operacyjnej.

Procedures of determination of addi-

tional needs of recurrent and improving

trainings connected with extension of

operation activity.

D.3.1.3 Symulowanie sytuacji awaryjnych i

nienormalnych.

Simulation of emergency and abnormal

situations.

D.3.1.4 Obowiązki i odpowiedzialność

personelu kierowniczego przewoźnika

za właściwe, terminowe szkolenie

podległego mu personelu.

Duties and responsibility of operator's

management for proper and punctual

training of their subordinated personnel.

D.3.1.5 Zasady przechowywania,

zabezpieczenia i udostępniania danych

o szkoleniu personelu w poszczególnych

komórkach organizacyjnych

przewoźnika.

Rudiments of storage, securing and mak-

ing accessible of personnel training data

in particular departments of carrier.

D.3.1.6 Dokumentowanie kwalifikacji

uzyskanych poza przedsiębiorstwem.

Evidence of qualifications obtained be-

yond operator.

D.3.1.7 Udostępnianie dokumentacji

szkoleniowej.

Making accessible of training documen-

tation.

D.3.1.8 Zasady współpracy personelu

kierowniczego przewoźnika z ośrodkami

szkoleniowymi, wynajętymi do

prowadzenia szkolenia personelu.

Rudiments of cooperation between car-

rier’s management personnel and train-

ing centers hired to provide trainings for

personnel.

D.3.1.9 Rozkład zajęć lekcyjnych. (przykład). Lectures timetable. (example).

D.3.1.10 Rekomendowane wyposażenie sali

wykładowej.

Recommended classroom equipment.

D.3.1.11 Konspekt do prowadzenia zajęć. Syllabus (conspectus) to carry on lec-

tures.

D.3.1.12 Zasady oceniania. Rudiments of evaluation.

D.3.1.13 Lista instruktorów i egzaminatorów List of instructors and examinators.

D.3.1.14 Lista zatwierdzonych ośrodków

szkolenia.

List of approved training centers.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.3.2 Procedury, jakie mają byćzastosowane, w razie gdy personel nie

osiąga lub nie utrzymuje wymaganychstandardów.

Procedures to be applied in the event

that personnel do not achieve or main-

tain the required standards.

D.3.2.1 Podczas szkolenia wstępnego -

przejściowego w celu nabycia

określonych uprawnień.

During initial, conversion training or in

order to get defined certificates.

D.3.2.2 Okresowe lub okolicznościowe

sprawdzenia wiadomości i/lub

umiejętności licencjonowanego

personelu operacyjny ego.

Recurrent or occasional check or skills of

licensed operations personnel.

D.3.2.3 Okresowe lub okolicznościowe

sprawdzenia wiadomości i/lub

umiejętności nielicencjonowanego

personelu operacyjnego.

Recurrent or occasional check or skills of

not licensed operations personnel.

D.3.3 Procedury zapewniające, by w lotachzarobkowego przewozu lotniczego niebyły symulowane sytuacjenienormalne lub awaryjne wymagającezastosowania części lub wszystkichprocedur nienormalnych lubawaryjnych oraz by w takich lotach niemiała miejsca symulacja IMC zapomocą środków technicznych.

Procedures to ensure that abnormal or

emergency situations requiring the

application of part or all of abnormal or

emergency procedures and simulation

of IMC by artificial means are not simu-

lated during commercial air transporta-

tion flights.

D.4 Opis dokumentacji, jaka ma byćprzechowywana i okresy jejprzechowywania.

Description of documentation to be

stored and storage periods.

D.4.1 Opis dokumentacji. Description of documentation to be

stored.

D.4.2 Okres przechowywania. Storage periods.

D.5 Wzory dokumentacji Formularze. Specimens of documentation – Forms.

D.6 Załączniki –konspekty. Attachments- conspectuses.

ATT/2 Szkolenie przejściowe. Conversion course.

ATT/4 Szkolenie zapoznawcze. Familiarization training.

ATT/5 Szkolenie w różnicach B737 NG & EFIS. Difference training for B737 NG & EFIS.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATT/6 Szkolenie w zakresie tras I lotnisk. Route and Aerodrome competence train-

ing.

ATT/7 Szkolenie LVTO. LVTO Training.

ATT/8 Szkolenie okresowe. Recurrent training.

ATT/9 Sprawdzian okresowy. Recurrent checking.

ATT/10 Scenariusze szkolenia okresowego. Recurrent training scenario.

ATT/11 Ocenianie. Grading.

Dział

Chapter Tom 2 Vol.2

Konspekty doSzkolenia personelu pokładowego.

Conspectuses of

Cabin crew training.

Wstęp. Introduction.

Spis ważnych stron tomu 2. List of effective pages of vol. 2.

Rejestr zmian w tomie 2. Record of revision of vol. 2.

0 Spis treści tomu 2. Contens of vol. 2.

1 Zagadnienia ogólne. General topics.

2 Skróty. Abbreviations.

3 Rodzaje szkoleń. Types of trainings.

4 Kolejność szkoleń. Training sequence.

5 Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa.

Initial safety training.

6 Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach. Conversion and differences training.

7 Szkolenie okresowe. Recurrent training.

8 Szkolenie starszego członka personelu

pokładowego.

Senior Cabin Crew member training.

9 Szkolenie instruktora personelu

pokładowego.

Instructor of Cabin Crew training.

10 Szkolenie egzaminatora personelu

pokładowego.

Examinator of Cabin Crew training.

11 Szkolenie wznawiające Refresher training.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


A-II Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa.


A-III Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach. Conversion and differences training.

A-IV Szkolenie okresowe. Recurrent training.

A-V Szkolenie starszego członka personelu

pokładowego.

Senior Cabin Crew member training.

A-VI Szkolenie instruktora personelu

pokładowego.

Instructor of Cabin Crew training.

A-VII Szkolenie egzaminatora personelupokładowego.

Examinator of Cabin Crew training.

A-VIII Zapisy (karty) szkolenia i sprawdzianów. Records of Training and checking.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0

STRONA/PAGE 1- 1/2

D SZKOLENIE TRAINING

D.1 WSTĘP. INTRODUCTION.

Częśc D opisuje zasady szkolenia i utrzymania

wymaganych kwalifikacji przez

licencjonowany personel lotniczy i personelu

operacyjnego oraz nielicencjonowany

personel administracyjnego uczestniczący w

prowadzonych przez przedsiębiorstwo

operacjach lotniczych.

This part describes training procedures

and keeping required qualifications by

licensed flight/ops personnel and unli-

censed administrative personnel that

taking a part in operator’s flight opera-

tions.

W tej części zawarte są szczegółowe zasady,

metody i procedury związane z

prowadzeniem okresowych i doskonalących

szkoleń lotniczych personelu operacyjnego a

także zasady i wymagania dla awansowaniana dowódców i /lub przejścia na nowy typ

statku powietrznego, prowadzenia

okresowych kontroli wiadomości

teoretycznych i umiejętności praktycznych

personelu lotniczego, technicznego i

operacyjnego w celu utrzymania posiadanych

przez nich kwalifikacji na wymaganym

poziomie.

This part enclose detailed rules, means

and procedures related to periodical pro-

ficiency checks, quality improvement

trainings of all flight and ops personnel,

as well as all the requirements for promo-tions to a captain position and/or chang-

ing the current type of aircraft, time-to-

time checks of theoretical and practical

knowledge of flight and ops personnel in

order to keep the highest level of their

effectiveness.

Instrukcja Szkolenia Personelu podzielona

jest na 6 rozdziały:

Personnel Training Manual is partitioned

for 6 sections:

ROZDZIAŁ 1 Opisuje ogólne zasady

organizacyjne mające zastosowanie do

szkolenia całego personelu operacyjnego.

SECTION 1 Describes general rules of

applying to training all operational per-

sonnel of the Operator.

ROZDZIAŁ 2 Programy szkolenia. SECTION 2 Syllabuses

ROZDZIAŁ 3 Procedury szkoleń i

sprawdzianów w tym procedury w przypadku

nieutrzymywania wymaganego poziomu

wiedzy i umiejętności przez personel

przedsiębiorstwa.

SECTION 3 Procedures of the training and

checking including procedures in the

event that personnel do not achieve or

maintain the required standards.

ROZDZIAŁ 4 Zawiera opis dokumentacji, jakama być przechowywana i okresy jej

przechowywania.

Section 4 Contains description of docu-mentation to be stored and storage peri-

ods.

ROZDZIAŁ 5 Zawiera wzory formularzy. Section 5 Contains the template of forms.

ROZDZIAŁ 6 Zawiera załączniki - konspekty

szkoleń (tylko w języku angielskim)

Section 6 Contains attachments - sum-

mary of the trainings (in English only)

Ograniczenia Limitations

Szkolenie i/lub sprawdziany pilotów i

personelu pokładowego muszą byćwykonywane przez zatwierdzone ośrodki

Training and/or checking for the pilots

and cabin attendants shall be performedby approved rating organizations TRTO,




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0

STRONA/PAGE 1- 2/2

szkolenia lotniczego TRTO zakontraktowane

na podstawie umowy.

contracted on base of the agreement.

Wszystkie urządzenia treningowe STD

stosowane do szkolenia lub sprawdzianówpilotów muszą być zatwierdzone przez

Władzę.

All STDs used for Training and/or check-

ing for the pilots shall be approved byCAA.

Zabronione jest symulowanie w lotach

zarobkowych symulowanie sytuacji

nienormalnych lub awaryjnych lub

wymagających częściowego zastosowania

procedur nienormalnych lub awaryjnych oraz

symulowanie lotów bez widoczności IMC.

Abnormal or emergency situation requir-

ing the application of part or all abnor-

mal or emergency procedures and simu-

lation of IMC by artificial means shall not

be simulated during air transportation

flights.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0

STRONA/PAGE 2.1.1- 1/18

D.2 PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW. TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PRO-

GRAMS.

D.2. 1 ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.1 PODSTAWOWE SZKOLENIE U OPERATORA W

ZARZĄDZANIU ZASOBAMI ZAŁOGI (CRM)

INITIAL OPERATOR'S CREW RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT (CRM) TRAINING

Operator zapewnia, by członek załogi lotniczej

przeszedł podstawowe szkolenie w zarządzaniu

zasobami załogi (CRM) (zarówno nowi

pracownicy, jak i już zatrudnieni), jeśli nie odbył

takiego szkolenia wcześniej. Nowi pracownicy

odbywają podstawowe szkolenie CRM w ciągu

pierwszego roku zatrudnienia u operatora.

When a flight crew member has not previous-

ly completed initial operator's crew resource

management (CRM) training (either new

employees or existing staff), then the opera-

tor shall ensure that the flight crew member

completes an initial CRM training course.

New employees shall complete initial opera-tor's CRM training within their first year of

joining an operator.

Jeśli członek załogi lotniczej nie przechodził

wcześniej szkolenia w zakresie czynnika ludzkiego

(human factors), odbywa on szkolenie

teoretyczne oparte na programie odnoszącym się

do możliwości i ograniczeń człowieka określonym

dla licencji ATPL (patrz: wymogi stosowane do

wydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej) przed

przystąpieniem do podstawowego szkolenia CRM

lub wraz z podstawowym szkoleniem CRM.

If the flight crew member has not previously

been trained in human factors then a theoret-

ical course, based on the human performance

and limitations programme for the ATPL (see

the requirements applicable to the issue of

flight crew licences) shall be completed be-

fore the initial operator's CRM training or

combined with the initial operator's CRM

training.

Podstawowe szkolenie CRM prowadzone jest

przez co najmniej jednego możliwego do

przyjęcia przez organ instruktora CRM, który

może być wspomagany przez specjalistów z

określonych dziedzin.

Initial CRM training shall be conducted by at

least one CRM trainer acceptable to the Au-

thority who may be assisted by experts in

order to address specific areas.


zgodnie ze szczegółowym zakresem szkolenia

objętym instrukcją operacyjną.

Initial CRM training is conducted in accord-

ance with a detailed course syllabus included

in the operations manual.

Zasady ogólne. General

Zarządzanie zasobami załogi (CRM) jest

umiejętnością skutecznego wykorzystania

wszelkich dostępnych w locie zasobów, w tym

członków załogi, systemów i instalacji samolotu

oraz informacji pomocnych w bezpiecznym i

sprawnym przebiegu lotu.

Crew Resource Management (CRM) is the

effective utilisation of all available resources

(e.g. crew members, aeroplane systems, sup-

porting facilities and persons) to achieve safe

and efficient operation.

Zadaniem szkolenia CRM jest doskonalenie

umiejętności komunikowania się i kierowania

The objective of CRM is to enhance the com-

munication and management skills of the




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


członkami załogi, których to dotyczy. Szczególny

nacisk powinien zostać położony na

pozatechniczne aspekty możliwości załóg

lotniczych.

flight crew member concerned. The emphasis

is placed on the non-technical aspects of

flight crew performance.

Szkolenie CRM powinno oddawać kulturę

organizacyjną operatora i być prowadzone

zarówno w formie zajęć o charakterze lekcyjnym,

jak i ćwiczeń praktycznych, które obejmą

przeglądowe grupowe dyskusje o zaistniałych

wypadkach i zdarzeniach lotniczych w kontekście

analizy problemów komunikacyjnych pomiędzy

członkami załogi oraz przykłady braku przepływu

informacji lub zarządzania zasobami przez załogę.

CRM training should reflect the culture of the

operator and be conducted by means of both

classroom training and practical exercises

including group discussions and accident and

serious incident reviews to analyse communi-

cation problems and instances or examples of

a lack of information or crew management.

Zawsze gdy jest to możliwe, podczas szkoleń na

symulatorach lotu należy uwzględniać te

elementy CRM, które mogą być w sposób

realistyczny włączone do poszczególnych ćwiczeń

i pozwolą na interakcję załogi. Do takich ćwiczeń

na symulatorze zalicza się, ale nic tylko,

scenariusze szkolenia w lotach liniowych (LOFT).

Whenever it is practicable to do so, consider-

ation should be given to conducting relevant

parts of CRM training in synthetic training

devices which reproduce, in an acceptable

way, a realistic operational environment and

permit interaction. This includes, but is not

limited to, simulators with appropriate LOFT

scenarios.

Zawsze gdy jest to możliwe, zaleca się, aby

podstawowe szkolenie CRM było prowadzone w

sesjach grupowych poza siedzibą operatora, tak

aby wzajemne relacje członków załóg nie były

zakłócane codziennymi sprawami

przedsiębiorstwa.

It is recommended that, whenever possible,

initial CRM training be conducted in a group

session outside the company premises so that

the opportunity is provided for flight crew

members to interact and communicate away

from the pressures of their usual working

environment.

Kwalifikacje wykładowców. Qualifications of the CRM Trainer

Szkolenie CRM powinno być prowadzone z

udziałem przynajmniej jednego wykładowcy

posiadającego umiejętność pracy z grupą, który

może być wspierany przez specjalistów z różnych

dziedzin. Wykładowcy CRM powinni

przynajmniej:

The CRM training can be supported by spe-

cialist of different domains.

At least one of the CRM trainers should pos-

sess group facilitation skills and should at

least:

Mieć aktualne doświadczenie w zarobkowym

transporcie lotniczym jako członkowie załóg i

mieć zaliczony:

Have current commercial air transport expe-

rience as a flight crew member; and have

either:

Egzamin z zakresu ludzkich możliwości i

ograniczeń (HPL) przy okazji uzyskania licencji

pilota liniowego (ATPL) lub

Successfully passed the Human Performance

and Limitations (HPL) examination whilst

recently obtaining the ATPL or,




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Kurs teoretyczny (HPL), obejmujący program

egzaminacyjny na licencję pilota liniowego (ATPL),

jeśli uzyskali licencje członków personelu

lotniczego zgodnie z JAR-OPS 1.940(a)(3) przed

jego wprowadzeniem;

If holding a Flight Crew Licence acceptable

under JAR-OPS 1.940(a)(3) prior to the intro-

duction of HPL into the ATPL syllabus, fol-

lowed a theoretical HPL course covering the

whole syllabus of the HPL examination.

Mieć ukończone szkolenie podstawowe CRM; i Have completed initial CRM training; and

Być pod nadzorem odpowiednio

wykwalifikowanego personelu w czasie

prowadzenia pierwszego szkolenia

podstawowego; i

Be supervised by suitably qualified CRM train-

ing personnel when conducting their first

initial CRM training session; and

Otrzymać wykształcenie w zakresie poczucia

osobowości, kierowania grupą, dynamiki grupy i

łagodzenia konfliktów.

Have received additional education in the

fields of group management, group dynamics

and personal awareness.

Niezależnie od powyższych ustaleń, członek

personelu lotniczego posiadający ważne

kwalifikacje jako wykładowca CRM może nawet

po zaprzestaniu wykonywania czynności

lotniczych nadal prowadzić szkolenia.

Podobnie, doświadczony wykładowca niebędący

członkiem personelu lotniczego, który wiedzę z

zakresu (HPL) posiadł po wprowadzeniu tego

zagadnienia do JAR-OPS, również może takie

szkolenia prowadzić.

Członek personelu lotniczego po zaprzestaniu

wykonywania czynności lotniczych jeżeli posiada

wiedzę z zakresu HPL może zostać wykładowcą

CRM jeśli zachowuje odpowiednią wiedzę

operacyjną i dotyczącą samolotu zgodną z

powyższymi wymaganiami.

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, a

flight crew member holding a recent qualifi-

cation as a CRM trainer may continue to be a

CRM trainer even after the cessation of active

flying duties;

An experienced non-flight crew CRM trainer

having a knowledge of HPL, may also contin-

ue to be a CRM trainer;

A former flight crew member having

knowledge of HPL may become a CRM trainer

if he maintains adequate knowledge of the

operation and aeroplane type and meets the

provisions of paragraphs above.

Jeżeli operator nie posiada odpowiednich

możliwości do zorganizowania szkolenia

podstawowego CRM, może zatrudnić do tego

uznanego przez Władzę wykładowcę CRM innego

operatora lub organizacji zewnętrznej.

W takim przypadku operator musi zapewnić , że

zakres szkolenia będzie odpowiadał jego

wymaganiom. Jeżeli w szkoleniu uczestniczą piloci

z różnych organizacji zakres szkolenia musi być

dostosowany do operacji tych operatorów.

If the operator does not have sufficient means

to establish initial CRM training, use may be

made of a course provided by another opera-

tor, or a third party or training organization

acceptable to the Authority.

In this event the operator should ensure that

the content of the course meets his opera-

tional requirements. When crew members

from several companies follow the same

course, CRM core elements should be specific

to the nature of operations of the companies

and the trainees concerned.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Szkolenie podstawowe CRM. Initial CRM Training.

Szkolenie podstawowe CRM ma za zadanie

zapoznawać i dostarczać niezbędnej wiedzy o

czynnikach ludzkich mających wpływ na operacje.

Czas trwania kursu nie powinien być krótszy niż

jeden dzień dla operacji załóg jednoosobowych i

dwa dni dla innych typów operacji. Kurs powinien

obejmować zagadnienia podane w Tabeli 1

kolumna (a) w zakresie określonym w kolumnie

(b) (Szkolenie podstawowe CRM).

Initial CRM training program are designed to

provide knowledge of, and familiarity with,

human factors relevant to flight operations.

The course duration should be a minimum of

one day for single pilot operations and two

days for all other types of operations. It

should cover all elements in Table 1, column

(a) to the level required by column (b) (Initial

CRM training).

Operator zapewnia, by członek załogi lotniczej

przeszedł podstawowe szkolenie w zarządzaniu

zasobami załogi (CRM) (zarówno nowi

pracownicy, jak i już zatrudnieni), jeśli nie odbył

takiego szkolenia wcześniej. Nowi pracownicy

odbywają podstawowe szkolenie CRM w ciągu

pierwszego roku zatrudnienia u operatora.

When a flight crew member has not previous-

ly completed initial operator's crew resource

management (CRM) training (either new

employees or existing staff), then the opera-

tor shall ensure that the flight crew member

completes an initial CRM training course.

New employees shall complete initial opera-

tor's CRM training within their first year of

joining an operator.

Jeśli członek załogi lotniczej nie przechodził

wcześniej szkolenia w zakresie czynnika ludzkiego

(human factors), odbywa on szkolenie

teoretyczne oparte na programie odnoszącym się

do możliwości i ograniczeń człowieka określonym

dla licencji ATPL (patrz: wymogi stosowane do

wydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej) przed

przystąpieniem do podstawowego szkolenia CRM

lub wraz z podstawowym szkoleniem CRM.

If the flight crew member has not previously

been trained in human factors then a theoret-

ical course, based on the human performance

and limitations programme for the ATPL (see

the requirements applicable to the issue of

flight crew licences) shall be completed be-

fore the initial operator's CRM training or

combined with the initial operator's CRM

training.


przez co najmniej jednego możliwego do

przyjęcia przez organ instruktora CRM, który

może być wspomagany przez specjalistów z

określonych dziedzin.

Initial CRM training shall be conducted by at

least one CRM trainer acceptable to the Au-

thority who may be assisted by experts in

order to address specific areas.

Szkolenie przejściowe CRM. Conversion Course CRM training.

Jeśli członek załogi przechodzi szkolenie

przejściowe związane ze zmianą typu statku

powietrznego, to musi ono obejmować w

poszczególnych fazach zagadnienia z kolumny (a)

Tabeli 1 w zakresie wymaganym w kolumnie (c)

(szkolenie przejściowe przy zmianie typu), chyba

że u poprzedniego operatora szkolenia CRM wy

prowadziła ta sama organizacja (wykładowca)

If the flight crew member undergoes a con-

version course with a change of aeroplane

type, all elements in Table 1, column (a)

should be integrated into all appropriate

phases of the operator’s conversion course

and covered to the level required by column

(c) (conversion course when changing type),

unless the two operators use the same CRM




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CRM. training provider.

Jeśli członek załogi przechodzi szkolenie

przejściowe połączone ze zmianą Operatora, to

musi ono obejmować w poszczególnych fazach

zagadnienia z kolumny (a) Tabeli 1, w zakresie

wymaganym w kolumnie (d) (szkolenie

przejściowe ze zmianą Operatora).

If the flight crew member undergoes a con-

version course with a change of operator, all

elements in Table 1, column (a) should be

integrated into all appropriate phases of the

operator’s conversion course and covered to

the level required by column (d) (conversion

course when changing operator).

W czasie prowadzenia szkolenia przejściowego

członek załogi nie powinien być oceniany ze

znajomości zagadnień CRM. Jeżeli jednak członek

załogi przechodzi na zakończenie szkolenia

przejściowego sprawdzenie umiejętności u

Operatora, to powinno ono obejmować również

ocenę znajomości CRM.

A flight crew member should not be assessed

when completing elements of CRM training

which are part of an operator’s conversion

course. The operator proficiency check on the

finish of the conversion training shall include

the CRM evaluation.

Szkolenie dowódcze CRM. Command course CRM training.

Operator powinien zapewnić, aby podczas

szkolenia dowódczego uwzględnione zostały

wszystkie zagadnienia z kolumny (a) Tabeli 1, w

zakresie wymaganym w kolumnie (e) (szkolenie

dowódcze).

An operator should ensure that all elements

in Table 1, column (a) are integrated into the

command course and covered to the level

required by column (e) (command course).

W czasie prowadzenia szkolenia członek załogi nie

powinien być oceniany ze znajomości zawartych

w nim zagadnień CRM. Jednakże, jeśli członek

załogi na zakończenie szkolenia dowódczego

przechodzi sprawdzenie na linii i kontrolę

wiadomości, to powinna ona obejmować również

ocenę znajomości CRM.



which are part of the command course, alt-

hough feedback should be given. For example

during the Line check on the finish of the

command course.

Szkolenie okresowe CRM. Recurrent CRM training.

Operator zapewnia, aby: An operator ensured that:

Elementy szkolenia CRM były prowadzone we

wszystkich fazach corocznego szkolenia i

uwzględniały zagadnienia CRM zawarte w

kolumnie (a) Tabeli 1, w zakresie wymaganym w

kolumnie (f) (szkolenie okresowe), i były

powtarzane nie rzadziej niż raz na 3 lata;

Elements of CRM are integrated into all ap-

propriate phases of recurrent training every

year; and that all elements in Table 1, column

(a) are covered to the level required by col-

umn (f) (recurrent training); and that modular

CRM training covers the same areas over a

maximum period of 3 years.

Szkolenie modułowe było prowadzone przez

wykładowców posiadających kwalifikacje podane

Relevant modular CRM training is conducted

by CRM trainers qualified according to para-




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


w ust. (11). graph (11).

Członek załogi nie powinien być w trakcie

szkolenia przejściowego oceniany ze znajomości

zawartych w nim zagadnień CRM. Jeżeli jednak

członek załogi przechodzi u operatora kontrolę

umiejętności lub kontrolę na linii, to powinna ona

obejmować również ocenę znajomości zagadnień

CRM.



which are part of recurrent training.

But, the operator proficiency or line checks

shall include the evaluation of CRM too.

Szkolenie we współpracy między załogą i

personelem pokładowym.

Co-ordination between flight crew and cabin

crew training.

Operator powinien, tak dalece jak to możliwe,

zapewnić wspólne szkolenie załóg i personelu

pokładowego, łącznie z odprawami przed

rozpoczęciem, jak i po jego zakończeniu.

Operators should, as far as is practicable,

provide combined training for flight crew and

cabin crew including briefing and debriefing.

Należy zapewnić skuteczną współpracę pomiędzy

oddziałami szkolenia załóg lotniczych i personelu

pokładowego. Instruktorom załóg i personelu

pokładowego należy stworzyć warunki do

wzajemnego obserwowania szkoleń.

There should be an effective liaison between

flight crew and cabin crew training depart-

ments. Provision should be made for flight

and cabin crew instructors to observe and

comment on each others training.

Ocena umiejętności CRM. Assessment of CRM Skills

Ocena umiejętności CRM powinna: Assessment of CRM skills should:

Zapewnić poznanie stanu wiedzy każdego pilota

oraz służyć identyfikacji zakresu kolejnego

szkolenia okresowego; i

Provide feedback to the individual and serve

to identify retraining; and

Służyć do doskonalenia programów szkolenia

CRM.

Be used to improve the CRM training system.

Do prowadzenia sprawdzenia umiejętności CRM

służą druki „SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL

EVALUATION ELEMENT LEVEL” i „SCORE FORM

NON-TECHNICAL SKILL CATEGORY LEVEL”.

The „SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL

EVALUATION ELEMENT LEVEL” and „SCORE

FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL CATEGORY

LEVEL” are used for assessment of CRM skills.

Instruktor CRM i Kierownik Działu Lotniczego i

Szkolenia podejmują decyzję o postępowaniu

przypadku, gdy sprawdzian umiejętności CRM

wypadnie dla pilota niekorzystnie.

Rozpatrują oni doświadczenie pilota i poprzednie

opinie.

The CRM trainer with Flight Operations and

Training Unit Manager will take decision in

the event that personnel do not achieve or

maintain the required standards.

They will analyze the skill and background of

the trainee.

Jeśli jest połączony sprawdzian kwalifikacji(operator proficiency check) ze sprawdzianem

If the proficiency check is combined with theType Rating revalidation/renewal check, the




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


kwalifikacji na typie (type rating

revalidation/renewal check), to ocena

umiejętności CRM musi spełniać wymagania

dotyczące współpracy w załodze wieloosobowej

(Multi Crew, Co-operation - MCC) przewidziane

dla sprawdzianu okresowego lub wznawiającego

na typie samolotu. Ocena ta nie może wpływać

negatywnie na ważność uprawnień dot. typu

samolotu.

assessment of CRM skills will satisfy the Multi

Crew Co-operation requirements of the Type

Rating revalidation/renewal. This assessment

will not affect the validity of the Type Rating.

Ocena umiejętności CRM jest procesem

obserwowania, rejestrowania, interpretowania i

oceny aktualnej wiedzy i umiejętności członków

załóg, w tym ich umiejętności samokrytyki, oraz

ciągłego porównywania z wymaganym przez

operatora standardem. Ocena zachowań i reakcji

szkolonej grupy może być przekazywana w

sposób ciągły w trakcie szkolenia albo jako

podsumowanie na jego zakończenie.

Assessment is the process of observing, re-

cording, interpreting and evaluating, where

appropriate, pilot performance and

knowledge against a required standard in the

context of overall performance. It includes theconcept of self-critique, and feedback which

can be given continuously during training or

in summary following a check.

Ocena umiejętności CRM jest częścią ogólnej

oceny kwalifikacji członków załóg lotniczych w

odniesieniu do obowiązującego u operatora

standardu, dlatego też operator ustanawia

metodykę prowadzenia takich ocen, a wszczególności określa kryteria doboru,

kwalifikacje, umiejętności i doświadczenie osób

dokonujących tych ocen, a także zakres ich

szkolenia.

CRM skills assessment should be included in

an overall assessment of the flight crew

members performance and be in accordance

with approved standards. Suitable methods

of assessment are established, together withthe selection criteria and training require-

ments of the assessors and their relevant

qualifications, knowledge and skills.

Nie należy przeprowadzać ocen indywidualnych

dopóki członek załogi nie ukończy całego

szkolenia podstawowego CRM i odbędzie

pierwszy sprawdzian kwalifikacji (operator

proficiency check). Dla prowadzenia pierwszego

sprawdzianu umiejętności CRM członka załoginależy zastosować następującą metodykę:

Individual assessments are not appropriate

until the crew member has completed the

initial CRM course and completed the first

OPC. For first CRM skills assessment, the

following methodology is considered satisfac-

tory:

Operator powinien ustanowić program szkolenia

CRM łącznie z uzgodnioną terminologią. Program

ten podlega ocenie w odniesieniu do metod

szkolenia, czasu jego trwania, szczegółowości

omawiania zagadnień oraz skuteczności;

An operator should establish the CRM train-

ing programme including an agreed termi-

nology. This should be evaluated with regard

to methods, length of training, depth of sub-

jects and effectiveness.

Operator powinien ustanowić program

standaryzacji pierwszego szkolenia dla personelu

prowadzącego szkolenia CRM;

A training and standardisation programme

for training personnel should then be estab-

lished.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


W okresie przejściowym system oceniania

powinien być raczej odniesiony do załogi jako

zespołu, niż do indywidualnej osoby;

For a transition period, the evaluation system

should be crew rather than individually

based.

Szkolenie CRM w zakresie użycia automatyzacji. Crew Resource Management - Use of Auto-

mation.

Szkolenie przejściowe powinno obejmować

szkolenie w użytkowaniu i znajomości

automatyzacji oraz poznawania systemów i

ograniczeń ludzkich możliwości w posługiwaniu

się automatyzacją. Operator powinien zapewnić

załogom szkolenie na temat:

The conversion course should include training

in the use and knowledge of automation and

in the recognition of systems and human

limitations associated with the use of auto-

mation. An operator should therefore ensure

that a flight crew member receives training

on:

Prowadzenia polityki operacji, uwzględniającej

użycie automatyzacji zgodnie z zasadami

opisanymi w Instrukcji Operacyjnej;

The application of the operations policy con-

cerning the use of automation as stated in

the Operations Manual; and

Systemów i ograniczeń możliwości ludzkich w

stosowaniu automatyzacji.

System and human limitations associated

with the use of automation.

Przedmiotem tego szkolenia powinno być

dostarczenie niezbędnej wiedzy, umiejętności i

wzorów zachowania w wykorzystaniu i

posługiwaniu się systemami automatyzacji.Szczególną uwagę należy zwrócić na to, że

automatyzacja wymaga od członków załóg

zrozumienia zasad jej działania oraz każdej cechy

tego systemu, która może to zrozumienie

utrudnić.

The objective of this training should be to

provide appropriate knowledge, skills and

behavioural patterns for managing and oper-

ating automated systems. Special attentionshould be given to how automation increases

the need for crews to have a common under-

standing of the way in which the system per-

forms, and any features of automation which

make this understanding difficult.

Poniższa tabela wskazuje, które zagadnienia CRM

powinny być włączone do poszczególnych

rodzajów szkoleń:

The following table indicates which elements

of CRM should be included in each type of

training:

Szczegółowość szkoleń (Levels oftraining).

W zarysie (Overview) oznacza, że zagadnienie

może być omówione w drodze instruktażu. Taka

forma szkolenia ma przypomnieć wiedzę

wcześniej nabytą wiedzę.

Overview. When Overview training is required

it will normally be instructional in style. Such

training should refresh knowledge gained in

earlier training.

Szczegółowo (In Depth) oznacza, że zadanie

szkoleniowe należy realizować w formie

interaktywnej dyskusji grupowej, podczas której

będą prowadzone analizy przypadków i zdarzeń

oraz ćwiczenia w rolach decyzyjnych w celu

konsolidacji wiedzy i umiejętności w zarządzaniu

In Depth. When In Depth Training is required

it will normally be interactive in style and

should include, as appropriate, case studies,

group discussions, role play and consolidation

of knowledge and skills. Core elements should

be tailored to the specific needs of the train-




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


zasobami załogi. Podstawowe elementy

ćwiczenia powinny być dobrane do określonych

potrzeb programowych prowadzonego szkolenia.

ing phase being undertaken.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Tabela 1 / Table 1

Zagadnienia Core Elements

S z k o l e n i e p o d s t a w o w e

I n i t i a l C R M T

r a i n i n

g

S z k o l e n i e p r z e j ś c i o w

e u

o p e r a t o r a z e z m i a n ą t y p u

O p e r a t o r ’ s c o n v e r s i o n

c o u r s e w h e n c h a n g i n g

t y p e

S z k o l e n i e p r z e j ś c i o w e

p r z y

z m i a n i e o p e r a t o r a

O p e r a t o r ’ s c o n v e r s i o n

c o u r s e w h e n c h a n g i n g

o p e r a t o r

S z k o l e n i e d o w ó d c z

e

C o m m a n d c o u r s e

S z k o l e n i e o k r e s o w

e

R e c u r r e n t t r a i n i n g

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Błąd ludzk i niezawodność, łańcuch błędów,

wykrywanie i zapobieganie błędom

Human error and reliability, error chain, error

prevention and detection

Szczegółowo

In depth

Szczegółowo

In depth

W zarysie

Overview

W zarysie

Overview

W zarysie

Overview

Polityka bezpieczeństwa w przedsiębiorstwie,

procedury, czynniki organizacyjne

Company safety culture, SOPs, organizational

factorsNie jest

wymagane

Not required

Szczegółowo

In depth

Szczegółowo

In depth

Stres, panowanie nad stresem, zmęczenie i

czujność

Stress, stress management, fatigue & vigilance

Nie jest

wymagane

Not required

Zbieranie i obróbka informacji, ocena sytuacji,

sterowanie obciążeniem pracą

Information acquisition and processing situation

awareness, workload management

W zarysie

Overview

Podejmowanie decyzji Decision making

Porozumiewanie się i współpraca w kokpicie i poza

nim

Communication and coordination inside and

outside the cockpit W zarysie

Overview

Przywództwo i zachowanie się zespołu, synergia

Leadership and team behaviour synergy

Automatyka, filozofia użycia automatyki (jeśli

dotyczy typu)

Automation, philosophy of the use of automation

(if relevant to the type)

Warunkowo

As required

Szczegółowo

In depth

Szczegółowo

Indepth Warunkowo

As required

Warunkowo

As required

Specyficzne różnice w typach

Specific type-related differences

Nie jest

wymagane

Not required

Studiowanie przypadków

Case based studies

Szczegółowo

In depth

Szczegółowo

In depth

Szczegółowo

In depth

Szczegółowo

In depth

Warunkowo

As required




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL EVALUATION ELEMENT LEVEL

DATE 1ST

OPC/LPCTR LC LOFT SPECIAL OTHER

CAPT. F/O

INSTR SUPERVISOR

CAPT. F/O

C A T E G O

R Y

E L E ME

N T

V E R Y P O O R

P O O R

A C C E P T A B L E

G O OD

V E R Y G O OD

N / O COMENTS

V E R Y P O

O R

P O O R

A C C E P T A B L E

G O OD

V E R Y G O OD

N / O COMENTS

C O O P E R A T I O N

1Teambuilding

& maintaining

2Consideration of

others

3 Support of others

4 Conflict solving

L E A D

E R S H I P & M A N A G E -

R I A L S K I L L

1Use of authority &

assertiveness

2Providing & main-

taining

standards

3Planning & co-

ordination

4Workload manage-

ment

S I T U A T I O N

A W A R E NE S S

1Awareness of air-

craft systems

2Awareness of envi-

ronment

3 Awareness of time

DE C I S I O N M A K I N G

1Problem definition

& diagnosis

2 Option generation

3Risk assessment &

option selection

4 Outcome review

SIGNATURE OF

CAPT. ____________________ F/O ____________________

INSTR. ____________________ SUPERVISOR ____________________

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL CATEGORY LEVEL

DATE 1ST

OPC/LPCTR LC LOFT SPECIAL OTHER

CAPT. F/O

INSTR SUPERVISOR

CAPT. F/O

CATEGORY

V E R

Y P O O R

P

O O R

A C C E P T A B L E

G

O O D

V E R

Y G O O D

N / O COMENTS

V E R

Y P O O R

P

O O R

A C C E P T A B L E

G

O O D

V E R

Y G O O D

N / O COMENTS

1

C O- O P E R A T I O N

2

L E A D

E R S H I P & M A N A -

G E R I A L S K I L L

3

S I T U A T I O N A W A R E N

E S S

4

DE C I S I O N M A K I N G

SIGNATURE OF

CAPT. ____________________ F/O ____________________

INSTR ____________________ SUPERVISOR ____________________

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


WYKAZ TEMATÓW DO SZKOLENIA CZŁOWIEK - MOŻLIWOŚCI I OGRANICZENIA

HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATIONS LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1.1 CZYNNIK LUDZKI: PODSTAWOWE KONCEPCJE HUMAN FACTORS BASIC CONCEPTS

a Czynnik ludzki w lotnictwie Human Factors in aviation

b Sprawność i ograniczenia Competence and limitations

c Jak stać się wykwalifikowanym pilotem Becoming a competent pilot

(i) tradycyjne rozumienie pojęcia „fachowości”

(ii) rozumienie „profesjonalizmu” w aspekcie

czynnika ludzkiego

d Statystyka wypadków Accident statistics

e Koncepcje bezpieczeństwa lotu Flight safety concepts

1.2 PODSTAWY FIZJOLOGII LOTNICZEJ A

UTRZYMANIE ZDROWIA

BASIC AVIATION PHYSIOLOGY AND HEALTH

MAINTENANCE

a Podstawy fizjologii lotniczej Basics of flight physiology

b Atmosfera The atmosphere

(i) Skład

(ii) prawa gazów

(iii) zapotrzebowanie tlenowe tkanek

c Układ oddechowy i krwionośny Respiratory and circulatory systems

(i) anatomia czynnościowa

(ii) środowisko hipobaryczne

(iii) utrzymywanie zwiększonego ciśnienia,

dekompresja

(iv) gwałtowna dekompresja

- zablokowanie gazów, barotrauma

-przeciwdziałanie, niedotlenienie narządów i

tkanek

- objawy

- czas użytecznej świadomości

(v) hiperwentylacja

(vi) przyspieszenia

d Środowisko dużych wysokości Upper Environment

(i) ozon

(ii) promieniowanie

(iii) wilgotność

e Człowiek i środowisko: układ czuciowy Man and environment: The sensory system




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


f Centralny i obwodowy układ nerwowy Central and peripheral nervous system

(i) próg czucia, wrażliwość, przystosowanie

(ii) przyzwyczajenie

(iii) odruchy i system kontroli biologicznej

g Wzrok Vision


(ii) pole widzenia, widzenie obwodowe i zachyłkowe

(iii) widzenie obu- i jednooczne

(iv) wskazówki w przypadku widzenia jednoocznego

(v) widzenie nocne

h Słuch Hearing


(ii) zagrożenia słuchu związane z lataniem

i Zmysł równowagi Equilibrium


(ii) ruch, przyspieszenie, równowaga pionowa

(iii) kinetoza

j Integracja odbieranych bodźców czuciowych Integration of sensory inputs

(i) dezorientacja przestrzenna

(ii) złudzenia

- natury fizycznej

- natury fizjologicznej

- natury psychologicznej

(iii) problemy podczas fazy podejścia i lądowania

k Zdrowie i higiena Health and hygiene

l Higiena osobista Personal hygiene

m Pospolite dolegliwości Common minor ailments

(i) przeziębienia

(ii) grypa

(iii) dolegliwości żołądkowo- jelitowe

n Szczególne zagrożenia zdrowotne pilotów Problem areas for pilots

(i) utrata słuchu

(ii) wady wzroku

(iii) niedociśnienie, nadciśnienia, choroba wieńcowa

(iv) otyłość




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


(v) higiena żywienia

(vi) klimaty tropikalne

(vii) choroby epidemiczne

o Zatrucie Intoxication

(i) tytoń

(ii) alkohol

(iii) lekarstwa i samo-leczenie

(iv) różne materiały toksyczne

p Niezdolność Incapacitation in flight

(i) objawy i przyczyny

(ii) rozpoznanie

(iii) procedury operacyjne zastępstwa

1.3 PODSTAWY PSYCHOLOGII LOTNICZEJ BASIC AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY

a Przetwarzanie informacji przez człowieka Human information processing

b Uwaga i czuwanie Attention and vigilance

(i) selektywność uwagi

(ii) podzielność uwagi

c Postrzeganie Perception

(i) złudzenia percepcji

(ii) subiektywność postrzegania

(iii) przetwarzanie danych „z dołu do góry” i „z góry

na dół”

d Pamięć Memory

(i) pamięć czuciowa

(ii) pamięć robocza

(iii) pamięć długotrwała

(iv) pamięć ruchowa

e Wybór reakcji na bodziec Response selection

(i) zasady i techniki uczenia się

(ii) popędy

(iii) motywacja i osiągnięcia

f Ludzkie błędy i niezawodność Human error and reliability

g Niezawodność zachowań człowieka Reliability of human behaviour

h Hipotezy tłumaczenia rzeczywistości Hypotheses on reality

(i) podobieństwo, częstotliwość zdarzeń




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


(ii) spełnianie się, przyczynowość

i Teoria i model błędów człowieka Theory and model or human error

j Powstawanie błędu Error generation

(i) czynniki wewnętrzne (style poznawcze)

(ii) czynniki zewnętrzne

(iii) ergonomia

(iv) ekonomia

(v) środowisko socjologiczne (grupa, organizacja)

k Podejmowanie decyzji Decision making

l Koncepcje podejmowania decyzji Decision making concepts

(i) strukturalna (fazowość)

(ii) granice

(iii) ocena ryzyka

(iv) praktyczne stosowanie

mUnikanie popełniania i poprawianie błędów:zarządzanie w kabinie załogi

Avoiding and managing error: cockpit manage-

ment

n Poczucie bezpieczeństwa Safety awareness

(i) świadomość obszarów ryzyka

(ii) świadomość skłonności do popełnienia błędu(przez siebie)

(iii) ustalenie źródeł popełnianych błędów (przez

innych)

(iv) świadomość sytuacyjna

oKoordynacja działań (koncepcje dotyczące załogiwieloosobowej)

MCC

p Współpraca Cooperation

(i) dynamika małej grupy

(ii) przewodzenie w grupie, style kierowaniazespołem

(iii) obowiązek i rola

q Porozumiewanie się Communication

(i) sposób (sposoby) porozumiewania się

(ii) werbalne i niewerbalne sposoby

porozumiewania się

(iii) bariery w porozumiewaniu się

(iv) postępowanie w sytuacjach konfliktowych

r Osobowość Personality




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


s Osobowość i postawy Personality and attitudes

(i) rozwój

(ii) wpływy środowiskowe

t Indywidualne zróżnicowania osobowościowe Individual differences in personality

(i) samopoznanie (np. działanie czy wcześniejsze

rozpoznanie sytuacji przed podjęciem działania)

u Identyfikowanie postaw niebezpiecznych

(skłonność do popełniania błędów)

v Przeciążenie i niedociążenie Human overload and underload

w Stan gotowości (pobudzenia) Arousal

x Stres Stress

(i) definicja(e), koncepcja(e), model(e)

(ii) niepokój a stres

(iii) skutki stresu

y Zmęczenie Fatigue

(i) rodzaje, przyczyny, objawy

(ii) skutki zmęczenia

z Rytm biologiczny i sen Body rhythms and sleep

(i) zakłócenia rytmu

(ii) objawy, skutki, radzenie sobie ze stresem

aa Radzenie sobie ze zmęczeniem i stresem Fatigue and stress management

(i) strategie naśladowania i kopiowania

(ii) techniki zwalczania

(iii) programy zdrowotne i kondycyjne

(iv) techniki relaksacji

(v) praktyki religijne

(vi) techniki doradcze

bb Wysoki poziom zautomatyzowania kabiny załogi Advanced cockpit automation

cc Zalety i wady (oceny krytyczne) Advantages and disadvantages (‘criticalities’)

ddPoczucie spokoju i zadowolenia z powodu

zautomatyzowania pracy

ee Koncepcje robocze




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


STRONA CELOWO POZOSTAWIONA PUSTA

PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.1.2 SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWE I SPRAWDZIANY CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING

Operator zapewnia, by: An operator shall ensure that:

Członek załogi lotniczej, przy przejściu z jednegotypu samolotu na inny typ lub klasę, dla którychwymagane jest posiadanie nowego uprawnieniana dany typ lub klasę, ukończył szkoleniepotrzebne do uzyskania uprawnienia na typsamolotu spełniające wymogi stosowane dowydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej;

A flight crew member completes a type rat-

ing course which satisfies the requirements

applicable to the issue of flight crew licenses

when changing from one type of airplane to

another type or class for which a new type or

class rating is required;

Przed przystąpieniem do wykonywania

samodzielnych lotów liniowych członek załogilotniczej ukończył szkolenie przejściowe uoperatora;

A flight crew member completes an opera-

tor's conversion course before commencing

unsupervised line flying;

Przy przejściu na samolot ,dla którego wymagane jest uprawnienie na nowy typ lub klasę; lub

When changing to an airplane for which a

new type or class rating is required; or

Przy zmianie operatora; When changing operator;

Szkolenie przejściowe było przeprowadzane przezodpowiednio wykwalifikowany personel, zgodnieze szczegółowym zakresem szkolenia podanym winstrukcji operacyjnej. Operator zapewnia, by

personel wprowadzający elementy szkolenia CRMdo szkolenia przejściowego posiadał odpowiedniekwalifikacje;

Conversion training is conducted by suitably

qualified personnel in accordance with a

detailed course syllabus included in the op-

erations manual. The operator shall ensure

that the personnel integrating elements ofCRM into conversion training are suitably

qualified;

Zakres szkolenia wymaganego w programieszkolenia przejściowego u operatora był określanypo zbadaniu odpowiednich danych o wcześniejodbytych przez członka załogi lotniczej szkoleniachzapisanych w jego rejestrach szkolenia;

The amount of training required by the op-

erator's conversion course is determined

after due note has been taken of the flight

crew member's previous training as recorded

in his/her training records;

Minimalne standardy dotyczące kwalifikacji ipraktyki wymagane od członków załogi lotniczejprzed przystąpieniem do szkolenia przejściowego

są podane w instrukcji operacyjnej w punkcieA.5.1;

The minimum standards of qualification and

experience required of flight crew members

before undertaking conversion training are

specified in the operations manual in section A.5.1;

Przed przystąpieniem do wykonywania lotówliniowych pod nadzorem każdy członek załogilotniczej przeszedł sprawdziany oraz szkolenie isprawdziany wymagane w punkcie A.5.1;

Each flight crew member undergoes the

checks and the training and checks required

by section A.5.1 before commencing line

flying under supervision;

Po zakończeniu lotów liniowych pod nadzoremzostał przeprowadzony sprawdzian w lotachliniowych.

Upon completion of line flying under supervi-

sion, the line check is undertaken;

Z chwilą rozpoczęcia szkolenia przejściowego uoperatora członek załogi lotniczej nie wykonywał

lotów na innych typach lub klasach samolotów,dopóki szkolenie to nie zostanie ukończone lub

Once an operator's conversion course has

been commenced, a flight crew member

does not undertake flying duties on anothertype or class until the course is completed or




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


zakończone; oraz terminated; and

Elementy szkolenia CRM były włączone doszkolenia przejściowego.

Elements of CRM training are integrated into

the conversion course.

W razie zmiany typu lub klasy samolotusprawdzian wymagany w punkcie A.5.1 może byćpołączony ze sprawdzianem umiejętności na typielub klasie, zgodnie z wymogami stosowanymi dowydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej.

In the case of changing aeroplane type or

class, the check required by section A.5.1

may be combined with the type or class

rating skill test under the requirements ap-

plicable to the issue of flight crew licences.

Szkolenie przejściowe u operatora i szkolenie dlauzyskania uprawnienia na typ lub klasę samolotuwymagane do wydania licencji członka załogilotniczej mogą być łączone.

The operator's conversion course and the

type or class rating course required for the

issue of flight crew licences may be com-

bined.

SZKOLENIE PRZEJŚCIOWE U OPERATORAOBEJMUJE:

AN OPERATOR'S CONVERSION COURSE

SHALL INCLUDE:

- szkolenie naziemne i sprawdziany, obejmującesystemy samolotu, procedury normalne,nienormalne i awaryjne;

- ground training and checking including

airplane systems, normal, abnormal and

emergency procedures;

- szkolenie i sprawdziany obejmujące zapoznanie zwyposażeniem awaryjnym i bezpieczeństwa, któremuszą być ukończone przed przystąpieniem doszkolenia na samolocie;

- emergency and safety equipment training

and checking which must be completed be-

fore airplane training commences;

- szkolenie i sprawdziany na samolocie/nasymulatorze lotu; oraz

- airplane/flight simulator training and

checking; and

- loty liniowe pod nadzorem i sprawdziany w

lotach liniowych.

- line flying under supervision and line check.

Szkolenie przejściowe prowadzone jest w porządkupodanym powyżej.

The conversion course shall be conducted in

the order set out in subparagraph above.

Po ukończeniu szkolenia przejściowegoniewymagającego lotów na samolocie pilot:

Following completion of a zero flight time

conversion course a pilot shall:

rozpoczyna loty liniowe pod nadzorem w ciągu 15dni; oraz

commence line flying under supervision with-

in 15 days; and

przeprowadza swoje pierwsze cztery starty ilądowania na samolocie pod nadzorem TRI (A) nastanowisku pilota.

conduct his/her initial four take-offs and

landings in the airplane under supervision of

a TRI (A) occupying a pilot's seat.

Elementy szkolenia CRM włączane są do szkoleniaprzejściowego i prowadzone przez odpowiedniowykwalifikowany personel.

Elements of crew resource management

shall be integrated into the conversion

course, and conducted by suitably qualified

personnel.

Jeśli członek załogi lotniczej nie odbył wcześniejszkolenia przejściowego u operatora, operatorzapewnia, by w uzupełnieniu członek załogilotniczej przeszedł ogólne szkolenie pierwszejpomocy oraz, jeśli ma to zastosowanie, szkolenie wzakresie procedur wodowania z użyciemwyposażenia w wodzie.

When a flight crew member has not previ-

ously completed an operator's conversion

course, the operator shall ensure that in

addition, the flight crew member undergoes

general first aid training and, if applicable,

ditching procedures training using the

equipment in water.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


PROGRAM SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWEGO I SPRAWDZIANU

THE CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING SYLLABUS

MODUŁ SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN

CHECKING

(1)

SZKOLENIE NAZIEMNE I SPRAWDZIANY, OBEJMUJĄCE SYSTEMY SAMOLOTU,PROCEDURY NORMALNE, NIENORMALNE I AWARYJNE

GROUND TRAINING AND CHECKING INCLUDING AEROPLANE SYSTEMS, NORMAL,ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

(2)

WYPOSAŻENIE AWARYJNE I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA

EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT

(3)

SZKOLENIE I SPRAWDZIANY NA SAMOLOCIE/NA SYMULATORZE LOTU AEROPLANE/FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING AND CHECKING

(4)

LOTY LINIOWE POD NADZOREM ISPRAWDZIAN W LOTACH LINIOWYCH

PIERWSZE CZTERY STARTY I LĄDOWANIA NASAMOLOCIE POD NADZOREM TRI (A) NA STANOWISKUPILOTA. INITIAL FOUR TAKE-OFFS AND LANDINGS IN THEAEROPLANE UNDER SUPERVISION OF A TRI (A) OCCU-PYING A PILOT'S SEAT.

(5)

LINE FLYING UNDER SUPERVISION AND

LINE CHECK

(6) OGÓLNE SZKOLENIE PIERWSZEJ POMOCY

GENERAL FIRST AID TRAINING

(7)

SZKOLENIE W ZAKRESIE PROCEDUR WODOWANIA Z UŻYCIEM WYPOSAŻENIA WWODZIE, JEŚLI MA TO ZASTOSOWANIE

DITCHING PROCEDURES TRAINING USING THE EQUIPMENT IN WATER, IFAPPLICABLE

(8) PRZEGLĄD WYPADKÓW/INCYDENTÓW I PRZESŁANEK DO WYPADKÓW.

ACCIDENT/INCIDENT AND OCCURRENCE REVIEW.

(9)

CRM

Patrz załącznik nr 2 w Rozdziale 6.

See attachment no 2 of Section 6.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.1.3 SZKOLENIE W RÓŻNICACH I SZKOLENIEZAPOZNAWCZE.

DIFFERENCES TRAINING AND FAMILIARIZA-

TION TRAINING.

Operator zapewnia, aby członek załogi lotniczej

ukończył:

An operator shall ensure that a flight crew

member completes:

Szkolenie w różnicach wymagające dodatkowej

wiedzy oraz szkolenia na odpowiednim dla

danego samolotu urządzeniu szkoleniowym:

Differences training which requires additional

knowledge and training on an appropriate

training device for the airplane:

- przy wykonywaniu lotów na odmiennym

wariancie samolotu tego samego typu lub na

odmiennym typie w aktualnie użytkowanej klasie;

lub

- when operating another variant of an air-

plane of the same type or another type of the

same class currently operated; or

- przy zmianie wyposażenia lub procedur na

aktualnie użytkowanych typach lub wariantach

samolotu;

- when changing equipment and/or proce-

dures on types or variants currently operated;

Szkolenie zapoznawcze wymagające nabycia

dodatkowej wiedzy:

Familiarization training which requires the

acquisition of additional knowledge:

- przy wykonywaniu lotów na innym samolocie

tego samego typu lub wariantu; lub

- when operating another airplane of the

same type or variant; or

- przy zmianie wyposażenia lub procedur na

aktualnie użytkowanych typach lub wariantach

samolotu.

- when changing equipment and/or proce-

dures on types or variants currently operated.

Patrz załącznik nr 4 w Rozdziale 6 dla szkolenia

zapoznawczego.

See attachment no 4 of Section 6 for Familiar-

ization training.

Patrz załącznik nr 5 w Rozdziale 6 dla szkolenia w

różnicach.

See attachment no 5 of Section 6 for Differ-

ences training.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0

STRONA/PAGE 2.1.4 - 1/2


GRAMS.

D.2.1 ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.4 NOMINACJA NA DOWÓDCĘ NOMINATION AS COMMANDER

Minimalny poziom praktyki lotniczej kandydata

jest podany w pkt. A.5.1 Tabela 1.

A minimum level of flight experience of the

candidate, is specified in the operations

manual section A.5.1 Table 1.

Pilot musi ukończyć odpowiednie szkolenie

dowódcze.

The pilot shall complete an appropriate

command course.

Zakres szkolenia dowódczego obejmuje, co

najmniej:

The command course includes at least the

following:

- szkolenie na syntetycznym urządzeniuszkoleniowym (STD) (łącznie ze szkoleniemukierunkowanym na wykonywanie lotów

liniowych) lub szkolenie w powietrzu;

- training in an STD (including line orientated flying training) and/or flying training;

- sprawdzian umiejętności w pełnieniu funkcjidowódcy, przeprowadzony u operatora;

- an operator proficiency check operating as

commander;

- zakres odpowiedzialności dowódcy; - commander's responsibilities;

- szkolenie w lotach liniowych, jako dowódca pod

nadzorem.

- line training in command under supervision.

Dla pilotów posiadające kwalifikacje na danym

typie samolotu wymaganego jest wykonanie

minimum 10 odcinków tras;

A minimum of 10 sectors is required for pi-

lots already qualified on the aeroplane type;

- wykonanie sprawdzianu umiejętnościdowódczych w lotach liniowych, oraz kwalifikacji wzakresie tras i lotnisk;

- completion of a commander's line check

and route and aerodrome competence quali-

fications;

- elementy zarządzania zasobami załogi (CRM),opisane w pkt. D.2.1.1.

- elements of crew resource management, as

described in section D.2.1.1.

Patrz załącznik nr 3 w Rozdziale 6 See attachment no 3 of Section 6




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


PROGRAM SZKOLENIA PRZY NOMINOWANIU NA DOWÓDCĘ

THE NOMINATION AS COMMANDER TRAINING AND CHECKING SYLLABUS

MODUŁ SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN

CHECKING

(1)

SZKOLENIE NAZIEMNE I SPRAWDZIANY, OBEJMUJĄCE SYSTEMY SAMOLOTU,PROCEDURY NORMALNE, NIENORMALNE I AWARYJNE

GROUND TRAINING AND CHECKING INCLUDING AEROPLANE SYSTEMS,NORMAL, ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

(2)

WYPOSAŻENIE AWARYJNE I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA

EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT

(3) ZAKRES ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCI DOWÓDCY

COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES;

(4)

SZKOLENIE I SPRAWDZIANY NA SAMOLOCIE/NA SYMULATORZE LOTU WPEŁNIENIU FUNKCJI DOWÓDCY

AEROPLANE/FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING AND CHECKING AS

COMMANDER

(5)

LOTY LINIOWE POD NADZOREM

I SPRAWDZIAN W LOTACHLINIOWYCH

PIERWSZE CZTERY STARTY I LĄDOWANIA NA SAMOLOCIE PODNADZOREM TRI (A) NA STANOWISKU DRUGIEGO PILOTA.

INITIAL FOUR TAKE-OFFS AND LANDINGS IN THE AEROPLANEUNDER SUPERVISION OF A TRI (A) OCCUPYING A RIGHT-HAND SEAT.

(6)

LINE FLYING UNDER SUPERVI-

SION AND LINE CHECK DLA PILOTÓW POSIADAJĄCYCH KWALIFIKACJE NA DANYM TYPIESAMOLOTU WYMAGANE JEST WYKONANIE MINIMUM 10ODCINKÓW TRAS. A MINIMUM OF 10 SECTORS IS REQUIRED FOR PILOTS ALREADYQUALIFIED ON THE AEROPLANE TYPE

(7)

KWALIFIKACJI W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK

ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE QUALIFICATIONS;

(8)

PRZEGLĄD WYPADKÓW/INCYDENTÓW I PRZESŁANEK DO WYPADKÓW.

ACCIDENT/INCIDENT AND OCCURRENCE REVIEW.

(9)

CRM

Kolejność realizacji szkolenia Sequence of training




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Tabela/ Table 2

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA NA SYMULATORZE LOTU

THE FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING SYLLABUS

MODUŁ SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN

CHECKING

(1)

POWAŻNE NIESPRAWNOŚCI SYSTEMÓW SAMOLOTU I ZWIĄZANE PROCEDURY

MAJOR FAILURES OF AEROPLANE SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES

(2)

SZKOLENIE W LOCIE LINIOWYM LOFT LINE ORIENTED FLIGHT TRAINING

Tabela 4 Table 4

(3)

LVTO- START RVR (150m; 125m) & CAT (I; II; IIIa)*

LVTO – TAKE OFF (150m; 125m) & CAT (I; II; IIIa)*

(4) RTO

(5)

START Z NIESPRAWNOŚCIĄ SILNIKA POMIĘDZY V 1 a V

TAKE-OFF WITH ENGINE FAILURE BETWEEN V

2

1 and V

2

(6)

INSTRUMENTALNE PODEJŚCIE PRECYZYJNE DO DH(A), N-1

PRECISION INSTRUMENT APPROACH TO DH(A), WITH, N-1

(7)

PODEJŚCIE NIEPRECYZYJNE DO MDH(A);

NON-PRECISION APPROACH TO MDH(A);

(8)

NIEUDANE PODEJŚCIE WEDŁUG PRZYRZĄDÓW Z ODEJŚCIEM NA DH(A), N-1

MISSED APPROACH ON INSTRUMENTS FROM DH(A) WITH, N-1 lub/or MDH(A)

(9)

LĄDOWANIE Z JEDNYM SILNIKIEM NIEPRACUJĄCYM.

LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.

(10) CRM

(11)

ELEMENTY (4), (5), (8), (9) Z PRAWEGO FOTELA TYLKO TRI, TRE I CPT&F/O

ITEMS (4), (5), (8), (9) ON RIGHT-HAND SEAT TRI, TRE AND CPT&F/O ONLY

(12)

UMIEJĘTNOSCI INSTRUKTORSKIE TYLKO TRI, TRE INSTRCTIONAL SKILLS TRI, TRE ONLY

*Minima do startu i lądowania zgodnie z uprawnieniami operatora i pilota.Minimus for T/O and L/D according to operator and pilot authorisation.

ZAKRES Modułu (1) powyżej SCOPE of Module (1) above SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN

CHECKING

(a) PRZECIĄGNIECIE STALL WARNING

(b) USKOK WIATRU WIND SHEAR

(c) AWARYJNE ZNIŻANIE EMERGENCY DESCEND

(d) OSTRZEŻENIE EGPWS EGPWS WARNING




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ZAKRES Modułu (1) powyżej SCOPE of Module (1) above SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN

CHECKING

(e) OSTRZEŻENIE ACAS RA ACAS RA WARNING

(f) AWARIE NAPĘDU I SILNIKA POWER PLANT AND ENGINE FAILURE

(g) AWARIE INSTAL. ELEKTRYCZNEJ ELECTRIC SYSTEM FAILURE

(h) AWARIE INSTAL. HYDRAULICZNEJ HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURE

(i) AWARIA INSTAL. PALIWOWEJ FUEL SYSTEM FAILURE

(j) AWARIA PODWOZIA UNDERCARRIAGE FAILURE

(k) AWARIA INSTAL. KLIMATYZACJI IHERMETYZACJI

AIRCONDITION AND PRESSURIZATIONSYSTEM FAILURE

(l) AWARIA SYSTEMU STEROWANIA FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM FAILURE

(m) AWARIA KLAP FLAPS FAILURE

(n) OBLODZENIE I AWARIA INSTAL.PRZECIWOBLODZENIOWEJ

ICING AND ANTY ICING SYSTEM FAIL-URE

(o)

AWARIA SYSTEMÓW AVIONIKI I

PRZYRZADÓW

AVIONIKS SYSTEMS AND INSTRU-

MENTS FAILURE (p)

AWARIA URZADZEŃRADIOKOMUNIKACYJNYCH

RADIOCOMMUNICATION FAILURE

(q) POŻAR, DYM, PRZEGRZANIE FIRE, SMOKE, OVERHEAT

(r) EWAKUACJA EVACUATION




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Tabela/ Table 3

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA W ZAKRESIE WYPOSAŻENIA AWARYJNEGO I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA

THE EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT TRAINING SYLLABUS

C

Y K L

C Y C L E MODUŁ

SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN

CHECKING

(1)

FAKTYCZNE ZAKŁADANIE KAMIZELKI RATUNKOWEJ *

ACTUAL DONNING OF A LIFEJACKET

W C Y K L U R O C

Z N Y M

E V E R Y Y E A R

(2)

FAKTYCZNE ZAKŁADANIE URZĄDZENIA ZABEZPIECZAJĄCEGO ODDYCHANIE (PBE), *

ACTUAL DONNING OF PROTECTIVE BREATHING EQUIPMENT

(3)

FAKTYCZNE UŻYCIE GAŚNIC;

ACTUAL HANDLING OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS;

(4)

POUCZENIE O ROZMIESZCZENIU I ZASADACH UŻYCIA CAŁEGO WYPOSAŻENIAAWARYJNEGO I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA PRZEWOŻONEGO NA SAMOLOCIE;

INSTRUCTION ON THE LOCATION AND USE OF ALL EMERGENCY AND SAFETYEQUIPMENT CARRIED ON THE AEROPLANE;

(5)

POUCZENIE O ROZMIESZCZENIU I ZASADACH UŻYCIA WSZYSTKICH TYPÓW WYJŚĆ ZSAMOLOTU

INSTRUCTION ON THE LOCATION AND USE OF ALL TYPES OF EXITS

(6)

PROCEDURY OCHRONY.

SECURITY PROCEDURES.

(7)

FAKTYCZNE UŻYCIE WSZYSTKICH RODZAJÓW WYJŚĆ;ACTUAL OPERATION OF ALL TYPES OF EXITS;

W C Y K L U T R Z Y L E T N I M

E V E R Y T H R E E Y E A R S

(8)

POKAZ UŻYCIA ZEŚLIZGU EWAKUACYJNEGO, JEŚLI JEST ZAINSTALOWANY;

DEMONSTRATION OF THE METHOD USED TO OPERATE A SLIDE WHERE FITTED;

(9)

FAKTYCZNE UŻYCIE SPRZĘTU GAŚNICZEGO REPREZENTATYWNEGO DLA SPRZĘTUZNAJDUJĄCEGO SIĘ NA SAMOLOCIE W SYTUACJI RZECZYWISTEGO LUBPOZOROWANEGO POŻARU, Z WYJĄTKIEM ĆWICZEŃ Z GAŚNICAMI HALONOWYMI,KTÓRE MOGĄ BYĆ PROWADZONE Z WYKORZYSTANIEM METOD ZASTĘPCZYCH

ACTUAL FIRE-FIGHTING USING EQUIPMENT REPRESENTATIVE OF THAT CARRIED INTHE AEROPLANE ON AN ACTUAL OR SIMULATED FIRE EXCEPT THAT, WITH HALONEXTINGUISHERS, AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD MAY BE USED

(10)

SKUTKI DZIAŁANIA DYMU W ZAMKNIĘTYCH POMIESZCZENIACH I FAKTYCZNEPOSŁUGIWANIE SIĘ STOSOWNYM WYPOSAŻENIEM W POZOROWANYMZADYMIONYM ŚRODOWISKU;

THE EFFECTS OF SMOKE IN AN ENCLOSED AREA AND ACTUAL USE OF ALL RELE-VANT EQUIPMENT IN A SIMULATED SMOKEFILLED ENVIRONMENT;

(11)

ĆWICZENIA Z PRAWDZIWYMI LUB POZOROWANYMI ŚRODKAMIPIROTECHNICZNYMI, JEŚLI SĄ NA WYPOSAŻENIU;

ACTUAL HANDLING OF PYROTECHNICS, REAL OR SIMULATED, WHERE FITTED

(12)

POKAZ UŻYCIA TRATW RATUNKOWYCH, JEŚLI SĄ NA WYPOSAŻENIU

DEMONSTRATION IN THE USE OF THE LIFE-RAFT(S) WHERE FITTED.

*JEŚLI JEST NA WYPOSAŻENIU WHERE FITTED




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Tabela/ Table 4

PROGRAM SPRAWDZIANU W LOTACH LINIOWYCH

THE LINE CHECKS SYLLABUS

MODUŁ PF PNF

(1)

PRZEPISY, WYMAGANIA OPERACYJNE RULES, OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES

(2)

OSIĄGI I OGRANICZENIA, WYWAŻENIE,

PERFORMANCES AND LIMITATIONS, W&B

(3)

SAMOLOT, SYSTEMY

AIRCRAFT, SYSTEMS

(4)

PRZYGOTOWANIE DO LOTU, ANALIZA WX, KALKULACJA PALIWA BRIEFING ZAŁOGI

PREFLIGHT PREPARATION, ANALYSE OF WX, FUELING, CREWBRIEFING

(5)

PRZEGLAD SAMOLOTU PRZED LOTEM, OCHRONA, LISTY KONTROLNE

PREFLIGHT CHECK, SECURITY, USE OF CHECK LIST

(6)

OBSŁUGA SYSTEMÓW SAMOLOTU

A/C’ SYSTEMS HANDLING

(7)

NAWIGACJA

NAVIGATION

(8) KOMUNIKACJA RADIOWA

RADIOCOMMUNICATION

(9) DOKUMENTACJA LOTNICZA

PAPERWORK AND DOCUMENTATION

(10) OBSŁUGA NAZIEMNA GROUND HANDLING

(11)

KOŁOWANIE TAXING

(12)

START, ODLOT, SID, WZNOSZENIE, PROCEDURY ANTYHAŁASOWE TAKE OFF, DEPEARYRE, SID, CLIMBING, ANTY-NOISE PROCEDURES

(13)

LOT PO TRASIE ENROUTE

(14)

ZNIŻANIE, HOLDING, STAR, PODEJŚCIE

DESCENDING, HOLDING, APPROACH, STAR

(15)

LĄDOWANIE LANDING

(16)

OMÓWIENIE LOTU Z ZAŁOGĄ DEBRIEFING

(17)

ZASADY BEZPIECZEŃSTWA LOTU

PRINCIPLES OF SAFETY




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


MODUŁ PF PNF

(18)

STOSOWANIE ODPOWIEDNICH SOP I CHECK LIST W CZASIE LOTU

APPLAY APPROPIRATE SOP AND CHECK LIST DURRING THE FLIGHT

(19)

UMIEJĘTNOSCI INSTRUKTORSKIE TYLKO TRI, TRE INSTRCTIONAL SKILLS TRI, TRE ONLY

(20)

INNE, OGÓLNA, KOMPLEKSOWA OCENA LOTU OTHER, GENERAL, COMPREHENSIVE EVALUATION OF THE FLIGHT

(21) CRM




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.2 PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW. TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.


D.2.1.6 KWALIFIKACJE PILOTA DO WYKONYWANIA LOTÓW Z KAŻDEGO STANOWISKA.

PILOT QUALIFICATION TO OPERATE IN EITHER

PILOT'S SEAT.

Operator zapewnia, aby: An operator shall ensure that:

Pilot, który może być wyznaczony do

wykonywania lotów z każdego stanowiska, odbył

odpowiednie szkolenia i sprawdziany; oraz

A pilot who may be assigned to operate in either

pilot's seat completes appropriate training and

checking; and

Program szkoleń i sprawdzianów jest podany w

instrukcji operacyjnej poniżej.

The training and checking programme is specified

in the operations manual below.

Dowódcy, których obowiązki wymagają również

wykonywania przez nich lotów z prawegosiedzenia i pełnienia funkcji drugiego pilota lub

dowódcy, od których wymaga się prowadzenia

szkolenia lub egzaminów w locie z prawego

siedzenia, muszą ukończyć dodatkowe szkolenia i

sprawdziany opisane w instrukcji operacyjnej,

zbieżne ze sprawdzianem umiejętności u

operatora określonym w punkcie A.5.1.

Commanders whose duties also require them to

operate in the right-hand seat and carry out theduties of co-pilot, or commanders required to

conduct training or examining duties from the

right-hand seat, shall complete additional train-

ing and checking as specified in the operations

manual, concurrent with the operator proficiency

checks prescribed in section A.5.1.

Szkolenie musi obejmować co najmniej poniższe

zagadnienia:

The training must include at least the following:

- niesprawność silnika podczas startu; - an engine failure during take-off;

- podejście do lądowania i odejście na drugieokrążenie z jednym silnikiem niepracującym; oraz

- a one engine inoperative approach and go-around; and

- lądowanie z jednym silnikiem niepracującym. - a one engine inoperative landing

W przypadku gdy manewry z wyłączonym

silnikiem są wykonywane w samolocie,

niesprawność silnika musi być pozorowana.

When engine-out maneuvers are carried out in an

aeroplane, the engine failure must be simulated.

W przypadku wykonywania lotu z prawego

siedzenia sprawdziany wymagane w punkcie A.5.1

do wykonywania lotów z lewego siedzenia muszą

być dodatkowo ważne i aktualne.

When operating in the right-hand seat, the checks

required by section A.5.1 for operating in the left-

hand seat must, in addition, be valid and current.

Procedury dotyczące Pilota zastępujący dowódcę oraz Pilota innego niż dowódca zajmującego lewe

siedzenie nie mają zastosowania u operatora.

The procedures concerning the pilot relieving thecommander or a pilot other than the commander

occupying the left-hand seat are not apply.

Patrz załącznik nr 11 w Rozdziale 6 See attachment no 11 of Section 6




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.1.7 KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK. ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE

QUALIFICATION.

Operator zapewnia, by pilot przed

wyznaczeniem na dowódcę lub na pilota,

któremu dowódca może przekazać prowadzenie

lotu, posiadł odpowiednią wiedzę o trasach

planowanych lotów oraz o lotniskach (łącznie z

zapasowymi), urządzeniach i obowiązujących

procedurach.

An operator shall ensure that, prior to being

assigned as commander or as pilot to whom the

conduct of the flight may be delegated by the

commander, the pilot has obtained adequate

knowledge of the route to be flown and of the

aerodromes (including alternates), facilities and

procedures to be used.

Okres ważności kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i

lotnisk wynosi 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych

dodanych do pozostałej części:

The period of validity of the route and aero-

drome competence qualification shall be 12

calendar months in addition to the remainder

of:

- miesiąca uzyskania kwalifikacji; lub - the month of qualification; or

- miesiąca ostatniego lotu na tej trasie lub

lotnisku.

- the month of the latest operation on the route

or to the aerodrome.

Ważność kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i lotnisk

jest odnawiana przez wykonywanie lotów na

trasie lub do lotniska w okresie ważności

określonym w powyżej.

Route and aerodrome competence qualification

shall be revalidated by operating on the route

or to the aerodrome within the period of validi-

ty prescribed in subparagraph above.

Jeśli kwalifikacje w zakresie tras i lotnisk byłyodnawianie w okresie ostatnich 3 miesięcy

kalendarzowych ważności poprzednich

kwalifikacji, okres ważności kwalifikacji w

zakresie tras i lotnisk wydłuża się od daty

odnowienia do 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych

liczonych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności

poprzednich kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i

lotnisk.

If revalidated within the final three calendarmonths of the validity of the previous route and

aerodrome competence qualification, the peri-

od of validity shall extend from the date of

revalidation until 12 calendar months from the

expiry date of that previous route and aero-

drome competence qualification.

Patrz załącznik nr 6 w Rozdziale 6 dla szkolenia See attachment no 6 of Section 6 for training




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.1.8 zarezerwowane reserved




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.1.9 KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE STARTÓW PRZYOGRANICZONEJ WIDZIALNOŚCI LVTO RVR 125m

LOW VISIBILITY TAKE-OFF COMPETENCEQUALIFICATION LVTO RVR 125m

Operator zapewnia, by pilot przed uzyskaniem

uprawnień do wykonywania startów przy

widzialności nie mniejszej niż RVR 125 m (LVTO),

posiadł odpowiednią wiedzę i umiejętności

określone w tym programie.

An operator shall ensure that, prior to get

RVR not less than 125 m LVTO qualification,

the pilot has obtained adequate knowledge

and skill specified in this syllabi.

Okres ważności kwalifikacji do LVTO wynosi 6

miesięcy kalendarzowych dodanych do pozostałej

części miesiąca uzyskania kwalifikacji.

The period of validity of the LVTO qualifica-

tion shall be 6 calendar months in addition to

the remainder of the month of qualification.

Ważność kwalifikacji w zakresie LVTO jest

odnawiana przez wykonywanie co najmniej 3

startów przy widzialności poniżej 400 m w

okresie ważności określonym w powyżej.

The LVTO qualification shall be revalidated by

at least 3 take-offs with RVR less than 400 m

within the period of validity prescribed in

subparagraph above.

Jeśli kwalifikacje w zakresie LVTO były

odnawianie, oraz w okresie ostatnich 3 miesięcy

kalendarzowych ważności poprzednich

kwalifikacji był wykonany jeden start na

samolocie przy widzialności poniżej 400 m , lub

na symulatorze przy widzialności 125 m (podczas

okresowego sprawdzenia umiejętności u

operatora), pod nadzorem TRE to, okres ważności

kwalifikacji w zakresie LVTO wydłuża się na okres6 miesięcy kalendarzowych liczonych od daty

wygaśnięcia ważności poprzednich kwalifikacji.

If the LVTO qualification were revalidated,

and within the final three calendar months of

the validity at least one take-off on airplane

with RVR less than 400 m or on simulator

with RVR 125 m (when OPC) was monitored

by TRE, the period of validity shall extend until

12 calendar months from the expiry date of

that previous qualification.

Nadanie pilotowi kwalifikacji do LVTO oraz ich

przedłużenie poświadcza Kierownik Działu

Lotniczego i Szkolenia operatora na podstawie

zapisów o ukończonym szkoleniu okresowym,

bieżącej praktyki oraz protokołu ze sprawdzianów

umiejętności u operatora.

The Operator’s Flight & Training Manager

certified the pilot’s LVTO qualification and its

revalidations on base the appropriate train-

ing, an practice and records of the OPC proto-

cols.

CELAMI SZKOLENIA SĄ: THE AIMS OF TRAINING ARE:

Zapoznanie z elementami, które muszą być brane

pod uwagę podczas startu przy widzialności niemniejszej niż 125m a zwłaszcza:

To acquaint with elements which will apply to

any LVTO (not less than 125m) operation, particularly:

typ, osiągi i właściwości pilotażowe samolotu; the type, performance and handling charac-

teristics of the airplane;

skład załogi lotniczej, jej fachowość i

doświadczenie;

the composition of the flight crew, their com-

petence and experience;

wymiary i charakterystyki dróg startowych, które

mogą być wybrane do użycia;

the dimensions and characteristics of the

runways which may be selected for use;

przydatność oraz parametry techniczne

dostępnych wizualnych i instrumentalnych

naziemnych pomocy nawigacyjnych;

the adequacy and performance of the availa-

ble visual and non-visual ground aids;

dostępne w samolocie wyposażenie do nawigacji the equipment available on the airplane for

the purpose of navigation and/or control of




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


lub kierowania torem lotu podczas startu the flight path, during the take-off;

przeszkody w strefach wznoszenia, wymaganych

dla wykonania procedur awaryjnych oraz

konieczne przewyższenie nad przeszkodami;

the obstacles in the approach, missed ap-

proach and the climb-out areas required for

the execution of contingency procedures and

necessary clearance

środki określania i raportowania warunków

meteorologicznych.

the means to determine and report meteoro-

logical conditions.

Patrz załącznik nr 7 w Rozdziale 6 dla sprawdzianu See attachment no 7 of Section 6 for checking

Uwaga Remark

Szkolenie do uzyskania uprawnień do lądowaniaponiżej CAT I będzie realizowane po rozpoczęciucertyfikacji E1 i E2*.

Training for authorization of landing below

CAT I will be carried out after beginning the

E1 & E2* certification.

*E1 – CAT II DH 100ft RVR 300m

E2 - CAT IIIA DH 50ft RVR 200mLVTO RVR 125m

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA DO WYKONYWANIA STARTÓW PRZY OGRANICZONEJ WIDZIALNOŚCI THE LOW VISIBILITY TAKE - OFF TRAINING SYLLABUS

MODUŁ SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZENIE

CHECKING

(1)

Przepisy lotnicze dotyczące LVTO i AWO:

Aviation rules concerning LVTO and AWO:

(2)

-Minima operacyjne – zasady ogólne;

-Operating minima — general;

(3)

-Terminologia;

-Terminology;

(4)

-Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności –zasady ogólne;

-Low visibility operations — general operating rules;

(5)

-Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- lotnisko;

-Low visibility operations — aerodrome considerations;

(6)

-Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- szkolenie i kwalifikacje;

-Low visibility operations — training and qualifications;

(7)

-Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- procedury operacyjne;

-Low visibility operations — operating Procedures;

(8)

-Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- wyposażenie minimalne;

-Low visibility operations — minimum equipment;

(9)

Charakterystyka i ograniczenia ILS lub MLS;

The characteristics and limitations of the ILS and/or MLS;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


MODUŁ SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZENIE

CHECKING

(10)

Charakterystyka pomocy wzrokowych;

The characteristics of the visual aids;

(11)

Charakterystyka mgły;

The characteristics of fog;

(12)

Osiągi i ograniczenia operacyjne poszczególnych systemów pokładowych;

The operational capabilities and limitations of the particular airborne system;

(13)

Skutki opadów, oblodzenia oraz uskoku wiatru i turbulencji na małej wysokości;

The effects of precipitation, ice accretion, low level wind shear and turbulence;

(14)

Skutki określonych usterek samolotu;

The effect of specific aeroplane malfunctions;

(15)

Użycie i ograniczenia systemów oceny RVR;

The use and limitations of RVR assessment systems;

(16)

Zasady ustalania wymagań dotyczących zachowania przewyższenia nad

przeszkodami;

The principles of obstacle clearance requirements;

(17)

Rozpoznawanie niesprawności urządzeń naziemnych i działania podejmowane

w razie ich wystąpienia;

Recognition of and action to be taken in the event of failure of ground equip-

ment;

(18)

Procedury i środki ostrożności podejmowane w ruchu naziemnym podczas

operacji przy RVR wynoszącej 400 m lub mniej.

The procedures and precautions to be followed with regard to surface move-

ment during operations when the RVR is 400 m or less

(19)

Wymagania dotyczące kwalifikacji pilotów potrzebnych do uzyskania i

utrzymania zezwolenia na wykonywanie startów przy ograniczonej;

The qualification requirements for pilots to obtain and retain approval to con-

duct low visibility take-offs;

(20)

Znaczenie prawidłowej pozycji w fotelu i linii wzroku.

The importance of correct seating and eye position.

(21)

Sprawdzenie wiadomości.

Test.

(22)

Szkolenie praktyczne na symulatorze lotów (8 startów) lub i na samolocie w powietrzu (3 starty);

Practical training on simulator (8 t/o) or/and on plane (3 t/o).

(23)

Sprawdzanie, na ziemi właściwego funkcjonowania wyposażenia;

Checks of satisfactory functioning of equipment, both on the ground and in

flight;

(24) Wpływ zmiany stanu instalacji naziemnych na minima;

Effect on minima caused by changes in the status of ground installations;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


MODUŁ SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

SPRAWDZENIE

CHECKING

(25)

Czynności podejmowane w przypadku niesprawności takich elementów, jak

silniki, systemy elektryczne, hydrauliczne lub sterowania torem lotu;

Monitoring of automatic flight control systems and auto land status annuncia-

tors with emphasis on the

Action to be taken in the event of failures of such systems;

(26)

Skutki znanych niesprawności oraz korzystanie z wykazu wyposażenia

minimalnego (MEL);

The effect of known unserviceabilities and use of minimum equipment

lists;(MEL)

(27)

Ograniczenia operacyjne wynikające z wymagań certyfikacyjnych dotyczących

zdatności do lotu;

Operating limitations resulting from airworthiness certification;

(28)

Zakres obowiązków członków załogi i wymagania dotyczących współpracy z

innymi członkami załogi- CRM

Duties and the coordination required with other crew members - CRM

(29)

Operacje LVTO normalne, bez niesprawności samolotu lub wyposażenia, lecz z

uwzględnieniem wszelkich mogących wystąpić warunków pogodowych

Normal operation with no airplane or equipment failures but including all

weather conditions which may be encountered

(30)

Starty z wystąpieniem niesprawności samolotu i wyposażenia mogących mieć

wpływ na operacje LVTO

Take-offs with airplane and equipment failure which could affect LVTO

(31)

Procedury na wypadek niezdolności do pracy członka załogi mające

zastosowanie do startów przy ograniczonej widzialności

Incapacitation procedures appropriate to low visibility take-offs

(32)

Niesprawność systemów i silnika, które prowadzą zarówno do kontynuowania,

jak i przerwania startu

Systems failures and engine failure resulting in continued as well as rejected

take-offs

(33)

Sprawdzenie umiejętności praktycznych.

Check of practical skills.

(34) Zakończenie szkolenia.

Close meeting, Summary




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Upoważnienie LVTO RVR 125m. Authorization LVTO RVR 125m

avers




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


revers

Format 8,5 x 5,5 cm




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.

D.2. 2 PERSONEL POKŁADOWY CABIN CREW

D.2.2.1 Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa.


a) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek

personelu pokładowego przed rozpoczęciem

szkolenia przejściowego ukończył z wynikiem

pozytywnym szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa, obejmujące co najmniej

tematy wymienione poniżej.

(a) The operator shall ensure that each cabin

crew member has, before undertaking con-

version training, successfully completed initial

safety training covering at least the subjects

listed below

b) Kursy szkoleniowe, według uznania organu i

po zatwierdzeniu przez niego, są prowadzone:

albo

1) przez operatora

— bezpośrednio, lub

— pośrednio, poprzez instytucję szkoleniową

występującą w imieniu operatora; albo

2) przez zatwierdzoną instytucję szkoleniową.

(b) Training courses shall, at the discretion of

the Authority, and subject to its approval, be

provided:

either

1. by the operator

— directly, or

— indirectly through a training organisation

acting on behalf of the operator; or

2. by an approved training organisation.

c) Program i struktura szkoleń podstawowych są

zgodne ze stosownymi wymogami i podlegają

wcześniejszemu zatwierdzeniu przez ULC.

(c) The programme and structure of the initial

training courses shall be in accordance with

the applicable requirements and shall be

subject to prior approval of the Authori-ty.(CAO)

d) Certyfikowany przewoźnik lotniczy*

prowadzący szkolenie wystawia członkowi

personelu pokładowego zaświadczenie o

ukończeniu szkolenia w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa po ukończeniu przez niego

szkolenia podstawowego oraz po uzyskaniu

pozytywnego wyniku ze sprawdzianu, o którym

mowa D.2.2.6

*Art. 95g Ustawy Prawo Lotnicze

(d) The certificated operator* providing the

training course, shall deliver an attestation of

safety training to a cabin crew member after

he/she has completed the initial safety train-

ing and successfully passed the check referred

to in D.2.2.6.

* Art.95g Polish Aviation Act

e) Zaświadczenie to posiada wyraźne

odniesienie do zatwierdzenia przez organ.

Patrz wzór zaświadczenia w pkt. D.2.2.1.a

(e) Such attestation shall clearly state a refer-

ence to the approval of the Authority.

See specimen of attestation in item D.2.2.1.a.

Minimalny zakres tematów objętychpodstawowym szkoleniem w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa, jest następujący:

The subjects that must be covered as a min-

imum by a course of initial safety training

are:

a) Szkolenie przeciwpożarowe i w środowisku

zadymionym:

1) nacisk na obowiązek personelu pokładowego

niezwłocznego uporania się z sytuacjami

awaryjnymi obejmującymi występowaniepożaru lub zadymienia oraz, w szczególności, na

(a) Fire and smoke training:

1. emphasis on the responsibility of cabin

crew to deal promptly with emergencies in-

volving fire and smoke and, in particular,emphasis on the importance of identifying the




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


wpływem alkoholu, spożywają go, są pod

wpływem środków odurzających lub są

agresywni;

2) metody używane do motywacji pasażerów ikontroli nad tłumem niezbędne do

przyspieszenia ewakuacji samolotu;

3) przepisy dotyczące bezpiecznego

przechowywania bagażu kabinowego (łącznie z

przedmiotami służbowymi w kabinie) oraz

ryzyko, że będzie on stanowić zagrożenie dla

pasażerów w kabinie lub w inny sposób

przeszkodzi w użyciu wyposażenia awaryjnego

lub wyjść awaryjnych, lub też uszkodzi je;

4) znaczenie prawidłowego rozmieszczania

pasażerów w odniesieniu do masy i wyważeniasamolotu. Szczególny nacisk kładzie się na

rozmieszczenie pasażerów niepełnosprawnych i

konieczność umieszczenia w rejonie wyjść

nienadzorowanych pasażerów o odpowiedniej

sprawności fizycznej;

5) czynności, jakie mają zostać podjęte na

wypadek turbulencji, łącznie z zabezpieczeniem

kabiny;

6) środki ostrożności, jakie mają zostać podjęte

w przypadku przewożenia w kabinie

pasażerskiej żywych zwierząt; 7) szkolenie w zakresie materiałów

niebezpiecznych;

8) procedury ochrony

intoxicated with alcohol or are under the

influence of drugs or are aggressive;

2. methods used to motivate passengers and

the crowd control necessary to expedite anaeroplane evacuation;

3. regulations covering the safe stowage of

cabin baggage (including cabin service items)

and the risk of it becoming a hazard to occu-

pants of the cabin or otherwise obstruction or

damaging emergency equipment or aero-

plane exits;

4. the importance of correct seat allocation

with reference to aeroplane mass and bal-ance. Particular emphasis shall also be given

on the seating of disabled passengers, and

the necessity of seating able-bodied passen-

gers adjacent to unsupervised exits;

5. duties to be undertaken in the event of

encountering turbulence, including securing

the cabin;

6. precautions to be taken when live animals

are carried in the cabin;

7. dangerous goods training,

8. security procedures,

9) Łączność

Podczas szkolenia szczególny nacisk kładzie się

na znaczenie skutecznego porozumiewania się

między personelem pokładowym a załogą

lotniczą, w tym techniki, wspólnego języka i

terminologii.

9) Communication.

During training, emphasis shall be placed on

the importance of effective communication

between cabin crew and flight crew including

technique, common language and terminolo-

gy.

10) Dyscyplina i zakres obowiązków:

1) znaczenie pełnienia przez personel

pokładowy obowiązków zgodnie z instrukcją

operacyjną;

2) bieżące kwalifikacje i sprawność niezbędne

do odbywania lotów w charakterze członka

personelu pokładowego, ze szczególnym

uwzględnieniem ograniczeń czasu lotu i służby

oraz wymaganego wypoczynku;

3) znajomość przepisów lotniczych odnoszących

się do personelu pokładowego oraz rola organu

nadzoru lotniczego;

4) wiedza ogólna dotycząca terminologii

10) Discipline and responsibilities:

1. the importance of cabin crew performing

their duties in accordance with the Opera-

tions Manual;

2. continuing competence and fitness to op-

erate as a cabin crew member with special

regard to flight and duty time limitations and

rest requirements;

3. an awareness of the aviation regulations

relating to cabin crew and the role of the Civil

Aviation Authority;

4. general knowledge of relevant aviation




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


lotniczej, teorii lotu, rozmieszczenia pasażerów,

meteorologii i obszarów lotów;

5) odprawa przed startem personelu

pokładowego i zapewnienie niezbędnychinformacji dotyczących bezpieczeństwa w

odniesieniu do określonych obowiązków;

6) znaczenie aktualizacji odpowiednich

dokumentów i instrukcji poprawkami

wydawanymi przez operatora;

7) znaczenie określenia momentu, w którym

członek personelu pokładowego jest

upoważniony do rozpoczęcia ewakuacji oraz

innych procedur awaryjnych i za nie odpowiada;

oraz

8) znaczenie obowiązków związanych z

bezpieczeństwem i odpowiedzialności za ich

pełnienie oraz potrzeba szybkiego i skutecznego

działania w sytuacjach awaryjnych;

9) świadomość skutków zanieczyszczenia

powierzchni oraz potrzeba informowania załogi

lotniczej o wszelkim zaobserwowanym

zanieczyszczeniu powierzchni.

terminology, theory of flight, passenger dis-

tribution, meteorology and areas of opera-

tion;

5. pre-flight briefing of the cabin crew and the provision of necessary safety information

with regards to their specific

duties;

6. the importance of ensuring that relevant

documents and manuals are kept up-to-date

with amendments provided by the operator;

7. the importance of identifying when cabin

crew members have the authority and re-

sponsibility to initiate an evacuation and

other emergency procedures; and

8. the importance of safety duties and re-

sponsibilities and the need to respond

promptly and effectively to emergency

situations.

9. awareness of the effects of surface con-

tamination and the need to inform the flight

crew of any observed surface contamination.

10) Zarządzanie zasobami załogi (CMR)

1) Szkolenie wprowadzające CRM:

(i) członkowie personelu pokładowego kończąszkolenie wprowadzające CRM przed pierwszym

wyznaczeniem do lotu w charakterze członka

personelu pokładowego. Personel pokładowy,

który już wykonuje loty w charakterze członków

personelu pokładowego w zarobkowych

przewozach lotniczych, a który nie ukończył

wcześniej szkolenia wprowadzającego, ukończy

szkolenie wprowadzające CRM do czasu

następnego wymaganego okresowego szkolenia

lub sprawdzianu;

(ii) elementy szkolenia określonego w D.2.2.8

(iii) szkolenie wprowadzające CRM jest

prowadzone przez co najmniej jednego

instruktora CRM ds. personelu pokładowego.

10) Crew resource management.

1. Introductory CRM course:

(i) a cabin crew member shall complete anintroductory CRM course before being first

assigned to operate as a cabin crew member.

Cabin crew who are already operating as

cabin crew members in commercial air trans-

portation and who have not previously com-

pleted an introductory course, shall complete

an introductory CRM course by the time of

the next required recurrent training and/or

checking.

(ii) The training elements are described in

article D.2.2.8.

(iii) The introductory CRM course shall be

conducted by at least one cabin crew CRM

instructor.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Świadectwo ukończenia szkolenie podstawowe

w zakresie bezpieczeństwa. Certificate of successful completion of theInitial safety training.

Avers




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


revers

Format 8,5 x 5,5 cm




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.2.2 Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach Conversion and differences training


personelu pokładowego odbył odpowiednie

szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach, zgodnie z

mającymi zastosowanie przepisami i

obejmujące co najmniej tematy wymienione

poniżej.

1) Szkolenie przejściowe musi zostać ukończone

przed:

(i) pierwszym wyznaczeniem przez operatora do

odbywania lotów w charakterze członka

personelu pokładowego; lub

(ii) wyznaczeniem do odbywania lotów na

innym typie samolotu; oraz

2) szkolenie w różnicach: Szkolenie w różnicach

musi zostać ukończone przed rozpoczęciem

wykonywania lotów:

(i) na innym wariancie typu samolotu obecnie

obsługiwanego; lub

(ii) z wykorzystaniem innego wyposażeniabezpieczeństwa, innego rozmieszczenia

wyposażenia bezpieczeństwa lub innych

normalnych i awaryjnych procedur

bezpieczeństwa na obecnie obsługiwanych

typach lub wariantach samolotów.

(a) The operator shall ensure that each cabin

crew member has completed appropriate

conversion and differences training, in ac-

cordance with the applicable rules and at

least the subjects listed below.

1. A conversion course must be completed

before being:

(i) first assigned by the operator to operate as

a cabin crew member; or

(ii) assigned to operate another aeroplane

type; and

2. Differences training: differences training

must be completed before operating:

(i) on a variant of an aeroplane type currently

operated; or

(ii) with different safety equipment, safety

equipment location, or normal and emergen-cy safety procedures on currently operated

aeroplane types or variants

(b) Operator określa zakres szkolenia

przejściowego i w różnicach, uwzględniając

wcześniejsze szkolenia członka personelu

pokładowego zarejestrowane w rejestrach

szkoleń członka personelu pokładowego

opisanych w rozdz. D.4

b) The operator shall determine the content

of the conversion and differences training

taking account of the cabin crew member’s

previous training as recorded in the cabin

crew member’s training records described by

article D.4

c) Bez uszczerbku dla postanowień OPS-1.995

lit. c), można łączyć powiązane elementy

szkolenia podstawowego i szkolenia

przejściowego oraz w różnicach.

(c) Related elements of both initial training

and conversion and differences training may

be combined, which does not violate the OPS-

1.995 c)

d) Operator zapewnia, by:

1) szkolenie przejściowe prowadzone było w

sposób zorganizowany i realistyczny, zgodnie z

zakresem opisanym poniżej.

2) szkolenie w różnicach prowadzone było w

sposób zorganizowany; oraz

3) szkolenie przejściowe, a jeśli to konieczne,

także szkolenie w różnicach, obejmowało

(d) The operator shall ensure that:

1. conversion training is conducted in a struc-

tured and realistic manner, in accordance

with scope described below.

2. differences training is conducted in a struc-

tured manner; and

3. conversion training, and if necessary differ-

ences training, includes the use of all safety




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


wykorzystanie wszelkiego wyposażenia

ratunkowego oraz wszystkich normalnych i

awaryjnych procedur właściwych dla danego

typu lub wariantu samolotu oraz szkolenie i

praktykę na reprezentatywnym urządzeniu

szkoleniowym albo na rzeczywistym samolocie.

equipment and all normal and emergency

procedures applicable to the type or variant

of aeroplane and involves training and prac-

tice on either a representative training device

or on the actual aeroplane.

e) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek

personelu pokładowego przed pierwszym

skierowaniem go do pełnienia obowiązków

odbył szkolenie CRM u operatora oraz szkolenie

CRM dla danego typu samolotu, zgodnie z

rozdz. D.2.2.8. Członek personelu pokładowego

wykonujący loty jako członek personelu

pokładowego u operatora, który nie odbył

wcześniej szkolenia CRM u operatora, ukończy

to szkolenie do czasu następnego wymaganego okresowego szkolenia i sprawdzianu, wraz ze

szkoleniem CRM dla danego typu samolotu, jeśli

to stosowne.

(e) The operator shall ensure that each cabin

crew member before being first assigned to

duties completes the operator’s CRM training

and aeroplane type specific CRM, in accord-

ance with article D.2.2.8). Cabin crew who are

already operating as cabin crew members

with an operator, and who have not previous-

ly completed the operator’s CRM training,

shall complete this training by the time of the

next required recurrent training, includingaeroplane type specific CRM, as relevant.

Zakres szkolenia przejściowego I w różnicach. Scope of conversion and difference training

a) Zasady ogólne

Operator zapewnia, by:

1) szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach było

prowadzone przez odpowiednio

wykwalifikowany personel; oraz

2) podczas szkolenia przejściowego i szkoleniaw różnicach zapewniono szkolenie na temat

rozmieszczenia i użycia wszelkiego

przewożonego na pokładzie wyposażenia

bezpieczeństwa i służącego do przetrwania, jak

też wszystkich procedur normalnych i

awaryjnych odnoszących się do danego typu,

wariantu lub konfiguracji samolotu, na którym

będą wykonywane loty.

(a) General:

An operator shall ensure that:

1. conversion and differences training is con-

ducted by suitably qualified personnel; and

2. during conversion and differences training,training is given on the location, removal and

use of all safety and survival equipment car-

ried on the aeroplane, as well as all normal

and emergency procedures related to the

aeroplane type, variant and configuration to

be operated.

b) Szkolenie przeciwpożarowe i w środowisku

zadymionym


1) każdy członek personelu pokładowego odbył

realistyczne szkolenie praktyczne w zakresie

używania całego wyposażenia gaśniczego, w

tym ubrań ochronnych właściwych dla

wyposażenia samolotu. Szkolenie to musi

obejmować:

(i) gaszenie pożarów charakterystycznych dla

wnętrza samolotu, z wyjątkiem przypadku

użycia gaśnic halonowych, zamiast których

można stosować alternatywny środek gaśniczy;

oraz(ii) zakładanie i użycie urządzenia

(b) Fire and smoke training:


1. each cabin crew member is given realistic

and practical training in the use of all fire-

fighting equipment including protective cloth-

ing representative of that carried in the aero-

plane. This training must include:

(i) extinguishing a fire characteristic of an

aeroplane interior fire except that, in the case

of Halon extinguishers, an alternative extin-

guishing agent may be used; and

(ii) the donning and use of protective breath-

ing equipment in an enclosed, simulatedsmoke-filled environment.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


zabezpieczającego oddychanie w pomieszczeniu

zamkniętym o pozorowanym zadymieniu.

c) Użycie drzwi i wyjść


1) każdy członek personelu pokładowego

obsługiwał i faktycznie otwierał wszystkie typy

lub warianty wyjść normalnych i awaryjnych w

trybach normalnych i awaryjnych, w tym w razie

potrzeby podczas awarii automatycznych

systemów wspomagających. Obejmuje to

czynności i umiejętności potrzebne do obsługi i

rozmieszczenia ześlizgów ewakuacyjnych.

Szkolenie to przeprowadza się w samolocie lub

reprezentatywnym urządzeniu szkoleniowym;

oraz

2) zademonstrowane zostało użycie wszystkich

innych wyjść, takich jak okna w kabinie załogi.

(c) Operations of doors and exits:


1. each cabin crew member operates and

actually opens each type or variant of normal

and emergency exits in thenormal and emer-

gency modes, including failure of power assist

systems where fitted. This is to include the

action and forces required to operate and

deploy evacuation slides. This training shall

be conducted in an aeroplane or representa-

tive training device; and

2. the operation of all other exits, such as

flight deck windows is demonstrated.

d) Szkolenie w zakresie ewakuacji z użyciem

ześlizgów ewakuacyjnych



opuszczał pokład po ześlizgu ewakuacyjnym z

wysokości charakterystycznej dla wysokości

progu pokładu głównego samolotu;

2) ześlizg był zamocowany do samolotu lubreprezentatywnego urządzenia szkoleniowego;

oraz

3) następne ćwiczenia w opuszczaniu pokładu

były wykonywane, kiedy członek personelu

pokładowego przeszkala się na typ samolotu,

którego wysokość progu wyjścia z głównego

pokładu różni się znacząco od innych typów

samolotów, na których wcześniej wykonywał

loty.

(d) Evacuation slide training:


1. each cabin crew member descends an

evacuation slide from a height representative

of the aeroplane’s main deck sill height;

2. the slide is fitted to an aeroplane or a rep-resentative training device; and

3. a further descent is made when the cabin

crew member qualifies on an aeroplane type

in which the main deck exit sill height differs

significantly from any aeroplane type previ-

ously operated.

e) Procedury ewakuacyjne i inne sytuacje

awaryjne


1) szkolenie w zakresie ewakuacji zawierało

rozpoznanie planowanych lub nieplanowanych

ewakuacji na lądzie lub wodzie. Szkolenie to

musi obejmować rozpoznawanie sytuacji, kiedy

wyjścia nie nadają się do używania lub kiedy

wyposażenie ewakuacyjne jest niesprawne;

oraz

2) każdy członek personelu pokładowego był

wyszkolony do działania w sytuacjach:

(i) pożaru podczas lotu, ze szczególnym

naciskiem na identyfikację rzeczywistego źródła

(e) Evacuation procedures and other emer-

gency situations:


1. emergency evacuation training includes the

recognition of planned or unplanned evacua-

tions on land or water. This training must

include recognition of when exits are unusa-

ble or when evacuation equipment is unser-

viceable; and

2. each cabin crew member is trained to deal

with the following:

(i) an in-flight fire, with particular emphasis




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


pożaru;

(ii) silnej turbulencji powietrza;

(iii) gwałtownej dekompresji, łącznie z

zakładaniem przez każdego członka personelu

pokładowego przenośnego wyposażenia

tlenowego; oraz

(iv) innych sytuacji awaryjnych w locie.

on identifying the actual source of the fire;

(ii) severe air turbulence;

(iii) sudden decompression, including the

donning of portable oxygen equipment by

each cabin crew member; and

(iv) other in-flight emergencies.

f) Kontrola nad tłumem

Operator zapewnia, by odbyło się szkolenie w

zakresie praktycznych aspektów kontroli nad

tłumem w różnych sytuacjach awaryjnych, jakie

odnoszą się do danego typu samolotu.

(f) Crowd control.

An operator shall ensure that training is pro-

vided on the practical aspects of crowd con-

trol in various emergency situations, as appli-

cable to the aeroplane type.

g) Niedyspozycja pilota

Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu

pokładowego był przeszkolony w zakresie

procedury mającej zastosowanie w razie

niedyspozycji członka załogi lotniczej i

obsługiwał mechanizmy siedzenia i uprzęży,

chyba że minimalny skład załogi lotniczej

wynosi więcej niż 2 pilotów. Szkolenie w

zakresie użycia systemu tlenowego członków

załogi lotniczej oraz list kontrolnych czynności

członków załogi lotniczej, jeśli są wymagane

przez procedury standardowe operatora (SOP),

jest prowadzone w formie pokazu.

(g) Pilot incapacitation.

An operator shall ensure that, unless the

minimum flight crew is more than two, each

cabin crew member is trained in the proce-

dure for flight crew member incapacitation

and shall operate the seat and harness mech-

anisms. Training in the use of flight crew

members’ oxygen system and use of the flight

crew members’ check lists, where required by

the operator’s SOP’s, shall be conducted by a

practical demonstration.

h) Wyposażenie bezpieczeństwa

Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu

pokładowego odbył realistyczne szkolenie

praktyczne połączone z pokazem w zakresie

rozmieszczenia i użycia wyposażenia

bezpieczeństwa, obejmujące:

1) ześlizgi i, jeżeli używane są ześlizgi bez

własnego podtrzymania, użycie każdej z lin;

2) tratwy ratunkowe i tratwy-ześlizgi, łącznie z

wyposażeniem dołączonym do tratwy lub

znajdującym się na niej;

3) kamizelki ratunkowe, kamizelki ratunkowe

dla niemowląt oraz pływające kojce;

4) automatycznie wypadające systemy tlenowe;

5) tlen pierwszej pomocy;

6) gaśnice;

7) topory strażackie lub łom;

8) oświetlenie awaryjne, łącznie z latarkami;

9) wyposażenie komunikacyjne, łącznie z

(h) Safety equipment.

An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew

member is given realistic training on, and

demonstration of, the location and use of

safety equipment including the following:

1. slides, and where non-self-supporting slides

are carried, the use of any associated ropes;

2. life-rafts and slide-raft, including the

equipment attached to, and/or carried in, the

raft;

3. lifejackets, infant lifejackets and flotation

cots;

4. dropout oxygen system;

5. first-aid oxygen;

6. fire extinguishers;

7. fire axe or crow-bar;8. emergency lights including torches;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


megafonami;

10) zestawy do przetrwania, łącznie z ich

zawartością;

11) środki pirotechniczne (rzeczywiste lub ich

atrapy);

12) apteczki pierwszej pomocy, ratunkowe

zestawy medyczne, ich zawartość oraz

ratunkowe wyposażenie medyczne; oraz

13) inne wyposażenie lub systemy

bezpieczeństwa w kabinie pasażerskiej, jeśli są

stosowane.

9. communication equipment, including meg-

aphones;

10. survival packs, including their contents;

11. pyrotechnics (actual or representative

devices);

12. first-aid kits, emergency medical kits, their

contents and emergency medical equipment;

and

13. other cabin safety equipment or systems

where applicable.

i) Komunikaty dla pasażerów/pokazy dotyczące

bezpieczeństwa

Operator zapewnia przeprowadzenie szkoleń w

przygotowywaniu pasażerów do sytuacji

normalnych i awaryjnych zgodnie z rozdz.

A.8.3.16

(i) Passenger briefing/safety demonstrations.

An operator shall ensure that training is given

in the preparation of passengers for normal

and emergency situations in accordance with

article A.8.3.16

j) Jeżeli szkolenia w zakresie podstawowych

zagadnień medycznych i pierwszej pomocy nie

objęły kwestii unikania chorób zakaźnych,

zwłaszcza w klimacie tropikalnym i

subtropikalnym, szkolenie takie zapewnia się,

jeżeli siatka połączeń operatora jest poszerzana

lub zmieniana, obejmując takie obszary.

(j) When initial medical aspects and first aid

training has not included the avoidance of

infectious diseases, especially in tropical and

sub-tropical climates, such training shall be

provided if an operator’s route network is

extended or changed to include such areas.

k) Zarządzanie zasobami załogi (CMR).



ukończył szkolenie CRM u operatora,

obejmujące elementy szkolenia zawarte w

rozdz. D.2.2.8 przed podjęciem kolejnego

szkolenia CRM dla danego typu samolotu lub

szkolenia okresowego CRM;

2) w przypadku podjęcia przez członka

personelu pokładowego szkolenia

przejściowego na inny typ samolotu elementy szkolenia zawarte w rozdz. D.2.2.8;

3) szkolenie CRM u operatora i szkolenie CRM

dla danego typu samolotu są prowadzone przez

co najmniej jednego instruktora CRM ds.

personelu pokładowego.

(k) Crew resource management.


1. Each cabin crew member completes the

operator’s CRM training covering the training

elements in article D.2.2.8 before undertaking

subsequent aeroplane type specific CRM

and/or recurrent CRM training.

2. When a cabin crew member undertakes a

conversion course on another aeroplane type,

the training elements in in article D.2.2.8.

3. The operator’s CRM training and aeroplane

type specific CRM shall be conducted by a

least one cabin crew CRM instructor.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.2.3 Loty zapoznawcze. Familiarization.

Operator zapewnia, by po zakończeniu

szkolenia przejściowego każdy członek

personelu pokładowego odbył loty

zapoznawcze przed wykonywaniem lotów jako

jeden z członków minimalnego składu


An operator shall ensure that, following com-

pletion of conversion training, each cabin

crew member completes familiarization prior

to operating as one of the minimum number

of cabin crew.

D.2.2.3.a Liczba lotów zapoznawczych. Number of familiarization flights.

Dla członka personelu pokładowego

posiadającego świadectwo ukończenia szkolenia

podstawowego w zakresie bezpieczeństwa dlapersonelu pokładowego:

Minimum 2 loty zapoznawcze w łącznym czasie

co najmniej 2 godz. w tym co najmniej jeden lot

na każdym wariancie samolotu.

For CC holders of - Certificate of successful

completion of the initial safety training for

cabin crewmember:

Minimum 2 familiarization flight in total

flight time of 2 hours, included no less than

one flight on each version of the type.

D.2.2.3.b Skład załogi w locie zapoznawczym. Composition of cabin crew during familiari-

zation flights.

Członek personelu pokładowego w czasie lotu

zapoznawczego nie może być uwzględniany jako

wymagany członek załogi zgodnie z pkt. OM-

A.4.10

Cabin crew member during the familiarization

flight cannot be taken into account as a re-

quired crew member according to the OM-

A.4.10.

W składzie załogi pokładowej nie może być

więcej niż dwóch członków załogi pokładowej

odbywających lot zapoznawczy.

No more than two cabin crew members un-

dergoing the familiarization flight can be of

the crew composition.

Członek personelu pokładowego w czasie lotu

zapoznawczego ma przydzieloną pozycję na

jumpseat z przodu lub z tyłu kabiny.

Cabin crew member during the familiarization

flight has an allotted position on jump seat at

the front or at the back of cabin.

Czynności członka załogi pokładowej

odbywającego lot zapoznawczy musi

nadzorować członek wymaganej załogi

pokładowej posiadający uprawnienia, co

najmniej Instruktora personelu pokładowego.

Activities of a cabin crew member undergoing

the familiarization flight must supervise by

the member of the required cabin crew hav-

ing entitlements, at least of Instructor of the

cabin crew.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0




D.2.2.4 Szkolenie okresowe Recurrent training


personelu pokładowego odbył szkolenie

okresowe, obejmujące czynności przypisane

każdemu członkowi personelu pokładowego w

procedurach normalnych i awaryjnych, a także

ćwiczenia stosownie do typu(-ów) lub

wariantu(-ów) samolotu, na którym(-ych)

pracuje, zgodnie z zakresem podanym poniżej.

(a) An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew

member undergoes recurrent training, covering

the actions assigned to each crew member in

normal and emergency procedures and drills

relevant to the type(s) and/or variant(s) of aero-

plane on which they operate in accordance with

scope described below.

b) Operator zapewnia, by program szkolenia

okresowego zatwierdzony przez organ

obejmował szkolenie teoretyczne i praktyczne,

wraz z indywidualną praktyką, jak określono

poniżej.

(b) An operator shall ensure that the recurrent

training programme approved by the Authority

includes theoretical and practical instruction,

together with individual practice, as prescribed

below.

c) Okres ważności szkolenia okresowego oraz

związanego z nim wymaganego sprawdzianu

wynosi 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych dodanych

do pozostałej części miesiąca wydania. Jeśli

wydano je w ciągu ostatnich 3 miesięcy

kalendarzowych ważności poprzedniego

sprawdzianu, okres ważności przedłuża się na

okres od daty wydania do 12 miesiąca

kalendarzowego od daty wygaśnięcia ważności

poprzedniego sprawdzianu.

(c) The period of validity of recurrent training and

the associated required checking shall be 12 cal-

endar months in addition to the remainder of the

month of issue. If issued within the final three

calendar months of validity of a previous check,

the period of validity shall extend from the date of

issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry

date of that previous check.

Zakres szkolenia Scope of training

a) Operator zapewnia, by szkolenie okresowe

było prowadzone przez odpowiednio

wykwalifikowany personel.

(a) An operator shall ensure that recurrent train-

ing is conducted by suitably qualified persons.

b) Operator zapewnia, by realizowany co 12

miesięcy kalendarzowych program szkolenia

praktycznego obejmował:

1) procedury awaryjne, łącznie z procedurami

postępowania w razie niedyspozycji pilota;

2) procedury ewakuacyjne, łącznie z technikami

panowania nad tłumem;

3) ćwiczenia manualne dla każdego członka

personelu pokładowego w otwieraniu

normalnych i awaryjnych wyjść w celu

ewakuacji pasażerów;

4) rozmieszczenie i obsługa wyposażenia

awaryjnego, w tym systemów tlenowych, oraz

zakładanie kamizelek ratunkowych, korzystanie

z przenośnych masek tlenowych i urządzenia

zabezpieczającego oddychanie (PBE);

5) zagadnienia medyczne i pierwsza pomoc,

(b) An operator shall ensure that every 12 calen-

dar months the programme of practical training

includes the following:

1. emergency procedures including pilot incapaci-

tation;

2. evacuation procedures including crowd control

techniques;

3. touch-drills by each cabin crew member for

opening normal and emergency exits for passen-

ger evacuation;

4. the location and handling of emergency

equipment, including oxygen systems, and the

donning by each cabin crew member of lifejack-

ets, portable oxygen and protective breathing

equipment (PBE);

5. medical aspects and first-aid, first-aid kits,




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


apteczki pierwszej pomocy, ratunkowe zestawy

medyczne, ich zawartość oraz ratunkowe

wyposażenie medyczne;

6) składowanie rzeczy w kabinie;

7) procedury ochrony;

8) przegląd incydentów i wypadków lotniczych;

9) świadomość skutków zanieczyszczenia

powierzchni oraz potrzeba informowania załogi

lotniczej o wszelkim zaobserwowanym

zanieczyszczeniu powierzchni; oraz

10) zarządzanie zasobami załogi (CMR).

Operator zapewnia, by szkolenie CRM spełniało

następujące warunki:

(i) elementy szkolenia CRM zgodnie z pkt.

D.2.2.8

(ii) określeniem i realizacją programu szkolenia

zajmuje się instruktor CRM ds. personelu

pokładowego;

(iii) w przypadku gdy szkolenie CRM ma postać

odrębnych modułów, będzie ono prowadzone

przez co najmniej jednego instruktora CRM ds.


emergency medical kits, their contents and emer-

gency medical equipment;

6. stowage of articles in the cabin;

7. security procedures;

8. incident and accident review;

9. awareness of the effects of surface contamina-

tion and the need to inform the flight crew of any

observed surface contamination, and

10. crew resource management. An operator shall

ensure that CRM training satisfies the following:

(i) the training CRM according to item. D2.2.8.

(ii) the definition and implementation of this syl-

labus shall be managed by a cabin crew CRM

instructor;

(iii) when CRM training is provided by stand-alone

modules, it shall be conducted by at least one

cabin crew CRM instructor.

c) Operator zapewnia, by w odstępach

nieprzekraczających 3 lat szkolenie okresowe

obejmowało również:

1) obsługę i faktyczne otwieranie przez każdego

członka personelu pokładowego wszystkich

typów lub wariantów wyjść normalnych i

awaryjnych w trybach normalnych i awaryjnych,

w tym w razie potrzeby podczas awarii

automatycznych systemów wspomagających.

Obejmuje to czynności i umiejętności potrzebne

do obsługi i rozmieszczenia ześlizgów

ewakuacyjnych. Szkolenie to przeprowadza się

w samolocie lub reprezentatywnym urządzeniu

szkoleniowym;

2) pokaz obsługi wszystkich innych wyjść,

łącznie z oknami w kabinie załogi;

3) realistyczne szkolenie praktyczne dla każdego

członka personelu pokładowego w zakresie

używania całego wyposażenia gaśniczego, w

tym ubrań ochronnych właściwych dla

wyposażenia samolotu.

Szkolenie to musi obejmować:

(i) gaszenie pożarów charakterystycznych dla

wnętrza samolotu przez każdego członkapersonelu pokładowego, z wyjątkiem przypadku

użycia gaśnic halonowych, zamiast których

(c) An operator shall ensure that, at intervals not

exceeding three years, recurrent training also

includes:

1. each cabin crew member operating and actual-

ly opening each type or variant of normal and

emergency exit in the normal and emergency

modes, including failure of power assist systems

where fitted. This is to include the action and

forces required to operate and deploy evacuation

slides. This training shall be conducted in an aer-

oplane or representative training device;

2. demonstration of the operation of all other

exits including flight deck windows;

3. each cabin crew member being given realistic

and practical training in the use of all fire-fighting

equipment, including protective clothing, repre-

sentative of that carried in the aircraft.

This training must include:

(i) each cabin crew member extinguishing a fire

characteristic of an aeroplane interior fire except

that, in the case of Halon extinguishers, an alter-native extinguishing agent may be used; and




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


można stosować alternatywny środek gaśniczy;

oraz

(ii) zakładanie i użycie urządzenia

zabezpieczającego oddychanie przez każdegoczłonka personelu pokładowego w

pomieszczeniu zamkniętym o pozorowanym

zadymieniu;

4) użycie środków pirotechnicznych

(rzeczywistych lub ich atrap); oraz

5) pokaz użycia tratwy ratunkowej i tratwy-

ześlizgu, jeśli są one zainstalowane;

6) operator zapewnia, by każdy członek

personelu pokładowego został przeszkolony w

zakresie procedury mającej zastosowanie w

razie niedyspozycji członka załogi lotniczej i

obsługiwał mechanizmy siedzenia i uprzęży.

Szkolenie w zakresie użycia systemu tlenowego

członków załogi lotniczej oraz list kontrolnych

czynności członków załogi lotniczej, jeśli są

wymagane przez procedury standardowe

operatora (SOP), jest prowadzone w formie

pokazu.

(ii) the donning and use of protective breathing

equipment by each cabin crew member in an

enclosed, simulated smoke-filled environment;

4. use of pyrotechnics (actual or representative

devices); and

5. demonstration of the use of the life-raft, or

slide-raft, where fitted;

6. an operator shall ensure that, each cabin crew

member is trained in the procedure for flight crew

member incapacitation and shall operate the seat

and harness mechanisms. Training in the use of

flight crew members’ oxygen system and use of

the flight crew members’ check lists, where re-

quired by the operator’s SOPs, shall be conducted

by a practical demonstration




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0




D.2.2.5 Szkolenie wznawiające Refresher training


personelu pokładowego niepełniący

obowiązków podczas lotu przez ponad 6

miesięcy, a którego nadal obejmuje okres

ważności poprzedniego sprawdzianu, odbył

szkolenie wznawiające, opisane poniżej.

(a) An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew

member who has been absent from all flying

duties for more than 6 months and still remains

within the period of the previous required check

completes refresher training specified below.

b) W przypadku gdy członek personelu

pokładowego pełnił niektóre obowiązki podczas

lotu, lecz w ciągu ostatnich 6 miesięcy nie pełnił

ich na typie samolotu jako wymagany członek

personelu pokładowego, operator zapewnia, by

przed podjęciem takich obowiązków na tego

typu samolocie członek personelu

pokładowego:

1) odbył szkolenie wznawiające na tym typie

samolotu; albo

2) odbył dwa loty zapoznawcze podczas lotów

komercyjnych na samolocie tego typu.

(b) An operator shall ensure that when a cabin

crew member has not been absent from all flying

duties, but has not, during the preceding six

months, undertaken duties on a type of aeroplane

as a required cabin crew member before under-

taking such duties on that type, the cabin crew

member either:

1. completes refresher training on the type; or

2. operates two re-familiarisation sectors during

commercial operations on the type.

Zakres szkolenia Scope of training

Operator zapewnia, by szkolenie wznawiające

było prowadzone przez odpowiednio

wykwalifikowany personel i obejmowało co

najmniej następujące elementy obowiązujące

każdego członka personelu pokładowego:

1) procedury awaryjne, łącznie z procedurami

postępowania w razie niedyspozycji pilota;

2) procedury ewakuacyjne, łącznie z technikami

panowania nad tłumem;

3) obsługę oraz faktyczne otwieranie wszystkich

typów lub wariantów wyjść normalnych i

awaryjnych w trybach normalnych i awaryjnych,w tym w razie potrzeby podczas awarii

automatycznych systemów wspomagających.

Obejmuje to czynności i umiejętności potrzebne

do obsługi i rozmieszczenia ześlizgów

ewakuacyjnych. Szkolenie to przeprowadza się

w samolocie lub reprezentatywnym urządzeniu

szkoleniowym;

4) pokaz obsługi wszystkich innych wyjść,

łącznie z oknami w kabinie załogi; oraz

5) rozmieszczenie i obsługa wyposażenia

awaryjnego, w tym systemów tlenowych, orazzakładanie kamizelek ratunkowych, korzystanie

z przenośnych masek tlenowych i urządzenia

An operator shall ensure that refresher training is

conducted by suitable qualified persons and, for

each cabin crew member, includes at least the

following:

1. emergency procedures including pilot incapaci-

tation;

2. evacuation procedures including crowd control

techniques;

3. the operation and actual opening of each type

or variant of normal and emergency exit in the

normal and emergency modes, including failure of power assist systems where fitted. This is to in-

clude the action and forces required to operate

and deploy evacuation slides. This training shall

be conducted in an aeroplane or representative

training device;

4. demonstration of the operation of all other

exits including flight deck windows; and

5. the location and handling of emergency

equipment, including oxygen systems, and the

donning of lifejackets, portable oxygen and pro-tective breathing equipment.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


zabezpieczającego oddychanie.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0




D.2.2.6 Sprawdziany Checking

a) Zależnie od decyzji organu, Organ, Operator

lub zatwierdzona instytucja szkoleniowa

prowadząca szkolenie zapewniają, by w trakcie

lub po zakończeniu każdego wymaganego

szkolenia każdy członek personelu pokładowego

przystąpił do sprawdzianu obejmującego

odbyte szkolenie w celu sprawdzenia jego

umiejętności pełnienia obowiązków w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa w sytuacjach normalnych i

awaryjnych.

Zależnie od decyzji organu, organ, operator lub

zatwierdzona instytucja szkoleniowa

prowadząca szkolenie zapewniają, by personel

przeprowadzający takie sprawdziany posiadał

odpowiednie kwalifikacje.

(a) Depending on the Authority’s decision, The

operator or the approved training organization

providing the training course shall ensure that

during or following completion of all the required

training, each cabin crew member undergoes a

check covering the training received in order to

verify his/her proficiency in carrying out normal

and emergency safety duties.

At the discretion of the Authority, the Authority,

the operator or the approved training organisa-

tion providing the training course shall ensure

that the personnel performing these checks shall

be suitably qualified.

b) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek

personelu pokładowego przystąpił do

następujących sprawdzianów:

1) szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa.

2) szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach.

3) szkolenie okresowe.

4) szkolenie wznawiające.

(b) An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew

member undergoes checks as follows:

1. initial safety training.

2. conversion and differences training.

3. recurrent training.

4. refresher training.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.2.7 Szkolenie w zakresie zagadnień medycznych ipierwszej pomocy

Medical aspects and first aid training

a) Szkolenie w zakresie zagadnień medycznych i

pierwszej pomocy obejmuje następujące

kwestie:

(a) Medical aspects and first aid training shall

include the following subjects:

1) fizjologię lotu, z uwzględnieniem

zaopatrzenia w tlen i niedotlenienia;

1. physiology of flight including oxygen re-

quirements and hypoxia;

2) nagłe zachorowania w lotnictwie,

obejmujące:

(i) astmę;

(ii) zadławienie;

(iii) zawały serca;

(iv) reakcje na stres i reakcje alergiczne;

(v) szok;

(vi) udar;

(vii) padaczkę;

(viii) cukrzycę;

(ix) chorobę lokomocyjną;

(x) hiperwentylację;

(xi) zaburzenia przewodu pokarmowego; oraz

(xii) nagły poród;

2. medical emergencies in aviation including:

(i) asthma;

(ii) choking;

(iii) heart attacks;

(iv) stress reactions and allergic reactions;

(v) shock;

(vi) stroke;

(vii) epilepsy;

(viii) diabetes;

(ix) air sickness;

(x) hyperventilation;

(xi) gastro-intestinal disturbances; and

(xii) emergency childbirth;

3) praktyczną reanimację przez każdego członka

personelu pokładowego, z uwzględnieniem

środowiska samolotu i przy użyciu specjalnie

zaprojektowanego manekina;

3. practical cardio-pulmonary resuscitation by

each cabin crew member having regard to

the aeroplane environment and using a spe-

cifically designed dummy;

4) szkolenie z podstaw pierwszej pomocy oraz

ratowania życia, dotyczące:

(i) utraty przytomności;

(ii) oparzeń;

(iii) ran; oraz

(iv) złamań i uszkodzeń tkanki miękkiej;

4. basic first aid and survival training includ-

ing care of:

(i) the unconscious;

(ii) burns;

(iii) wounds; and

(iv) fractures and soft tissue injuries;

5) zdrowie i higienę w podróży, obejmujące:

(i) ryzyko kontaktu z chorobami zakaźnymi,

szczególnie w przypadku działalności na

obszarach tropikalnych i subtropikalnych.

Zgłaszanie chorób zakaźnych, ochrona przed

infekcją i unikanie chorób przenoszonych przez

wodę i w pokarmie. Szkolenie obejmuje środkiograniczające to ryzyko;

5. travel health and hygiene including:

(i) the risk of contact with infectious diseases

especially when operating into tropical and

sub-tropical areas. Reporting of infectious

diseases, protection from infection and

avoidance of water-borne and food-borne

illness. Training shall include the means toreduce such risks;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


(ii) higienę na pokładzie;

(iii) śmierć na pokładzie;

(iv) postępowanie z odpadami klinicznymi;

(v) dezynfekcję statku powietrznego; oraz

(vi) zarządzanie stanami zagrożenia,

fizjologiczne skutki zmęczenia, fizjologię snu,

rytm dobowy oraz zmianę stref czasowych

(ii) hygiene on board;

(iii) death on board;

(iv) handling of clinical waste;

(v) aircraft disinfection; and

(vi) alertness management, physiological

effects of fatigue, sleep physiology, circadian

rhythm and time zone changes;

6) stosowanie odpowiedniego sprzętu

będącego na wyposażeniu samolotu, w tym

apteczek pierwszej pomocy, ratunkowych

zestawów medycznych, masek tlenowych i

ratunkowego wyposażenia medycznego.

6. The use of appropriate aeroplane equip-

ment including first aid kits, emergency medi-

cal kits, first aid oxygen and emergency medi-

cal equipment.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.2.8 Szkolenie w zakresie CRM CRM training

Metodologia i terminologia CRM, są opisane w

rozdz. D.2.1.1

1. The methodology and terminology, are

described in article D.2.1.1

Tabela wskazuje, które elementy CRM sąwłączane do każdego typu szkolenia.

Table indicates which elements of CRM shall

be included in each type of training.

Elementy szkolenia

S z k o l e n i e

w p r o w

a d z a j ą c e

C

R M

S z k o l e n

i e C R M u

o p e r a t o r a

S z k o l e n i e C R M d

l a

d a n e g o t y p u

s a m

o l o t u

C o r o c z n e o k r e s o w e

s z k o l e

n i e C R M

S z k o l e n i e

d l a s t a r s z e g o

c z ł o n k a

p e r s o n e l u

p o k ł a

d o w e g o

Zasady ogólne

Czynnik ludzki w lotnictwie Ogólne instrukcje wsprawie zasad i celów CRM.

Szczegółowo Nie

wymaganeNie wymagane

Nie

wymagane

Doskonaleni

e

Ludzkie możliwości i ograniczenia

Z perspektywy pojedynczego członka personelu pokładowego

Świadomość własnej osobowości, błędy ludzkie iodpowiedzialność, postawy i zachowania, samoocena

Szczegółowo Nie

wymagane Nie wymagane Doskonaleni

e

cykl 3 letni Nie

wymagane

Stres i pokonywanie stresu

Zmęczenie i czujność

Asertywność

Świadomość sytuacyjna, odbieranie i przetwarzanie

informacji




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Elementy szkolenia S z k o

l e n i e

w p r o w a d z a j ą c e

C R

M

S z k o l e n i e C R M u

o p e r

a t o r a

S z k o l e n i e C R M d

l a

d a n e g

o t y p u

s a m o l o t u

C o r o c z n e

o k r e s o w e

s z k o l e n i e C R M

S z k o l e n i e d

l a s t a r s z e g o

c z ł o n k a p e r s o n e l u

p o k ł a d

o w e g o

Z perspektywy całej załogi samolotu

Zapobieganie błędom i ich wykrywanie

Nie

wymagane

Szczegółowo Odpowiednio

do typu

Doskonaleni

e

cykl 3 letni

Wzmocnienie

odpowiedni

o dla

obowiązkówstarszego

członkapersonelu

pokładowego

Wspólna świadomość sytuacyjna, odbieranie i

przetwarzanie informacji

Podział pracy

Skuteczna komunikacja i koordynacja z wszystkimiczłonkami załogi, łącznie z załogą lotniczą, jak iniedoświadczonymi członkami personelupokładowego; różnice kulturowe

Przywództwo, współpraca, efekt synergii, podejmowanie decyzji, delegowanie pracy

Odpowiedzialność indywidualna i zbiorowa,

podejmowanie decyzji oraz działania

Określanie i zarządzanie czynnikami ludzkimi w

odniesieniu do pasażerów: kontrola nad tłumem,pokonywanie stresu u pasażerów, zarządzaniekonfliktami, czynniki medyczne.

Szczegóły związane z typem samolotu (samolotwąskokadłubowy/szerokokadłubowy, jeden/kilkapokładów), składem załogi lotniczej i personelupokładowego oraz liczbą pasażerów

Nie

wymagane Szczegółowo

Z perspektywy operatora i organizacji lotniczej

Kultura bezpieczeństwa w organizacji, SOP, czynnikiorganizacyjne, czynniki związane z rodzajemwykonywanego lotu

Nie

wymagane

Szczegółowo Odpowiednio

do typu

Doskonaleni

e

cykl 3 letni

Wzmocnienie

odpowiedni

o dla

obowiązkówstarszego

członkapersonelu

pokładowego

Skuteczna komunikacja i koordynacja z pozostałympersonelem operacyjnym i służbami naziemnymi.

Udział w składaniu sprawozdań z incydentów i

wypadków związanych z bezpieczeństwem w kabiniepasażerskiej.

Studium przypadków (zob. uwaga) Wymagane Wymagane

Uwaga: Dla typu samolotu, w przypadku gdy nie są dostępne odpowiednie przypadki praktyczne dlaodpowiedniego typu samolotu, rozważa się przypadki praktyczne odpowiednie do skali i zakresu danejoperacji.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Training elements

I n t r o d u c t o r y C R M

c o u

r s e

O p e r a t o

r ’ s C R M

t r a i n i n g

A e r o p l a

n e t y p e

s p e c i f i

c C R M

A n n u a l r

e c u r r e n t

C R M t

r a i n i n g

S e n i o r c a

b i n c r e w

c o u

r s e

General Principles

Human factors in aviation General instructions onCRM principles and objectives

In depth Not required Not required Not required Overview

Human performance and limitations

From the perspective of the individual cabin crew member

Personality awareness, human error and reliability,attitudes and behaviors, self-assessment

In depth Not required Not required

Overview

(three year

cycle) Not required

Stress and stress management

Fatigue and vigilance

Assertiveness

Situation awareness, information acquisition and pro-

cessing

From the perspective of the whole aeroplane crew

Error prevention and detection

Not

required

In depth Relevant to thetype(s)

Overview

(three yearcycle)

Reinforcement (relevant to theSenior cabincrew duties)

Shared situation awareness, information acquisitionand processing

Workload management

Effective communication and coordination between all

crew members including the flight crew as well asinexperienced cabin crew members, cultural differ-

ences

Leadership, cooperation, synergy, decision-making,

delegation

Individual and team responsibilities, decision making,and actions

Identification and management of the passenger hu-

man factors: crowd control, passenger stress, conflictmanagement, medical factors

Specifics related to aeroplane types (narrow/widebodies, single/multi deck), flight crew and cabin crewcomposition and number of passengers

Not required In depth




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Training elements

I n t r o d u c t o r y C R M

c o u

r s e

O p e r a t o

r ’ s C R M

t r a i n i n g

A e r o p l a

n e t y p e

s p e c i f i

c C R M

A n n u a l r

e c u r r e n t

C R M t

r a i n i n g

S e n i o r c a

b i n c r e w

c o u

r s e

From the perspective of the operator and the organisation

Company safety culture, SOPs, organizational factors,factors linked to the type of operations

Not required

In depth

Relevant to

the type(s)

Overview

(three yearcycle)

Reinforce-

ment

(relevant to

the Senior cabin crew

duties)

Effective communication and coordination with otheroperational personnel and ground services

Participation in cabin safety incident and accidentreporting

Case based studies (see note) Required Required

Note: For aeroplane type, if relevant aeroplane type specific case based studies are not available, then casebased studies relevant to the scale and scope of the operation shall be considered.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.


D.2.2.9 Konspekty do szkolenia Conspectus for training

Konspekty do szkolenie i sprawdzianów personelu

pokładowego zawiera tom II OM-D.

The Vol. II of OM-D includes the conspectuses

for Training and checking of Cabin Crew.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.

D.2.3.1 TRANSPORT LOTNICZY MATERIAŁÓW

NIEBEZPIECZNYCH.

TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS BY AIR.

OPERATORZY NIE MAJĄCY STAŁEGOZEZWOLENIA NA TRANSPORT LOTNICZYMATERIAŁÓW NIEBEZPIECZNYCH. (E11

OPERATORS

).

NOT HOLDING A PERMANENT

APPROVAL TO CARRY DANGEROUS GOODS.

(E11

)

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowych

wynosi 24 miesiące od końca miesiąca w którym

zostało przeprowadzone.

Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się w

okresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przed

upływem okresu 24 miesięcy kalendarzowych,

następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostać

ukończone przed upływem 24 miesięcykalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności

poprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego i

wznawiającego.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall

be 24 months since the end of month in which

training took place.

If recurrent training is completed within final

3 months of validity of previous training, the

period of validity extends from the date on

which the recurrent training was completed

until 24 months from the expiry date of that previous training.

Operatorzy nieposiadający stałego zezwolenie na

transport lotniczy materiałów niebezpiecznych.

zapewniają, by:

Operators not holding a permanent approval

to carry dangerous goods shall ensure that:

personel związany z obsługą ogólnego przewozu

ładunków (cargo) oraz bagażu odbył szkolenie w

odniesieniu do jego obowiązków przy przewozie

materiałów niebezpiecznych. Szkolenie musi

obejmować co najmniej obszary zagadnień

podane w kolumnie 1 tabeli 1 i być wystarczające

dla uświadomienia ryzyka związanego z

przewozem materiałów niebezpiecznych,

rozpoznawania ich oraz poznania wymogów

mających zastosowanie przy przewozie takich

materiałów przez pasażerów; oraz

staff who are engaged in general cargo and

baggage handling have received training to

carry out their duties in respect of dangerous

goods. As a minimum this training must cover

the areas identified in Column 1 of Table 1

and be to a depth sufficient to ensure that an

awareness is gained of the hazards associat-

ed with dangeros goods, how to identify them

and what requirements apply to the carriage

of such goods by passengers; and

następujący personel:

i) członkowie załogi;

ii) personel odprawy pasażerskiej; oraz

iii) personel do spraw ochrony, zatrudniony przez

operatora, zajmujący się prześwietlaniem bagażu i

kontrolą pasażerów;

odbył szkolenie, które musi obejmować co

najmniej obszary zagadnień podane w kolumnie 2

tabeli 1 oraz musi być wystarczające dla

uświadomienia ryzyka związanego z przewozem

materiałów niebezpiecznych, rozpoznawania ich

oraz poznania wymogów mających zastosowanie

przy przewozie takich materiałów przez

pasażerów.

the following personnel:

(i) crew members;

(ii) passenger handling staff; and

(iii) security staff employed by the operator

who deal with the screening of passengers

and their baggage,

have received training which, as a minimum,

must cover the areas identified in Column 2 of

Table 1 and be to a depth sufficient to ensure

that an awareness is gained of the hazards

associated with dangerous goods, how to

identify them and what requirements apply to

the carriage of such goods by passengers.

Operator zapewnia, by cały personel

uczestniczący w szkoleniu zakończył je egzaminemsprawdzającym znajomość ich obowiązków.

The operator shall ensure that all staff who

receive training undertake a test to verifyunderstanding of their responsibilities




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Operator zapewnia, by cały personel wymagający

przeszkolenia w zakresie przewozu materiałów

niebezpiecznych odbywał szkolenia okresowe nie

rzadziej niż co 2 lata.

The operator shall ensure that all staff who

require dangerous goods training receive

recurrent training at intervals of not longer

than two years.

Operator zapewnia, by rejestry szkolenia w

zakresie przewozu materiałów niebezpiecznych

były zachowywane dla całego personelu, który

odbył szkolenie zgodnie z wymaganiami powyżej

przez 3 lata.

The operator shall ensure that records of

dangerous goods training are maintained for

all staff trained in accordance with subpara-

graph above during 3 years.

Operator zapewnia, by personel jego agenta

obsługi naziemnej był przeszkolony zgodnie z

odpowiednimi kolumnami w Tabeli 1.

The operator shall ensure that his handling

agent's staff are trained in accordance with

the applicable column of Table 1.

Tabela 1

OBSZARY SZKOLENIA AREAS OF TRAINING

Personel

personel związany z

obsługą ogólnego

przewozu ładunków

(cargo) oraz bagażu

staff who are engaged in

general cargo and bag-

gage handling

(i) członkowie załogi;

(ii) personel odprawy

pasażerskiej; oraz

*iii) personel do spraw

ochrony, zatrudniony

przez operatora,

zajmujący się

prześwietlaniem bagażu i

kontrolą pasażerów;

(i) crew members;

(ii) passenger handling

staff; and

(iii) security staff

employed by the

operator who deal with

the screening of passen-

gers and their baggage,

1 2

Zagadnienia ogólne. General philosophy. X X

Ograniczenia w transporcie

powietrznym materiałów

niebezpiecznych.

Limitations on Dangerous Goods in air

transport.X

Oznakowanie paczek i etykiety. Package marking and labelling. X X

Materiały niebezpieczne w bagażu

pasażerskim.

Dangerous Goods in passengers' bag-

gage.X X

Procedury awaryjne. Emergency procedures. X X

Dokumenty przewozowe materiałówniebezpiecznych i inne związane

dokumenty.

Shipper’s declaration and other rele-

vant documents. X X

Informacje przekazywane pasażerom i

załodze.

Provision of information. Information

for passengers and NOTOC. X X




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.

D.2.3.2 OCHRONA SECURITY

INFORMACJE OGÓLNE GENERAL

Program szkolenia określa: The training program specifies:

- organizację i funkcjonowanie systemuszkolenia w zakresie ochrony lotnictwacywilnego;

- organisation and functioning of the

training system on the scope of civil aviation

security,

- metodologię prowadzenia szkoleń w zakresieochrony lotnictwa cywilnego;

- methodology of trainings on civil aviation

security;

- kryteria i sposób selekcji, kwalifikacji, certyfi-kacji oraz motywacji personelu zatrudnionego w

dziedzinie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego;

- criteria and the way of selecting and

certifying and motivating the personnel

employed in civil aviation security;

- zadania, zakres odpowiedzialności iwspółpracy w zakresie szkolenia organówadministracji publicznej, w tym podmiotówprowadzących lotniczą działalność gospodarczą.

- tasks and scope of responsibility and

cooperation in the area of public

administration bodies and entities involved

in aviation business activity.

oraz ma na celu: and it aims at:

- stworzenie warunków umożliwiającychosobom zatrudnionym w podmiotachprowadzących lotniczą działalność gospodarcząoraz wykonujących obowiązki w dziedzinie

ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego zdobycie iutrzymanie odpowiednich kwalifikacji wzakresie wykonywanych czynności służbowychpod kątem ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego przedaktami bezprawnej ingerencji.

- creating conditions allowing the persons

employed in entities that run aviation

business activity and meet requirements of

civil aviation security to gain adequate

qualifications in protecting civil aviationagainst acts of unlawful interference in the

area of their work duties.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny odpowiada zaorganizację szkoleń wewnętrznychorganizowanych w ramach przedsiębiorstwa.

Accountable Manager is responsible for

organising Company’s internal trainings.

W tym za: Including:

- selekcję zatrudnionego personelu dla

zapewnienia efektywności szkoleńwewnętrznych;

- selection of employed personnel to secure

effectives of internal trainings.

- zapoznanie personelu z nowoczesnymiprocedurami i wykorzystywanym sprzętem wzakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego przedaktami bezprawnej ingerencji;

- familiarising personnel with up-to-date

procedures and equipment in use on the

scope of securing civil aviation against the

acts of unlawful interference;

- podniesienie świadomości osób zatrudnionychw przedsiębiorstwie w zakresie zagrożeń aktamibezprawnej ingerencji w lotnictwie cywilnym wcelu zapewnienia skutecznej realizacjiKrajowego Programu Szkolenia;

- heighten employees’ awareness on the

scope of the threat of acts of unlawful

interference in civil aviation in order to

effectively implement the National Training

Program;

- szkolenie merytoryczne i praktycznezapewniające aktualną wiedzę i motywację do

- theoretical and practical trainingsensuring up-to-date knowledge and




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


realizacji zadań w zakresie ochrony lotnictwacywilnego.

motivation to execute tasks connected with

security of civil aviation.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny kwalifikuje

pracowników przedsiębiorstwa do jednej z n/wkategorii:

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny qualifies

employees into one of the followingcategories:

- kategoria 1 - osoby kierujące ochronąlotnictwa cywilnego oraz członkowie sztabówkryzysowych;

- category 1 – people in charge of civil avia-

tion security and crisis team members;

- kategoria 2 - audytorzy kontroli jakości wzakresie ochrony lotnictwa;

- category 2 – aviation security auditors;

- kategoria 3 - instruktorzy szkolenia w zakresieochrony lotnictwa;

- category 3 – aviation security instructors;

- kategoria 6 - członkowie załóg statków

powietrznych;

- category 6 – aircraft crew members;

Dokumentacja dotycząca odbytych szkoleń wzakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego, a wszczególności potwierdzone za zgodność zoryginałem kopie uzyskanych certyfikatów idyplomów są przechowywane w aktach oso-bowych pracowników.

Documentation concerning completed

trainings on the scope of civil aviation

security and in particular copies of obtained

certificates and diplomas with conformity of

a copy to the original shall be kept in

employees’ personal files.

Szkolenia wewnętrzne są przeprowadzane wDziale Szkolenia operatora, lub innychkrajowych i zagranicznych ośrodkachprowadzących szkoleniową działalnośćgospodarczą obejmującą ochronę lotnictwacywilnego.

Internal trainings are conducted in the

Taining Unit of the operator, or in other

national and foreign centres engaged in

business activity involving trainings in civil

aviation security.

Szkolenia wewnętrzne prowadzą instruktorzywpisani przez Prezesa Urzędu na listęwewnętrznych instruktorów szkolenia.

Internal training are performed by

instructors listed by CAO President as

internal instructors.

RODZAJE SZKOLEŃ WEWNĘTRZNYCH. KINDS OF INTERNAL TRAININGS

Świadomości ochrony lotnictwa. Aviation safety awareness.

Szkoleniu świadomości ochrony lotnictwapodlegają wszystkie osoby pracujące wprzedsiębiorstwie na stanowiskach kat.1, 2, 3, 6,

All persons employed by the Company

whose duties are related to position cat. 1,

2, 3, 6 shall be subject to trainings on the

scope of aviation security awareness.

Szkolenie, przeprowadza się w terminie do 1miesiąca od dnia zatrudnienia lub rozpoczęciapełnienia służby na lotnisku.

The training is conducted within the first

month of employment or of work at the

airport.

W przypadku osób pełniących obowiązki służbo-we na lotnisku szkolenie, poprzedza wydanieprzepustki stałej lub okresowej.

In case of persons who work at the airport

the training proceeds the issuance of

permanent or temporary entry pass.

Szkolenie Kierunkowe. Skills taining.

Szkoleniu kierunkowemu ochrony lotnictwa

podlegają wszystkie osoby pracujące wprzedsiębiorstwie na stanowiskach kat.1, 2, 3, 6,

All persons employed by the Company

whose duties are related to position cat. 1,2, 3, 6 shall be subject to security skills




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


training.

W przypadku braku możliwościprzeprowadzenia szkolenia kierunkowego przed

podjęciem pracy w lotnictwie cywilnymszkolenie to przeprowadza się w najszybszymmożliwym terminie, nieprzekraczającym 9miesiąca od dnia zatrudnienia lub rozpoczęciasłużby na danym lotnisku.

If it is not possible to conduct the skills

training before the employment it shall be

executed as soon as possible, but not laterthan 9 month from the date of employment

or taking up duties at a given airport.

Szkolenie kierunkowe dla członków załóglotniczych przeprowadza się przeddopuszczeniem do wykonywania obowiązkówna pokładzie samolotu.

The skills training for crew members is per-

formed before the admission to the duties

on board a plane.

Szkolenie okresowe. Periodic training.

Szkolenie okresowe, odnawiające i utrwalająceznajomość zagadnień szkolenia podstawowego,prowadzi się w zależności od potrzeb z częstotli-wością zależną od kategorii osób szkolonych,przy czym:

Periodic training that renew and retain theknowledge of the basic training, shall be

conducted according to the needs as

frequently as the categories require,

however:

- dla pracowników na sytanowiskach kategorii 1i 3 - nie rzadziej niż raz na 1 rok

- for person on positions cat 1 and 3 – every

year

- dla członków załóg statków powietrznych - nierzadziej niż raz na 2 lata;

- for aircraft crew members not rarely than

every 2 years;

- dla pozostałych osób - nie rzadziej niż raz na 3lata.

- for other persons not rarely than every 3

years.

Szkolenie specjalisyczne Specjalistyczne. Specialised training.

Szkolenia specjalistyczne prowadzone są wzależności od potrzeb ze szczególnym uwzględ-nieniem ujawnianych nowych zagrożeń dlalotnictwa cywilnego lub stosowania nowychtechnik i urządzeń zapewniających ochronęlotnictwa cywilnego.

Specialised trainings are held when

necessary with particular attention paid to

the recently discovered threats to civil

aviation and with application of the latest

techniques and appliances ensuring civil

aviation safety.

Zakres tematyczny szkoleń Syllabuses

Zakres szkoleń w dziedzinie ochrony lotnictwacywilnego dla poszczególnych kategorii osób, sąokreślone w Tabeli.

The scope of trainings on civil aviation

safety for individual categories is specified

in Table.

WEWNĘTRZNY KOORDYNATOR SZKOLENIA INTERNAL TRAINING COORDINATOR

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny , w porozumieniu zPrezesem Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnegowyznacza wewnętrznych koordynatorówszkolenia spełniających wymagania określone w

krajowym programie szkolenia.

Accountable Manager, in liaison with Civil

Aviation Office President appoints Internal

Training Coordinators who meet

requirements of the national training

program.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Do zadań wewnętrznego koordynatoraszkolenia należy:

The duties of an Internal Training

Coordinator include:

- prowadzenie dokumentacji z realizowanych

szkoleń wewnętrznych;

- keeping documentation on the conducted

internal trainings;

- wydawanie certyfikatów ukończenia szkoleniawewnętrznego;

- issuing certificates confirming completion

of an internal training;

- sprawowanie nadzoru nad realizacjąKrajowego Programu Szkolenia w podmiocie luborganie, który wyznaczył danego koordynatora;

- supervising the implementation of the

National Training Program in the company

or body that designated the coordinator;

- opracowywanie w trybie ochrony informacjiniejawnych rocznego ramowego planu szkoleńwewnętrznych i oznaczenia go klauzulą "za-strzeżone";

- developing in the mode of protection of

classified information a frame annual plan

of internal trainings labelled „RESTRICTED”;

- przygotowywanie rocznego sprawozdania zprzeprowadzonych szkoleń wewnętrznych,uwzględniającego w szczególności dane doty-czące liczby przeprowadzonych szkoleń we-wnętrznych, ich rodzaju oraz liczby uczestnkówwraz z uzyskanymi przez nich wynikami;

- preparing annual report on the conductedinternal trainings, in particular

encompassing data concerning the number

of internal trainings, their kind and number

of participants along with their results;

- reagowanie na uchybienia stwierdzone wczasie prowadzonego szkolenia, jeżeli ichusunięcie jest niezbędne do zapewnienia jakościprocesu szkoleniowego.

- reacting to breaches detected while

conducting a training, if their removal is

vital to secure the quality of the process of

training.

Wewnętrzny koordynator szkolenia przekazujeKrajowemu Koordynatorowi Szkolenia:

Internal Training Coordinator shall hand

over to the National Training Coordinator

the following:

- roczne sprawozdanie z wykonania szkoleń we-wnętrznych - w terminie do dnia 15 styczniakażdego roku za rok poprzedni;

- annual report on the conducted internal

trainings - until the 15th of January of the

year following the year of report;

- roczny ramowy plan szkoleń wewnętrznych - wterminie do dnia 1 listopada każdego rokukalendarzowego na rok następny;

- annul frame plan of internal trainings -

until the 1st November of the calendar year

preceding the year the plan covers;

- program szkolenia - w terminie do 30 dni przedrozpoczęciem szkolenia;

- training program – not later than 30 days

before the training begins;

- konspekt szkolenia - w terminie do 30 dni

przed rozpoczęciem szkolenia;

- training plan – not later than 30 days

before the training begins;

- harmonogram szkolenia - w terminie do dnia 1listopada każdego roku kalendarzowego na roknastępny;

- training schedule - until the 1st November

of the every calendar year for the year to

come.

- zmiany w harmonogramie szkolenia; - changes to the training schedule;

- informację o organizacji konferencji lub naradyszkoleniowo-metodycznej - w terminie 3miesięcy przed wyznaczoną datą tej konferencjilub narady;

- information about organising conferences

or theoretical and practical councils - not

later than 3 months before the planned

beginning of the conference or council;

- wyniki kontroli wewnętrznej w zakresieszkoleń wewnętrznych - niezwłocznie po jej - results of an internal control of internaltrainings – right after its completion.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


przeprowadzeniu.

ZATWIERDZANIE PROGRAMU SZKOLENIA APPROVAL OF TRAINING PROGRAM

Program szkolenia, konspekt szkolenia, har-monogram szkolenia oraz zmiany w harmono-gramie szkolenia podlegają zatwierdzeniu przezPrezesa Urzędu po akceptacji przez ABW.

The training program, its plan, its scheduleand changes are subject to approval by CAO

President after acceptance by Internal

Security Agency.

Prezes Urzędu może polecić uzupełnienie pro-gramu szkolenia, konspektu szkolenia,harmonogramu szkolenia oraz wprowadzeniezmian w harmonogramie szkolenia, jeżeli niezawierają one istotnych postanowieńniezbędnych z punktu widzenia ochronylotnictwa cywilnego.

CAO President may order to supplement the

program the plan or schedule and to

introduce changes to the training if it does

not cover the important resolutions

necessary from the point of view of civil

aviation security.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Tabela / Table

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA W ZAKRESIE OCHRONY PRZEWOZÓW

TRAINING PROGRAM IN THE SCOPE OF AIR TRANSPIRATION SECURITY

M O D U Ł

TEMAT MODUŁU SZKOLENIOWEGO

SCOPE OF TRAINING MODULE

KATEGORIA PRACOWNIKÓWCATEGORY OF EMPLOEE

1 2 3 6

o s o

b y k

i e r u j ą c e o c

h r o n ą

l o t n i c t w a c y w i l n e g o o r a z

c z

ł o n

k o w i e s z t a

b ó w

k r y z y s o w y c

h ;

p e o p

l e i n c

h a r g e o

f c i v i l a v i a t i o n s e c u r i t y a n

d c r i s i s t e a m

m e m

b e r s ;

a u

d y t o r z y

k o n t r o

l i j a

k o

ś c i w z a

k r e s i e o c

h r o n y

l o t n i c t w a ;

a v i a t i o n s e c u r i t y a u

d i t o r s ;

I n s t r u

k t o r z y w z a

k r e s i e o c

h r o n y

l o t n i c t w a ;

a v i a t i o n s e c u r i t y i n s t r u c t o r s ;

- c z

ł o n

k o w i e z a

ł ó g

c r e w m e m

b e r s ;

1 Metody i środki ochrony lotniska.

(airport security)

2Metody i środki ochrony przewoźnika lotniczego.

(air carrier security)

3 Ochrona statku powietrznego

(security of airplane)

4

Procedury ochrony związane z obsługą kabinowąoraz wytwarzaniem i dostarczaniem zaopatrzeniapokładowego i innych dostaw.

(Security of handling and pantry)

5

Metody i środki ochrony ładunków, przesyłekkurierskich i ekspresowych oraz poczty.

(security of cargo, courier parcel and mail)

6

Zarzadzanie sytuacjami kryzysowymi w lotnictwiecywilnym.

(crisis management)

7

Środki ochrony w trakcie sytuacji podwyższonegozagrożenia.

(Security measures during threat)

8

Zarządzanie, szkolenie i kontrola jakości w zakresieochrony lotnictwa cywilnego.

(management, training, quality)

9

Metody i środki ochrony w zarządzaniu ruchemlotniczym.

(Security of ATC)




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



GRAMS.

D.2.4.0 OPERACYJNY PERSONEL NAZIEMNY.

Planujący i nadzorujący operacje.

GROUND OPERATIONS PERSONNEL

Dispatchers and flight watches

Naziemny personel operacyjny obowiązują

następujące szkolenia.

The following trainings are applying to the

ground operations staff.

Szkolenie wstępne Initial training

Przed rozpoczęciem pełnienia obowiązków przez

pracownika nieposiadającego licencji dyspozytora

lotniczego musi on odbyć szkolenie wstępne.

The employee without the valid dispatcher

license, before beginning performing duties

on the positions of the air dispatcher or flight

watch officer must undergo the initial train-

ing.

Szkolenie wstępne jest ważne bezterminowo podwarunkiem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w

planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji w terminie 3

miesięcy od ukończenia szklenia oraz

Przerw w pełnieniu funkcji w planowaniu lub

nadzorze operacji nie dłuższych niż 24 miesiące.

The initially training is valid for an indefinite period under the condition of taking the duty

by employee in dispatch or the flight watch

department within 3 months for the comple-

tion the training and without the breaks of

duty longer than 24 months.

Szkolenie Przejściowe Conversion training

Przed rozpoczęciem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w

planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji u nowego

operatora pracownik musi przejść szkolenie

przejściowe.

The conversion training is mandatory before

beginning performing duties by employee on

the positions of the air dispatcher or flight

watch officer at the new operator.

Szkolenie przejściowe jest ważne bezterminowo

pod warunkiem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w

planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji w terminie 1

miesiąca od ukończenia szklenia u operatora.

The conversion training is valid for an indefi-

nite period under the condition of taking the

duty by employee in dispatch or the flight

watch department within 1 month for the

completion the training at the operator.

Szkolenie okresowe Recurent training

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowych

wynosi 12 miesięcy od końca miesiąca, w którym

szkolenie zostało przeprowadzone.

Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się wokresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przed

upływem okresu 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych,

następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostać

ukończone przed upływem 12 miesięcy

kalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności

poprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego i

wznawiającego.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall

be 12 months since the end of month in which

training took place.

If revalidated within the final 3 calendarmonths before expiration of 12 calendar

months period, then the next training and

check must be performed before expiration of

12 calendar months from the expiry date of

previous ground and refresher training.

Szkolenie wznawiające Refresher training

Jeżeli przerwa w pełnieniu pełnienia funkcji w

planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji była dłuższa niż

6 miesięcy, pracownik przed podjęciemobowiązków musi odbyć szkolenie wznawiające.

If the break at performing duties by employee

in dispatch or the flight watch department is

longer than 6 months, the employee beforetaking duties must undergo the refresher




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


training.

Szkolenie wznawiające jest ważne pod

warunkiem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w

planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji w terminie 7dni od ukończenia szklenia u operatora.

The refresher training is valid under the con-

dition of taking the duty by employee in dis-

patch or the flight watch department within7 days for the completion the training at the

operator.

Szkolenie Zapoznawcze Familiarization training

Szkolenie zapoznawcze organizowane jest przed

wprowadzeniem nowych technologii, typów

samolotów lub obszarów operowania, albo zmian

organizacyjnych.

The familiarization Training is being organized

before implementing new technologies, types

of planes or areas of operating, or organiza-

tional changes.

Program szkolenia opracowuje Kierowniku

nominowany operacji naziemnych w

porozumieniu z Kierownikiem OCC. Programszkolenia zatwierdza Kierownik n ominowany

szkolenia personelu operatora

The training program is drawing up ground

operations nominated postholder in the

agreement with the OCC Manager. The Crewtraining nominated postholder is approving

the training program.

Zakres szkolenia dla poszczególnych kategorii

naziemnego personelu operacyjnego zawierają

artykuły

D.2.4.1 dla personelu planującego operacje.

The scope of training of ground operations

personnel is described in articles:

D.2.4.1 for dispatchers

D.2.4.2 dla personelu bieżącego nadzoru

operacyjnego.

D.2.4.2 for flight watch officers




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



D.2.4.1 PERSONEL PLANUJĄCY OPERACJE. PERSONNEL PLANNING OPERATIONS

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowychwynosi 12 miesięcy od końca miesiąca, w którymzostało przeprowadzone. Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się wokresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przedupływem okresu 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych,następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostaćukończone przed upływem 12 miesięcykalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważnościpoprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego iwznawiającego.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall be12 months since the end of month in which train-

ing took place.

If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months

before expiration of 12 calendar months period,

then the next training and check must be per-

formed before expiration of 12 calendar months

from the expiry date of previous ground and re-

fresher training.

Tabela 1 / Table 1

PERSONEL PLANUJĄCY OPERACJE

PERSONNEL PLANNING OPERATIONS

ZAKRES SZKOLENIA / SCOPE OF TRAINING

RODZAJ SZKOLENIA

TYPE OF TRAINING

WST PRZ OKR WZN

PRAWO LOTNICZE / AIR LAW REGULATIONS

Zasady ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 2)

Air traffic regulations ( based in Annex 2)

Procedury służb żeglugi powietrznej operacje statków powietrznych (ICAO doc.8168 - ops/611, tom 1)

Air Navigation Services procedures – aircrafts Operations (ICAO doc,8168 –

ops/611, vol.1)

Służby ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 11 i ICAO doc. 4444)

Air Navigation Services (based on Anne 11 and ICAO doc.4444)

Służba informacji lotniczej (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 15)

Aviation Information Services (based on ICAO Annex 15)

Lotniska (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 14, tom 1 i 2)

Aerodromes (based on ICAO Annex 14, vol. 1 and 2)

Aneks 6 - operacje cywilnych statków powietrznych

Anne 6 – Operations of civil aircrafts

EU-OPS

Prawo lotnicze (ustawa z dnia 3.07.2002r. Dz. U nr 130 poz. 1112 z Późniejszymizmianami)

Air law (Act from 3.07.2002 Dz.U.nr 130 pos.1112 with later modifications)

Prawo lotnicze i różnice w odniesieniu do odnośnych aneksów ICAO, JAR, EASA

Aviation law and differences

Przepisy dotyczące licencjonowania personelu lotniczego w zakresie dotyczącymlicencji FDL i uprawnień do niej wpisywanych.

Regulations concerning licensing of flight crew in a scope of FDL license and qualifi-




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Inne przyrządy – rodzaje

Other instruments - types

Zdatność do lotu

Airworthiness

OSIĄGI I PLANOWANIE LOTU / PERFORMANCES AND FLIGHT PLANNING

Wprowadzenie do masy i wyważenia

Introduction to weight and balance

Załadowanie

Loading

Środek ciężkości

Centre of gravity

Osiągi samolotów certyfikowanych wg przepisów JAR/FAR 25 osiągi klasy a

Performances of aircrafts certified according to JAR/FAR 25 regulations Perfor-mances class A

Planowanie i monitorowanie lotu samolotu

Planning and flight monitoring

CZŁOWIEK – MOŻLIWOŚCI I OGRANICZENIA / HUMAN – POSSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS

Środowisko atmosferyczne pracy pilota

Atmospheric environment of pilot work

Wybrane zagadnienia z lotów na dużych wysokościach

Selected issues of flights on high altitudes

Efekty działania przyspieszeń na organizm pilota

Effect of acceleration activity on pilot organism

Laryngologia lotnicza

Air laryngology

Okulistyka lotnicza

Air ophthalmology

Wybrane zagadnienia mające wpływ na wykonywanie czynności lotniczych

Selected issues which having influence on performing flight duties

Pierwsza pomoc

First aid

Psychologia lotnicza

Air psychology

Zarządzanie zasobami załogi

Crew Resource Management (CRM)




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


METEOROLOGIA / METEOROLOGY

Atmosfera / Atmosphere

Wiatr / Wind

Termodynamika / Thermodynamics

Chmury i mgła / Cloud and fog

Opady / Falls

Masy powietrza i fronty / Air mass and fronts

Układy baryczne / Pressure systems

Klimatologia / Climatology

Meteorologiczne zagrożenia bezpieczeństwa lotów

Meteorological hazards of flight safety

Informacje meteorologiczne / Meteorological informations

NAWIGACJA / NAVIGATION

Podstawy nawigacji / Principles of navigation

Mapy / Charts

Nawigacja zliczeniowa / Dead reckoning navigation

Nawigacja podczas lotu / Navigation during the flight

System nawigacji bezwładnościowej (ins)/ Inertial navigation system

Radionawigacja / Radio navigation

Pomoce radionawigacyjne / Navigational aids

Podstawowe zasady działania radaru / General principles of radar activity

Systemy nawigacji obszarowej (RNAV) / Area Navigation Systems (RNAV)

Niezależne systemy nawigacyjne oraz systemy oparte o sygnały zewnętrzne

Independent navigation systems and systems based on external signals

PROCEDURY OPERACYJNE / OPERATION PROCEDURES

ICAO Aneks 6, Część II - operacje statków powietrznych

ICAO Annex 6, Part II – aircrafts operations

ICAO Aneks 12 - poszukiwanie i ratownictwo

ICAO Annex 12 – search and rescue

ICAO Aneks 13 - badanie wypadków lotniczych

ICAO Annex 13 – investigation of airplane crashes

Naruszenie przepisów lotniczych

Violation of air regulations

ZASADY LOTU / FLIGHT PRINCIPLES

Zasady lotu – samolot

Flight principles - aircraft




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ŁĄCZNOŚĆ / COMMUNICATION

Ogólne procedury operacyjne, w tym zasady prowadzenia Łącznościradiotelegraficznej, techniki nadawania, alfabet ICAO, Zasady nadawania liczb oraz

nadawania czasu w łączności RTF. General operation procedures, including procedures of leading of radiotelegraphcommunication, techniques of transmission, ICAO alphabet. Procedures of trans-mission of numbers and time in RTF communication.

Prawidłowe stosowanie standardowych słów i wyrażeń w łączności RTF.

Proper use of standard words and phrases in RTF communication.

Nawiązanie i utrzymanie łączności

Liaison and maintaining of communication

Procedury sprawdzania łączności

Procedures of checking communication

Stosowanie i rozróżnianie odpowiednich znaków wywoławczych

Use and discerning of adequate call signs

Przyjmowanie oraz nadawanie planów lotu z powietrza.

Receiving and transmitting flight plans from air.

Skróty lotnicze i meteorologiczne.

Air and meteorological abbreviations.

Procedury w sytuacjach niebezpiecznych i naglących.

Procedures in dangerous and urgent situations.

Depesze w niebezpieczeństwie.

Cablegrams in danger.

Stosowanie ciszy radiowej.

Use of radio silence.

Pilne depesze.

Urgent cablegrams.

Przekazywanie informacji meteorologicznych, o stanie lotniska oraz o ruchu innychstatków powietrznych. Przekazywanie Informacji o niebezpiecznych zjawiskachmeteorologicznych na trasie.

Transmission of meteorological information about airport condition and traffic atairport. Transmission of information concerning dangerous meteorological occur-rences on route.

Prowadzenie łączności związanej z szeroko pojętą obsługą statku powietrznego. Leading of communication connected with aircraft service.

OPERACJE LOTNICZE PRZEWOŹNIKA / CARRIERS FLIGHT OPERATIONS

Struktura i charakterystyka kontraktów.

Contracts structure and characteristic.

Charakterystyka bazy głównej i baz operacyjnych.

Characteristic of the head office and operation bases.

Zasady planowania i powiadamiania załóg.

Crew planning and crew notification procedures.

Charakterystyka tras i lotnisk wykorzystywanych przez przewoźnika.

Characteristic of airports and routes used by Operator.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Charakterystyka samolotów przewoźnika oraz różnice.

Characteristic of Operator’s aircrafts and differences between aircrafts.

Współdziałanie elementów struktury organizacyjnej przewoźnika podczas

planowania i nadzorowania operacji.

Joint action of elements of Operator organization structure during operation’splanning and supervision.

Zakres obowiązków pracownika oraz zakresy obowiązków osób współpracujących.

Employee scope of duties and scope of duties of cooperating persons.

Świadomość znaczenia wykonywania obowiązków na bezpieczeństwo operacji.

Awareness of meaning of fulfilling duties with relation to operations safety.

Łączność i meldunki operacyjne między przewoźnikiem a centrami kierowaniakontrahentów.

Communication and operation reports between Operator and contractor’s man-

agement centers.

CENTRUM KIEROWANIA OPERACJAMI / OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT CENTER

Posługiwanie się urządzeniami stanowiącymi wyposażenie Centrum KierowaniaOperacjami.

Use of Operations Management Center equipment.

Posługiwanie się programami komputerowymi wspomagającymi planowanie.

Use of computer programs supporting planning.

BHP i P.poż.

Industrial safety and fire fighting procedures

Ochrona przewoźnika.

Operators’ security.

Zasady ciągłości i przekazywania nadzoru operacyjnego nad operacjamiprzewoźnika.

Procedures of continuation and directing of operation supervision over Carrier’soperations.

Dokumentacja systemowa, operacyjna i nawigacyjna.

System, operation and navigation documentation.

System i procedury działania w sytuacjach kryzysowych.

System and procedures of dealing in critical situations.

System dokumentacji i raportowania.

Documentation and reporting system.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


BEZPIECZEŃSTWO NA PŁYCIE LOTNISKA, W HANGARZE I W KABINIE SAMOLOTU / SAFETY ON APRON, INHANGAR AND IN AIRCRAFT CABIN.

Dostęp do stref zastrzeżonych.

Access to reserved zones.

Zasady ruchu pieszego i samochodowego na lotnisku. Pierwszeństwo drogi.

Airport pedestrian and motor traffic regulations. Right of way.

Wymagania dotyczące ubrania i identyfikatora.

Requirements concerning clothing and ID.

Bezpieczeństwo w pobliżu samolotu z pracującym i niepracującym silnikiem.

Safety hard upon the aircraft with operating and not operating engine.

Otwieranie i zamykanie drzwi samolotu oraz posługiwanie się oświetleniem kabiny.

Door operation and use of cabin lighting.

Rozłożenie wyposażenia i dokumentacji w samolocie.

Location of equipment and documentation on board the aircraft.

Zasady informowania służby technicznej lub załogi o zdarzeniach mających lubmogących mieć znaczenie dla bezpieczeństwa.

Procedures of informing maintenance services or crew about incidents which affector may affect safety.

Procedury bezpieczeństwa podczas lotu.

In-flight safety procedures.

SZKOLENIE PRAKTYCZNE / PRACTICAL TRAINING

Planowanie lotu

Flight planning

Dyżur operacyjny

Operation duty

Powiadamianie normalne i alarmowe

Normal and emergency notification.

Operacja na lotnisku

Operation at airport.

Lot w kabinie załogi

Flight in a cockpit.

SPECJALNE PROCEDURY NAWIGACYJNE/ SPECIAL NAVIGATIONAL PROCEDURES

RNAV

Charakterystyka metody nawigacji RNAV.

Specification of RNAV navigations method.

Nawigacja B-RNAV. Navigation B-RNAV

Nawigacja P-RNAV. Navigation P-RNAV

Dokładność nawigowania i RNP. Precision of navigation and RNP

Wymagania RNP dla różnych obszarów nawigacyjnych. RNP requirements for different navigation area.

Planowanie i nadzorowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. Planning, dispatch and flight watch of RNAV flights.

Plan lotu FPL do lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. FPL for RNAV flight.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



D.2.4.2 PERSONEL NADZORUJĄCY OPERACJE. PERSONNEL SUPERVISING OPERATIONS.

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowychwynosi 12 miesięcy od końca miesiąca, w którymzostało przeprowadzone. Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się wokresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przedupływem okresu 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych,następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostaćukończone przed upływem 12 miesięcykalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważnościpoprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego iwznawiającego.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall be12 months since the end of month in which train-

ing took place.

If revalidated within 3 calendar months before

expiration of 12 calendar months period, then the

next training and check must be performed before

expiration of 12 calendar months from the expiry

date of previous ground and refresher training.

Tabela 2 / Table 2

PERSONEL NADZORUJĄCY OPERACJE

PERSONNEL SUPERVISING OPERATIONS

ZAKRES SZKOLENIA

SCOPE OF TRAINING

RODZAJ SZKOLENIA

TYPE OF TRAINING

WST PRZ OKR WZN

PRAWO LOTNICZE / AIR LAW REGULATIONS

Zasady ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 2)

Air traffic principles ( based in Annex 2)

Procedury służb żeglugi powietrznej operacje statków powietrznych (ICAO doc.8168 - ops/611, tom 1)

Air Navigation Services procedures – aircrafts Operations (ICAO doc,8168 –

ops/611, vol.1)

Służby ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 11 i ICAO doc. 4444)

Air Navigation Services (based on Anne 11 and ICAO doc.4444)

Służba informacji lotniczej (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 15)

Aviation Information Services (based on ICAO Annex 15)

Lotniska (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 14, tom 1 i 2)

Aerodromes (based on ICAO Annex 14, vol.1 and 2)

EU-OPS

Prawo lotnicze (ustawa z dnia 3.07.2002r. Dz. U nr 130 poz. 1112 z Późniejszymizmianami)

Air law (Act from 3.07.2002 Dz.U.nr 130 pos.1112 with later modifications)

Przepisy dotyczące czasu pracy i wypoczynku członków załóg statków powietrznychoraz kontrolerów ruchu lotniczego.

Regulations concerning working and rest time of crew members and air traffic con-trollers.

Przepisy dotyczące badania wypadków i incydentów lotniczych

Regulations concerning investigation of aircraft crashes and flight incidents.

Przepisy dotyczące bezpieczeństwa eksploatacji statków powietrznych w zakresiedotyczącym poszczególnych licencji, Świadectw kwalifikacji i uprawnień do nich




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


wpisywanych

Regulations concerning safety of aircraft exploitation in a scope of particular licens-es, qualification certificates and qualifications written in licenses.

Obowiązki, odpowiedzialność i uprawnienia dyspozytora lotniczego

Duties, responsibility and qualifications of flight dispatcher.

OGÓLNA WIEDZA O STATKU POWIETRZNYM / GENERAL KNOWLEDGE ABOUT AIRCRAFT

Budowa płatowca – samolot

Construction of airframe - aircraft

Zespoły napędowe

Power units

Systemy i instalacje

Systems and installations

Przyrządy

Instruments

Zdatność do lotu

Airworthiness

OSIĄGI I PLANOWANIE LOTU / PERFORMANCES AND FLIGHT PLANNING

Wprowadzenie do masy i wyważenia

Introduction to weight and balance

Załadowanie

Loading

Środek ciężkości

Centre of gravity

Planowanie i monitorowanie lotu samoloty

Flight planning and monitoring

CZŁOWIEK – MOŻLIWOŚCI I OGRANICZENIA / HUMAN – POSSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS

Środowisko atmosferyczne pracy pilota

Atmospheric environment of pilot work

Pierwsza pomoc

First aid

Zarządzanie zasobami załogi

Crew Resource Management (CRM)

METEOROLOGIA / METEOROLOGY

Atmosfera / Atmosphere

Wiatr / Wind

Termodynamika / Thermodynamics

Chmury i mgła / Clouds and fog

Opady / Falls

Masy powietrza i fronty / Air mass and fronts

Układy baryczne / Pressure systems

Klimatologia / Climatology

Meteorologiczne zagrożenia bezpieczeństwa lotów




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Meteorological hazards of flight safety

Informacje meteorologiczne / Meteorological informations

NAWIGACJA / NAVIGATION

Podstawy nawigacji / Principles of navigation

Mapy / Charts

PROCEDURY OPERACYJNE / OPERATION PROCEDURES

ICAO Aneks 12 - poszukiwanie i ratownictwo

ICAO Annex 12 – search and rescue

ICAO Aneks 13 - badanie wypadków lotniczych

ICAO Annex 13 – investigation of aircraft crashes

Naruszenie przepisów lotniczych

Violation of air refulations

ZASADY LOTU / FLIGHT PRINCIPLES

Zasady lotu – samolot

Flight principles - aircraft

ŁĄCZNOŚĆ / COMMUNICATION

Ogólne procedury operacyjne, w tym zasady prowadzenia łącznościradiotelegraficznej, techniki nadawania, alfabet ICAO, Zasady nadawania liczb oraznadawania czasu w łączności RTF.

General operation procedures, including procedures of leading of radiotelegraphcommunication, techniques of transmission, ICAO alphabet. Procedures of trans-mission of numbers and time in RTF communication.

Prawidłowe stosowanie standardowych słów i wyrażeń w łączności RTF. Proper use of standard words and phrases in RTF communication.

Nawiązanie i utrzymanie łączności

Liaison and maintaining of communication

Procedury sprawdzania łączności

Procedures of checking communication

Stosowanie i rozróżnianie odpowiednich znaków wywoławczych

Use and discerning of adequate call signs

Przyjmowanie oraz nadawanie planów lotu z powietrza.

Receiving and transmitting flight plans from air.

Skróty lotnicze i meteorologiczne.

Air and meteorological abbreviations.

Procedury w sytuacjach niebezpiecznych i naglących.

Procedures in urgent and dangerous situations.

Depesze w niebezpieczeństwie.

Cablegrams in danger.

Stosowanie ciszy radiowej.

Use of radio silence.

Pilne depesze.

Urgent cablegrams.

Przekazywanie informacji meteorologicznych, o stanie lotniska oraz o ruchu innych




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


statków powietrznych. Przekazywanie Informacji o niebezpiecznych zjawiskachmeteorologicznych na trasie.

Transmission of meteorological information about airport condition and traffic at

airport. Transmission of information concerning dangerous meteorological occur-rences on route.

Prowadzenie łączności związanej z szeroko pojętą obsługą statku powietrznego.

Leading of communication connected with aircraft service.

OPERACJE LOTNICZE PRZEWOŹNIKA / CARRIER’S FLIGHT OPERATIONS

Struktura i charakterystyka kontraktów.

Contracts structure and characteristic.

Charakterystyka bazy głównej i baz operacyjnych.

Characteristic of head office and operation bases.

Zasady planowania i powiadamiania załóg.

Procedures of planning and crews notification.

Charakterystyka tras i lotnisk wykorzystywanych przez przewoźnika.

Characteristic of airport and routes used by the Operator.

Charakterystyka samolotów przewoźnika oraz różnice.

Characteristic of Operator’s aircrafts and differences between aircrafts.

Współdziałanie elementów struktury organizacyjnej przewoźnika podczasplanowania i nadzorowania operacji.

Joint action of elements of Operator organization structure during operation’splanning and supervision.

Zakres obowiązków pracownika oraz zakresy obowiązków osób współpracujących.

Employee scope of duties and scope of duties of cooperating persons.

Świadomość znaczenia wykonywania obowiązków na bezpieczeństwo operacji.

Awareness of meaning of fulfilling duties with relation to operations safety.

Łączność i meldunki operacyjne między przewoźnikiem a centrami kierowaniakontrahentów.

Communication and operation reports between Operator and contractor’s man-agement centers.

CENTRUM KIEROWANIA OPERACJAMI / OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT CENTER

Posługiwanie się urządzeniami stanowiącego wyposażenie Centrum Kierowania

Operacjami. Use of Operations Management Center equipment.

Posługiwanie się programami komputerowymi wspomagającymi planowanie.

Use of computer programs supporting planning.

BHP i P.poż.

Industrial safety and fire fighting procedures.

Ochrona przewoźnika.

Operator’s security.

Zasady ciągłości i przekazywania nadzoru operacyjnego nad operacjamiprzewoźnika.

Procedures of continuation and directing of operation supervision over Carrier’soperations.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Dokumentacja systemowa, operacyjna i nawigacyjna.

System, operation and navigation documentation.

System i procedury działania w sytuacjach kryzysowych.

System and procedures of dealing in critical situations.

System dokumentacji i raportowania.

Documentation and reporting system.

BEZPIECZEŃSTWO NA PŁYCIE LOTNISKA, W HANGARZE I W KABINIE SAMOLOTU.SAFETY ON APRON, IN HANGAR AND IN AIRCRAFT CABIN.

Dostęp do stref zastrzeżonych.

Access to reserved zones.

Zasady ruchu pieszego i samochodowego na lotnisku. Pierszeństwo drogi.

Airport pedestrian and motor traffic regulations. Right of way.

Wymagania dotyczące ubrania i identyfikatora.

Requirements concerning clothing and ID.

Bezpieczeństwo w pobliżu samolotu z pracującym i niepracującym silnikiem.

Safety within easy reach of aircraft with operating and not operating engine.

Otwieranie i zamykanie drzwi samolotu oraz posługiwanie się oświetleniem kabiny.

Door operation and use of cabin lighting.

Rozłożenie wyposażenia i dokumentacji w samolocie.

Location of equipment and documentation on board the aircraft.

Zasady informowania służby technicznej lub załogi o zdarzeniach mających lubmogących mieć znaczenie dla bezpieczeństwa.

Procedures of informing maintenance services or crew about incidents which affector may affect safety.

Procedury bezpieczeństwa podczas lotu.

In-flight safety procedures.

SZKOLENIE PRAKTYCZNE / PRACTICAL TRAINING

Planowanie lotu

Flight planning

Dyżur operacyjny

Operation duty

Powiadamianie normalne i alarmowe

Normal and emergency notification

Operacja na lotnisku

Operation at airport

SPECJALNE PROCEDURY NAWIGACYJNE/ SPECIAL NAVIGATIONAL PROCEDURES

RNAV

Charakterystyka metody nawigacji RNAV.

Specification of RNAV navigations method.

Wymagania RNP dla różnych obszarów nawigacyjnych. RNP requirements for different navigation area.

Planowanie i nadzorowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV.

Planning, dispatch and flight watch of RNAV flights.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Plan lotu FPL do lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. FPL for RNAV flight.

Analiza NOTAM w zakresie operacji RNAV. NOTAM’s analyze for RNAV operations.

Analiza MEL w zakresie operacji RNAV. MEL’s analyze for RNAV operations.

Procedury na wypadek degradacji systemów uniemożliwiające kontynuowanie lotuz wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV.

Procedures in case of degradation of systems during RNAV operations.

RVSM

Charakterystyka obszaru nawigacji RVSM. (EUR/ NAT) Specification of RVSM in EUR and NAT.

Planowanie i nadzorowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem RVSM.

Planning, dispatch and flight watch of RVSM flights.

Plan lotu FPL do lotu z wykorzystaniem RVSM. FPL for RVSM flight.

Analiza METEO w zakresie operacji RVSM. METEO’s analyze for RVSM operations.

Analiza NOTAM w zakresie operacji RVSM. NOTAM’s analyze for RVSM operations.

Analiza MEL w zakresie operacji RVSM. MEL’s analyze for RVSM operations.

Procedury na wypadek degradacji systemów uniemożliwiające kontynuowanie lotuz wykorzystaniem nawigacji RVSM.

Procedures in case of degradation of systems during RVSM operations.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.3 PROCEDURY PROCEDURES

D.3.1 PROCEDURY DOTYCZĄCE SZKOLEŃ ISPRAWDZIANÓW.

PROCEDURES CONCERNING TRAININGS ANDCHECKS.

D.3.1.1 INFORMACJE OGÓLNE GENERAL INFORMATION

Wszystkie grupy zawodowe podlegająwstępnemu szkoleniu zapoznawczemu, któreorganizuje Kierownik Działu Szkolenia, a któreobejmuje zagadnienia:

All professional groups undergo initial famil-

iarization training, which organizes Training

Manager. Training contains:

- Charakterystyka i organizacja przedsiębiorstwa. -Characteristic and organization of the Com-

pany.

- Regulamin Pracy. - Work Regulations.

- BHP i ochrona p.poż. - Industrial safety.

- Wybrane części Instrukcji Operacyjnej. - Selected parts of Operation Manual.

- Instrukcja Ochrony Operatora. - Operator's Security Programme.

- Świadomość bezpieczeństwa. - Awareness of safety.

- System łączności i komunikacji wewnętrznejprzedsiębiorstwa.

- Communication system and company inter-

nal communication system.

Pracownicy operacyjni licencjonowani i

nielicencjonowaniu podlegają szkoleniom isprawdzianom zgodnie z kolejnymi punktamiinstrukcji.

Operation staff licensed and non-licensed

undergo trainings and checks according to

following points of instruction.

Personel lotniczy i personel pokładowy podlega ją

szkoleniom i sprawdzianom zgodnie z OPS 1 cz. N,O; OM: A.5.2; D.2.1; D.2.2; D.2.3.

Flight crew ads cabin crew personnel undergo

training and checks according to OPS 1 part N,

O; OM: A.5.2; D.2.1; D.2.2; D 2.3.

Pozostały naziemny personel operacyjny podlegaszkoleniom i sprawdzianom zgodnie z OM: A.5.5;D.2.3; D.2.4.

Other ground operations personnel undergo

trainings and checks according to OM A 5.5; D

2.3, D.2.4.

D.3.1.2 PROCEDURY OKREŚLANIA DODATKOWYCH

POTRZEB SZKOLEŃ OKRESOWYCH IDOSKONALĄCYCH ZWIĄZANYCH ZROZSZERZANIEM DZIAŁALNOŚCI OPERACYJNEJ.

PROCEDURES OF DETERMINATION OF ADDI-

TIONAL NEEDS OF RECURRENT AND IM-PROVING TRAININGS CONNECTED WITH

EXTENTION OF OPERATION ACTIVITY.

Dodatkowe szkolenia personelu operacyjnegoprowadzone są w następujących przypadkach:

Additional trainings of operation personnel

supposed to be conducted in following cases:

- Zmiana obszaru nawigacyjnego wykonywaniaoperacji.

- Change of operation's navigation area.

- Nowe zadania operacyjne lub poważna zmianaw realizacji dotychczasowych zadań (kontraktów).

- New operation tasks or serious change in

realization of prevoius tasks (contracts).

- Wprowadzenie nowych procedur operacyjnychlub nawigacyjnych. - Introduction of new operation or navigation procedures.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- Zmiana wyposażenia statków powietrznych. -Change of aircrafts equipment.

- Wprowadzenie nowej lub znaczna modyfikacjaaktualnej dokumentacji.

- Introduction of new documentation or sub-stantial modification of current documenta-

tion.

- Poważne zdarzenie lotnicze. - Serious air incident.

- Polecenie Władzy. - Recommendation of Authority.

- Na wniosek Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego lubKierownika Nominowanego.

- On proposal of Accountable Manager or

Nominated Manager.

Jeżeli zakres dodatkowego szkolenia nie jestokreślony przez Władzę, Kierownika

Odpowiedzialnego lub KierownikaNominowanego, to zakres szkolenia określaKierownik komórki organizacyjnej organizującejszkolenie w porozumieniu z Kierownikiem DziałuSzkolenia oraz Kierownikami komórekorganizacyjnych przedsiębiorstwa, którychdotyczy szkolenie.

If the scope of additional training is not de-

termined by Authority, Accountable Manager

or Nominated Manager, then scope of train-ing is determined by the Manager of the De-

partment organizing training in cooperation

with Training Department Manager and other

department's managers, whom training con-

cerns.

W każdym przypadku o dodatkowym szkoleniu

musi być powiadomiony Kierownik DziałuPersonalnego, który ma obowiązekwyegzekwowania udziału w szkoleniu wszystkichosób, które to szkolenie obejmuje.

In each case, Human Resources Manager

must be notified about additional training. HR

Manager is responsible for enforcing training

participants to participate the training.

Plan dodatkowego szkolenia zatwierdzaKierownik Odpowiedzialny.

Additional training schedule is approved by

Accountable Manager.

Plan szkolenia musi zawierać: Training schedule must include:

Powód szkolenia, The reason of training,

Zakres tematów szkolenia i metody ichprowadzenia,

Scope of training subjects and training meth-

ods,

Określenie grupy zawodowej, której szkoleniedotyczy,

Determination of professional group, which

training concerns,

Imienny wykaz wykładowców (instruktorów),egzaminatorów, Name list of lecturers (instructors), examiners,

Harmonogram szkolenia, Training timetable,

Miejsce szkolenia, Place of training,

Wykaz pomocy szkoleniowych, List of training aids,

Przewidywany koszt szkolenia, Expected cost of training,

Sposób sprawdzenia wiedzy uczestnikówszkolenia.

Method of checking knowledge of training

participants.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.3.1.3 SYMULOWANIE SYTUACJI AWARYJNYCH INIENORMALNYCH.

SIMULATION OF EMERGENCY AND ABNOR-

MAL SITUATIONS.

Podczas każdego szkolenia lub sprawdzianunależy dążyć do prowadzenia go w warunkach jak najbardziej zbliżonego do warunkówrzeczywistych. Jednak demonstrowanie sytuacjiawaryjnych i nienormalnych podlegaograniczeniom opisanym w D.3.3 oraz poniżej.

During each training or check it is necessary to

aim to carry on the training in the conditions

closest to real circumstances. However

demonstration of emergency and abnormal

situations undergoes restrictions described in

D.3.3 and below.

Każda demonstracja sytuacji awaryjnej lubnienormalnej musi być poprzedzona analizą jejwpływu na normalna działalność operatora lubinnych zainteresowanych podmiotów oraz

Each demonstration of emergency or abnor-

mal situation must be preluded of analysis of

it's influence on normal activity of Operator

and

Muszą być o niej powiadomione osoby nie

biorące udziału w szkoleniu.

Persons who do not participate the training

must be notified about the training.

O każdej planowanej demonstracji sytuacjiawaryjnej lub nienormalnej musi byćpowiadomiony z odpowiednim wyprzedzeniemKierownik Działu/Sekcji, które są zaangażowanew pokaz.

Manager of the Department/Section involved

in demonstration, must be notified in advance

about each planned demonstration of emer-

gency or abnormal situation.

Ostateczny plan demonstracji sytuacji awaryjnejlub nienormalnej musi być zatwierdzony przezKierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

The final schedule of emergency and abnor-

mal situation must be approved by Accounta-

ble Manager.

D.3.1.4 OBOWIĄZKI I ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚĆ PERSONELUKIEROWNICZEGO PRZEWOŹNIKA ZA WŁAŚCIWE,TERMINOWE SZKOLENIE PODLEGŁEGO MUPERSONELU.

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITY OF OPERATOR'S

MANAGEMENT FOR PROPER AND PUNCTUAL

TRAINING OF THEIR SUBORDINATED PER-

SONNEL.

Licencjonowany personel lotniczy. Licensed flight personnel .

Za poinformowanie przełożonego o upływuterminie ważności szkolenia okresowego lubokresowego sprawdzianu nie później niż jedenmiesiąc przed upływem tego terminuodpowiedzialny jest posiadacz licencji.

Holder of license is responsible for notification

of his superior about expiration of his recur-

rent training or check not later than one

month before expiry date of training.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia odpowiada zaterminowe przygotowanie i przeprowadzenia

standardowego szkolenia okresowego personelu.

Training Department Manager is responsible

for punctual arrangement and execution of

standard recurrent training for personnel.

Nielicencjonowany personel operacyjny. Non-licensed operation personnel.

Za poinformowanie pracownika o upływieterminie ważności szkolenia okresowego lubokresowego sprawdzianu nie później niż jedenmiesiąc przed upływem tego terminuodpowiedzialny jest Kierownik Działu w którymzatrudniony jest pracownik.

Manager of the Department is responsible for

informing employee about expiration of his

recurrent training validity not later than one

month before expiry date of training.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia odpowiada zaterminowe przygotowanie i przeprowadzenia

standardowego szkolenia okresowego personelu.


for punctual arrangement and execution of

standard recurrent training for personnel.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Szkolenie pracowników należy zorganizować wgpotrzeb, ale zaleca się nie częściej niż dwa razy w

roku.

Training should be organized according to

actual needs, but it is not recommended to

arrange it more than twice a year.

Dodatkowe szkolenie może być organizowane zazgodą Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

Additional training may be organized by con-

sent of Accountable Manager.

D.3.1.5 ZASADY PRZECHOWYWANIA, ZABEZPIECZENIA IUDOSTĘPNIANIA DANYCH O SZKOLENIUPERSONELU W POSZCZEGÓLNYCH KOMÓRKACHORGANIZACYJNYCH PRZEWOŹNIKA.

RUDIMENTS OF STORAGE, SECURING AND

MAKING ACCESIBLE OF PERSONNEL TRAIN-

ING DATA IN PARTICULAR DEPARTMENTS OF

CARRIER.

Wykaz przechowywanych dokumentów oraz czasprzechowywania opisany jest w punkcie D.4

List of stored documents and period of their

storage is described in point D.4.

Dokumenty organizujące sesje szkoleniowe i

egzaminacyjne, konspekty, harmonogramy,materiały szkoleniowe, testy itp. przechowujeKierownik Działu Szkolenia nie krócej niż 3 lata.

Documents arranging training and examina-

tion sessions, conspectus, schedules, trainingmaterials and aids, tests etc. are stored by

Training Department Manager for at least 3

months (not shorter).

ZASADY WPISYWANIA SPRAWDZIANÓW DODOKUMENTACJI OSOBISTEJ I POTWIERDZANIAWPISÓW.

RUDIMENTS OF INSCRIPTION TRAINING AND

CHECKS TO PERSONAL DOCUMENTATION AND

CONFIRMATION OF INSCRIPTIONS.

Wpisy dotyczące bieżącej praktyki. Inscriptions concerning current practice.

Zbiorczy wykaz operacji wykonany na podstawiezapisów w komputerowej bazie danych o lotachprzygotowuje Kierownik Działu OperacjiNaziemnych.

Summary specification of operations based on

recording in computer flight database pre-

pares Ground Operations Manager.

Wpisy do dokumentacji osobistej pilotów ipersonelu pokładowego potwierdza KierownikDziału Lotniczego.

Inscriptions to pilot’s and cabin crew personal

documentation confirm Flight Department

Manager.

Zbiorczy wykaz praktyki dyspozytorów lotniczych,naziemnych pracowników operacyjnychwykonany na podstawie sprawozdań z dyżurówprzygotowuje Kierownik Działu OperacjiNaziemnych.

Summary specification of flight dispatchers

and ground operations personnel practice,

made upon reports from duty, prepares

Ground Operations Manager.

Wpisy do dokumentacji osobistej dyspozytorów

lotniczych i operacyjnego personelu naziemnegopotwierdza Kierownik Działu OperacjiNaziemnych.

Inscriptions to personal documentation of

flight dispatchers and ground operations personnel confirm Ground Operations Man-

ager.

Każde potwierdzenie musi być opatrzone datąoraz podpisem i czytelnym imieniem i nazwiskiem(może być pieczęć imienna) osobypotwierdzającej wpis.

Each confirmation must be provided with

date, signature and readable name and sur-

name (name-stamp is also acceptable) of a

person confirming inscription.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny ma prawopotwierdzać wszystkie wpisy do dokumentacjiszkoleniowej personelu operacyjnegoprzedsiębiorstwa z wyjątkiem dokumentacjipotwierdzanej zgodnie z odrębnymiszczegółowymi przepisami.

Accountable Manager has a right to confirm

all inscriptions to personal documentation of

Operator’s operations staff, except documen-

tation, which supposed to be confirmed ac-

cording to individual regulations.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.3.1.6 DOKUMENTOWANIE KWALIFIKACJIUZYSKANYCH POZA PRZEDSIEBIORSTWEM.

EVIDENCE OF QUALIFICATIONS OBTAINED

BEYOND OPERATOR.

W celu uznania kwalifikacji uzyskanych pozaprzedsiębiorstwem należy przedstawić do wgląduKierownikowi Działu Szkolenia oryginał lubpoświadczoną kopię dokumentuzaświadczającego o nabyciu kwalifikacji.

In order to accept (admit) qualifications ob-

tained beyond Operator, it is necessary to

present to Training Department Manager

original or authenticated copy of certificate

confirming obtaining qualifications.

Zaświadczenie musi zawierać informacje, kto i jakie uprawnienia nadał, według jakiegoprogramu i przez kogo zatwierdzonego byłoprowadzone szkolenie w celu nabycia tychkwalifikacji.

Certificate must contain information concern-

ing: kind of qualifications and name of person

who authorized it, training programme ac-

cording which qualifications has been ob-

tained and name of person who approved

training programme.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia ma obowiązekzweryfikować dokument stwierdzający nabyciekwalifikacji lub zakres szkolenia jeżeli budzą onewątpliwości.

Training Department Manager has obligationto verify documentation certifying acquisition

of qualifications or scope of training, if there

are any doubts.

Do czasu potwierdzenia kwalifikacji przezKierownika Działu Szkolenia pracownik nie możesamodzielnie korzystać z tych kwalifikacji /uprawnień.

Till the time of confirming qualification by

Training Department Manager, employee

must not use those qualifications / powers.

D.3.1.7 UDOSTĘPNIANIE DOKUMENTACJISZKOLENIOWEJ.

MAKING ACESIBLE OF TRAINING DOCUMEN-

TATION.

Prawo wglądu w teczki osobowe i wyszkoleniamają:

The right to insight into training personal files

have:

Przełożeni w stosunku do podległego personelu. Superiors in relation to their subordinated

personnel.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny, Kierownik DziałuSzkolenia, Kierownik Działu Personalnego wstosunku do wszystkich pracownikówprzedsiębiorstwa.

Accountable Manager, Training Department

Manager, Human Resources Manager in rela-

tion to all employees.

Teczki personalne i wyszkolenia, uprawnioneosoby mogą przeglądać tylko w obecnościKierownika Działu Personalnego lub Kierownika

Działu Szkolenia (albo uprawnionego pracownikadziału) w wyznaczonych pomieszczeniach.

Authorized persons may review training and

personal files only in the presence of Human

Resources Manager or Training Department

Manager (or authorized person from particu-lar department) in appointed rooms.

Udostępnianie własnych dokumentówzainteresowanym pracownikom.

Provide access to employees private docu-

mentation.

W okresie zatrudnienia w przedsiębiorstwiepracownik ma prawo do otrzymania kopiikażdego dokumentu stwierdzającego jegowyszkolenie lub praktykę zawodową.

In a period of employment in a company,

employee has right to receive copy of each

document certifying his qualifications or prac-

tice / experience.

Wraz ze świadectwem pracy, po rozwiązaniustosunku pracy z przedsiębiorstwem pracownikmoże otrzymać oryginał dokumentu

stwierdzającego jego wyszkolenie lub praktykęzawodową.

After termination work contract, employee

receives certificate of employment and also

has right to receive original document certify-

ing his qualifications or practice / experience.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Jeżeli pracownikowi wydawany jest oryginałdokumentu to w archiwizowanej teczce

wyszkolenia musi pozostać potwierdzona kopiadokumentu z własnoręcznym pokwitowaniemotrzymania przez pracownika oryginału.

If employee receives original document, then

in recorded training file must be left con-

firmed copy of document with receipt signedby employee as a proof of receiving original

version of document by employee.

D.3.1.8 ZASADY WSPÓŁPRACY PERSONELUKIEROWNICZEGO PRZEWOŹNIKA Z OŚRODKAMISZKOLENIOWYMI, WYNAJĘTYMI DOPROWADZENIA SZKOLENIA PERSONELU.

RUDIMENTS OF COOPERATION BETWEEN

CARRIER’S MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL AND

TRAINING CENTERS HIRED TO PROVIDE

TRAININGS FOR PERSONNEL.

Operator nie posiada własnego ośrodkaszkoleniowego.

Operator does not possess own training cen-

ter.

Operator zleca szkolenia Ośrodkom wykazanym wTabeli 3 Operator commission trainings to TrainingCenters shown in a Table 3.

Jeżeli ośrodek szkolenia posiada uznanie Władzylotniczej państw członków EASA to nie jestwymagane audytowanie ośrodka.

Training center audit is not required if training

center possess approval of EASA members

Civil Aviation Authority.

Jeżeli ośrodek nie posiada uznania Władzylotniczej to Kierownik Działu Szkolenia i KierownikDziału Jakości wykonują audyt ośrodka w celustwierdzenia zgodności poziomu deklarowanychusług z wymaganiami przedsiębiorstwa iobowiązujących ją przepisów lotniczych.

If training center does not possess CAA ap-

proval, then Training Department Manager

and Quality Manager perform audit aiming to

ascertain conformity of the training services

level with requirements of Operator and actu-

al regulations.

Jeżeli oferowane usługi szkoleniowe nieodpowiadają w pełni potrzebomprzedsiębiorstwa, to Kierownik Działu Szkoleniazwraca się do Kierownika Ośrodka z wnioskiem omodyfikację (dostosowanie) programówszkolenia oraz przekazuje niezbędnądokumentację własną. Np. SOP, InstrukcjeOperacyjną, charakterystyki samomotów itp.

If offered training services do not meet Opera-tor’s needs, then Training Department Man-

ager applies to Training Center management

with motion of modification (adjustment)

training programmes and presents essential

Operator’s documentation e.g. SOP (Standard

Operation Procedures), Operation Manual ,

characteristics of aircrafts etc.

Współpraca z ośrodkiem. Cooperation with training center.

Za bezpośrednią współpracę z ośrodkamiszkolenia odpowiada Kierownik Działu Szkolenia.


for direct cooperation with training centers.

Współpraca z ośrodkiem polega na: Cooperation with training center consists on:

•

Monitorowaniu ważności certyfikatu ośrodka. •

Monitoring of validity of Certificate

• Uzgadnianiu z Kierownikiem ośrodka planu

szkoleń personelu.

• Establishing trainings sched-

ule/timetable with Training Center

Manager.

• Uzgadnianiu z Kierownikiem ośrodka

modyfikacji programów szkolenia w celu

dopasowania ich do bieżących potrzeb

przedsiębiorstwa.

• Establishing with Training Center

Manager training programmes modi-

fications to adjust them to actual air-

line needs.

•

Okresowym audytowaniu ośrodka w celusprawdzenia zgodności oferowanych usług z

•

Periodic auditing training center aim-

ing to ascertain conformity of offered




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


umową. training services with agreement.

• Wymianie uwag i informacji o postępach w

szkoleniu kierowanego do ośrodka przezprzedsiębiorstwo personelu.

• Exchange of comments and infor-

mation concerning progress in train-

ing personnel directed to training

center by Operator.

• Wymianie uzgodnionej dokumentacji

szkoleniowej.

• Exchange training documentation

between training center and Opera-

tor.

D.3.1.9 Rozkład zajęć lekcyjnych (przykład) Lectures timetable (example)

CZAS LEKCJI LECTURE TIME AND DURATION

PRZERWA BREAK

1 09:00 09:50 (05)

2 09:55 10:45 (15)

3 11:00 11:50 (05)

4 11:55 12:45 (1:15)

12:45 14:00 Przerwa obiadowa Lunch break

14:00 14:50 (05)

6 14:55 15:45 (15)

7 16:00 16:50

D.3.1.10 Rekomendowane wyposażenie sali wykładowej: Reccomended classroom equipment:

Pomoce audiowizualne: Audiovisual aids:

Tablica i pisaki oraz materiał do ścierania tablicy, Blackboard, markers and material to cleanblackboard,

Projektor komputerowy, komputer i ekran, Computer projector, computer and screen,

Plansze, Przekroje, Modele, Display panels, profiles and models,

MOCKUP MOCKUP

Podczas szkolenia CBT jeden zestaw PC na dwóchszkolonych.

For CBT training one PC set for two trainees.

Wyposażenie: Equipment:

Stoły i krzesła w ilości odpowiedniej dla szkolonejgrupy.

Tables and chairs in a quantity adequate totraining group.

Stół i krzesło dla wykładowcy. Table and chair for lecturer / instructor.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Woda, kawa, herbata, napoje. Drinking water, coffee, tea, beverages.

D.3.1.11 Konspekt do prowadzenia zajęć. Syllabus (conspectus) to carry on lectures.

Wykładowca musi posiadać konspekt naprowadzenie zajęć, z co najmniej wykazemgłównych zagadnień wykładu.

Lecturer / instructor must possess syllabus (con-spectus) to carry on lectures. Syllabus mustcontain at least list of main issues of lecture.

Rolę konspektu może spełniać zapis elektronicznykomputerowej prezentacji multimedialnej.

The role of syllabus can fulfill electronic recordof computer multimedial presentation.

Zawartość programu szkolenia naziemnego. Ground training programme contents.

Program szkolenia naziemnego musi zawierać: Ground training programme must contain:

Nazwę szkolenia (kursu), Name of training (course),

Czas trwania szkolenia, Training duration,

Rozkład zajęć (data, godzina, temat, wykładowca,miejsce),

Lectures timetable (data, hour, subject, instruc-tor/lecturer, place),

Datę przygotowania planu szkolenia, Date of preparation training timetable,

Nazwiska osoby przygotowującej programszkolenia i zatwierdzającej,

Name of person who prepares and approvestraining programme,

Wykaz wykładowców poszczególnychprzedmiotów (tematów),

List of instructors of particular subjects (topics),

Cel szkolenia, Goal of training,

Grupę zawodową, której szkolenie dotyczy, Proffesional group, which training concerns,

Wymagania wstępne dotyczące uczestnikówszkolenia,

Initial requirement concerning training partici-

pants,

Cel kursu (szkolenia), Goal of course (training),

Przedmioty (moduły) i główne zagadnienia, Subjects (modules) and main issues,

Sposób weryfikacji znajomości przedmiotu przez

uczestników szkolenia,

Method of verification of subjects knowledge of

training participants,

Uwagi organizacyjne i wskazówki metodyczne. Comments and methodical instructions.

D.3.1.12 Zasady oceniania. Rudiments of evaluation.

Wszystkie obowiązujące sprawdziany oceniane są jako ZALICZONE lub NIEZALICZONE.

All obligatory checks are evaluated as PASSED orFAILED.

Tabela 2 zawiera wymagania do zaliczeniasprawdzianu w zależności od oceny uzyskanej wróżnych skalach.

Table 2 contains requirements of passing checkdepending on rate obtained in different scales.

W zależności od metody oceniania wyników

mogą być stosowane są trzy skale oceniania: Depending on evaluation method, there can be

applied three scales of evaluation:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


„0-1” stosowana jest przy ocenianiu znajomościzagadnień, które sprawdzana osoba musi znać

bezwzględnie w ustalonej niepodlegającejinterpretacji formie.

„0-1” is applied to evaluate knowledge of issues,

which examined person must know in estab-

lished in a form which is not a subject of interpretation.

Zna – Nie zna (Zaliczone – Niezliczone). Knows – doesn't know (passed – failed).

Bezwzględna – stosowana przy ocenie testów: Arbitrary – is applied to evaluate tests:

Od 90 % prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 5 From 90% of correct answers rate 5

Od 75% do 89% prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 4 From 75% to 89% of correct answers rate 4

Od 55% do 74% prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 3 From 55% to 74% of correct answers rate 3

Do 54% prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 2 Below 54% of correct answers rate 2

Względna - stosowana do oceny wypowiedzi lubinnych działań subiektywnie ocenianych przezinstruktora-egzaminatora. Interpretację ocen zawiera Tabela 3.

Relative – is applied to evaluate statements or

other activities subjectively evaluated by instruc-

tor-examiner. Interpretation of rates contains

Table 3.

Kryteria oceny umiejętności pilota zawieradodatek OM-D.6 dodatek 11

The appendix no 11 of OM-D.6 contains the

Criteria of pilot’s technical and non-technical

skill.

Tabela 1/ Table 1

Skala/Scale

Ocena/Rate

ZALICZONE PASSED NIEZALICZONE FAILED

„0-1” 1 0

„Bezwzględna”

”Arbitrary”

Od 75 % Do 74 %

„Względna”?

”Relative”

Bardzo dobrze i Dobrze

Very good and good

Dostatecznie i Niedostatecznie

Satisfactory and unsatisfactory

Podczas sprawdzianów w ramach szkoleniaprzejściowego obowiązują zaostrzone kryteriaoceny jak w tabeli 2 poniżej.

The operator conversion course test criteria are

more stronger and descript in table 2 below.

Tabela 2 / Table 2

Temat/ Subject Minimum dla zaliczenia

Minimum for passed

Ograniczenia

Limitations 85 %

Operacje LVTO & CAT II/IIIA 85 %




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Operations LVTO & CAT II/IIIA

Osiągi

Performance 85 %

Masa i Wyważenie

Mass & Balance 85 %

Sytuacje awaryjne

Emergency 90 %




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Tabela 3 / Table 3

Ocena / Rate Komentarz do ocen / Comment to rates

Cyfrowa

Numeral

Słowna

VerbalWiadomości teoretyczneTheoretical knowledge

Umiejętności praktycznePractical knowledge

5

B a r d z o

d o b r z e

V e r y g o o d

Opanowanie materiału bardzo dobre w zakresieoczekiwanym przez egzaminatora. Umiejętnośćrozwinięcia i uzasadnienia prawidłowości podanejodpowiedzi.

Very good knowledge of training issues in a scopeexpected by examiner. Skill of development and sub-

stantiation of correctness of given answer.

Bezbłędne wykonanie zadania oraz umiejętność

skomentowania i uzasadnienia jego prawidłowości.

Umiejętność wyboru optymalnego wariantu wykonania

zadania oraz umiejętność przewidywania następstw

wykonania zadania w sposób inny niż tego dokonano.

Perfect performance of task and skill to comment and moti-

vate its correctness. Skilled in choosing optimum variant of

task performance and anticipation sequences of task perfor-

mance in a different way than the way the task been per-

formed.

4

D o b r z e

G o o d

Prawidłowe opanowanie danego tematu. Udzieleniepoprawnej odpowiedzi. Dopuszczalne niewielkie błędybez istotnego znaczenia dla poprawnościprzedstawionego tematu.

Good knowledge of subject. Correct answering thequestions. Possible small mistakes without essentialmeaning for correctness of presented subject.

Prawidłowe wykonanie zadania bez umiejętności dokonania

analizy poprawności jego wykonania ani przewidywania

następstw wynikających z innych wariantów jego wykonania.

Dopuszczalne niewielkie błędy bez znaczenia dla całości

poprawnego efektu końcowego. Umiejętność poprawienia

popełnionych błędów.

Correct task performance without skill of analyzing correct-

ness of task performance and anticipation sequences resulted

from other variants of its performance. Possible small mis-

takes without essential meaning for correctional result. Skill

of correction of made mistakes.

3

D o s t a t e c z n i e

S a t i s f a c t o

r y

Opanowanie tematu w stopniu wystarczającym.Zadowalająca odpowiedź obarczona błędaminiepowodującymi jednak możliwości wyciąganiafałszywych wniosków na zadany temat.

Satisfactory knowledge of subject. Satisfactory answer

but loaded by mistakes which do not cause possibilityto draw false conclusions in given subject.

Poprawne wykonanie zadania. Błędne lub niewłaściwe

wykonanie niektórych elementów zadania, nierzutujące

jednak na poprawność efektu końcowego. Umiejętność

ni edopuszczania do narastania popełnionych błędów.

Poprawne wnioskowanie i decydowanie.

Correct task performance. Uncorrected or inappropriate

performance of some elements of task, what do not affect on

correctness of final result. Skill of abstaining of increasing of

made mistakes. Correct conclusion and decision-making.

2

N i e d o s t a t e c z n i e

U n s a t i s f a c t o r y Opanowanie tematu w stopniu niewystarczającym.

Udzielanie odpowiedzi obarczonej dużymi błędami,prowadzącymi do fałszywych wniosków lub fałszywy

sposób wnioskowania. Nieznajomość zadanegotematu w ogóle. Korzystanie z niedopuszczalnych przezegzaminatora pomocy. Zbyt długi czas w przypadkuniektórych odpowiedzi.

Unsatisfactory knowledge of subject. Answeringquestions loaded by large mistakes, leading to falseconclusions or false way of conclusion. Total lack ofknowledge the subject. Using aids inadmissible byexaminer. Too long time in case of some answers.

Błędne wykonanie całości zadania. Dopuszczenie do

narastania i rozwoju popełnionych błędów, rzutujących w

sposób wyraźny na obniżenie jakości wykonanego zadania.

Błędne wnioskowanie. Błędne decydowanie. Brak działanialub opóźnione działanie.

Incorrect task performance. Admission to increasing of made

mistakes affecting definitely the quality of performed task.

Incorrect conclusion. Incorrect decision-making. Lack of

activity or delayed activity.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.3.1.13

WYKŁADOWCY I EGZAMINATORZY ZATWIERDZENI PRZEZ KIEROWNIKA ODPOWIEDZIALNEGOINSTRUCTORS (LECTURERS) AND EXAMINERS APPROVED BY ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER

NA ROK / IN YEAR ________________

Wykaz wypełnia się , co 12 miesięcy na nowy okres szkoleniowy / List shall be filled every 12 months for new training period

Przedmiot

Subject

Wykładowca

Lecturer (instructor)

Stanowisko

Position

Uprawnienia

Qualifications

Grupa zawodowa, której dotyczy

Piloci

Pilots

Personel

Pokładowy

Cabin Crew

Naziemny

personel

operacyjny

Ground

operations

personnel

Szkolenie/ Training

Sprawdzanie / Check

Szkolenie/ Training

Sprawdzanie / Check

Szkolenie/ Training

Sprawdzanie/Check

Szkolenie/ Training

Sprawdzanie/Check

Szkolenie/ Training

Sprawdzanie / Check

Szkolenie / Training

Sprawdzanie / Check

Szkolenie / Training

Sprawdzanie/Check

Szkolenie/ Training

Sprawdzanie/Check




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.3.1.14

UZNANE OŚRODKI SZKOLENIOWE (WYKAZ I ZAKRES PROWADZONYCH SZKOLEŃ ORAZ POSIADANE ZEZWOLENIA). APPROVED TRAINING CENTERS (LIST AND SCOPE OF OFFERED TRAININGS AND POSSESED PERMISSIONS).

Lp Nazwa ośrodka

Name of Training Center

Adres

Address

Kontakt

Contact

Zakres szkolenia

Scope of training

Nr uznania przez Władzę

The number of Authorityapproval

Data ważności uznania

Validity date of approval

1. FSB Berlin B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

2.

RWL Mönchengladbach B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

3. SAS Flight Academy Stockholm B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

4. Alteon Seattle B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

5. FSC Amsterodam B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

6. CAE Amsterdam B 737 NG simulator

7.

CAE Brussels B 737 NG simulator

8.

CAE Emirates Dubai B 737 NG simulator

9.

Malev Budapest B 737 NG simulator

10.

Travel Service a.s. Letiště Praha-Ruzyně K letišti 1068/30

P.O. 68 Box 119 160 08 Praha 6 Czech Republic

+420 2 2011 5498

+420 2 2011 5511

Stan na dzień / Condition on day 31.12.2011




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


STRONA CELOWO POZOSTAWIONA PUSTA

PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



D.3.2 PROCEDURY, JAKIE MAJĄ BYĆ ZASTOSOWANE, WRAZIE GDY PERSONEL NIE OSIĄGA LUB NIEUTRZYMUJE WYMAGANYCH STANDARDÓW.

PROCEDURES TO BE APPLIED IN THE EVENT

THAT PERSONNEL DO NOT ACHIEVE OR

MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED STANDARDS.

D.3.2.1 PODCZAS SZKOLENIA WSTĘPNEGO -

PRZEJŚCIOWEGO W CELU NABYCIA OKREŚLONYCHUPRAWNIEŃ.

DURING INITIAL, CONVERSION TRAINING OR

IN ORDER TO GET DEFINED CERTIFICATES.

Nowo zatrudniony pracownik lub pracownik wy-

znaczony na nowe stanowisko pracy musi spełniaćwymagania określone w karcie stanowiskowej.

New employee or employee set for new post

must fulfill requirements defined in

description of work position card.

Jeżeli, szkolony pracownik nie przyswajawymaganego zakresu wiedzy w czasie

standardowego szkolenia należy:

If trained employee doesn’t acquire required

scope of knowledge during standard training

it must be:

Wyznaczyć dla niego konsultanta, Set a consultant/adviser for him,

Wyznaczyć termin powtórnego sprawdzenia

wiadomości. Set date of second check.

Powtórny sprawdzian powinien się odbyć między7 a 21 dniem od pierwszego, niezliczonegosprawdzianu, ale nie później niż okres ważnościumowy szkoleniowej o pracę.

The second check should be conducted

between 7 and 21 day from the first not

passed one, but not later than period of

validity of training part of work contract.

Jeżeli pracownik nie zdał powtórnegosprawdzianu, to:

If the employee didn’t pass the second check,

then:

Z nowo zatrudnionym pracownikiem nie jestpodpisywana umowa o pracę na czas określony.

Company doesn’t sign the work term contract

with the new employee.

Pracownik, który miał być wyznaczony na nowestanowisko pozostaje na dotychczasowymstanowisku.

Employee who supposes to work at new post

stays at the old one.

D.3.2.2 OKRESOWE LUB OKOLICZNOŚCIOWESPRAWDZENIA WIADOMOŚCI I/LUBUMIEJĘTNOŚCI LICENCJONOWANEGOPERSONELU OPERACYJNY EGO.

RECCURENT OR OCCASIONAL CHECK OR

SKILLS OF LICENSED OPERATIONS

PERSONNEL.

Pierwsza sesja. First session.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu/sprawdzianu powodujeniezwłoczne zawieszenie w wykonywaniuczynności operacyjnych. Nawet, jeżeli negatywnaocena została wystawiona w okresie ważnościaktualnego sprawdzianu.

Not passing exam or check causes immediatesuspension in performing operations activity.

Even if negative mark was achieved during

period of validation of current check.

Egzaminator określa termin ponownegoegzaminu umożliwiający egzaminowanemuuzupełnienie wiadomości.

Examiner sets the date of next exam that

gives possibility to fill up all knowledge to the

person being checked.

Egzaminator, w formie pisemnej, powiadamiaKierownika Działu Szkolenia o niezaliczeniuegzaminu.

Examiner must inform on paper Training

Department Manager about failing exam.

Druga sesja (poprawkowa). Second session (make-up exam).




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza ten sam

instruktor, który w pierwszej sesji wystawił ocenęnegatywną.

The second exam undergoes with the same

instructor that during first session decide

about not passing.

Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza się w pełnymzakresie.

The second exam must be done with fullscope.

Zaliczenie egzaminu powoduje przywrócenieprawa do wykonywania czynności operacyjnych.

Passing the exam causes restoring

authorization for performing operations

activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalszezawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynnościoperacyjnych oraz konsekwencje finansowezgodnie z Zakładowym Regulaminem Pracy.

Not passing the exam causes suspension in

performing operations activity and financial

consequences according to the Company

Work Regulations.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia na wniosekegzaminowanego powołuje komisję do

przeprowadzenia ponownej weryfikacjiumiejętności oraz wiadomości egzaminowanego.

On requirement of person passing exam, the

Traini8ng Department Manager sets

committee to verify once again knowledge

and skills of that person.

Egzamin komisyjny. Corporate exam.

Egzamin komisyjny przeprowadza wyznaczonakomisja (wyznaczony instruktor) w składzie, którejnie może uczestniczyć egzaminator, którydwukrotnie wystawił ocenę negatywną.

Corporate exam conducts set Committee

(fixed instructor) inside which there can’t be

examiner that twice failed the same person.

Zdanie egzaminu komisyjnego powodujeprzywrócenie prawa do wykonywania czynnościoperacyjnych.

Passing the Corporate exam causes restoring


activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalszezawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynnościoperacyjnych oraz przeniesienie na innestanowisko albo rozwiązanie umowy o pracę zpowodu niewywiązywania się z obowiązkówsłużbowych.

Failing that exam causes suspension in

performing operations activity and moving to

another post or terminating the contract

because of not fulfilling all requirements

concerning employee’s responsibilities.

W ciągu 7 dni od decyzji komisji egzaminacyjnejprzysługuje zainteresowanemu odwołanie doKierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

The employee can appeal to Responsible

Manager of committee decision within 7

days.

Wszystkie czynności związane z egzaminemkomisyjnym muszą być protokołowane.

All activities concerning corporate exam must

be write down in protocol.

D.3.2.3 OKRESOWE LUB OKOLICZNOŚCIOWESPRAWDZENIA WIADOMOŚCI I/LUBUMIEJĘTNOŚCI NIELICENCJONOWANEGOPERSONELU OPERACYJNEGO.

RECCURENT OR OCCASIONAL CHECK OR

SKILLS OF NOT LICENSED OPERATIONS

PERSONNEL.

Pierwsza sesja. First session.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu/sprawdzianu powodujeniezwłoczne cofnięcie upoważnienia dosamodzielnego wykonywania czynnościoperacyjnych. Nawet, jeżeli negatywna ocenazostała wystawiona w okresie ważności

aktualnego sprawdzianu.

Not passing exam/test causes immediate

retractation of authorization for independent

performing operations activities. Even if

negative mark was achieved during period of

validation of current check.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Egzaminator określa termin ponownegoegzaminu umożliwiający egzaminowanemuuzupełnienie wiadomości.

Examiner sets the date of next exam that

gives possibility to fill up all knowledge to the

person being checked.

Egzaminator, w formie pisemnej, powiadamiaKierownika Działu Szkolenia i Kierownika DziałuZarządzania Zasobami Ludzkimi o niezaliczeniu

egzaminu.

Examiner must inform on paper TrainingDepartment Manager and Human resources

Manager about failing exam.

Druga sesja (poprawkowa). Second session (make-up exam).

Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza ten sam

instruktor, który w pierwszej sesji wystawił ocenęnegatywną.

The second exam undergoes with the same

instructor that during first session decide

about not passing.

Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza się w pełnymzakresie.

The second exam must be done with full

scope.

Zaliczenie egzaminu powoduje przywrócenieprawa do wykonywania czynności operacyjnych.

Passing the exam causes restoring


activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalszezawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynnościoperacyjnych oraz konsekwencje finansowezgodnie z Regulaminem Pracy.

Not passing the exam causes suspension in

performing operations activity and financial

consequences according to Work Low.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia na wniosekegzaminowanego powołuje komisję doprzeprowadzenia ponownej weryfikacjiumiejętności oraz wiadomości egzaminowanego.

On requirement of person passing exam, the

Traini8ng Department Manager sets

committee to verify once again knowledge

and skills of that person.

Egzamin komisyjny. Corporate exam.

Egzamin komisyjny przeprowadza wyznaczonakomisja (wyznaczony instruktor) w składzie, którejnie może uczestniczyć egzaminator, którydwukrotnie wystawił ocenę negatywną.

Corporate exam conducts set Committee

(fixed instructor) inside which there can’t be

examiner that twice failed the same person.

Zdanie egzaminu komisyjnego powodujeprzywrócenie prawa do wykonywania czynnościoperacyjnych.

Passing the Corporate exam causes restoring


activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalszezawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynności

operacyjnych oraz przeniesienie na innestanowisko albo rozwiązanie umowy o pracę zpowodu niewywiązywania się z obowiązkówsłużbowych.

Failing that exam causes suspension in

performing operations activity and moving to

another post or terminating the contract

because of not fulfilling all requirements

concerning employee’s responsibilities.

Od decyzji egzaminacyjnej przysługuje w ciągu 7dni, odwołanie do Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

The employee can appeal to Responsible

Manager of committee decision within 7

days.

Wszystkie czynności związane z egzaminemkomisyjnym muszą być protokołowane.

All activities concerning corporate exam must

be write down in protocol.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



D.3.3 SYMULOWANE SYTUACJE NIENORMALNE LUB

AWARYJNE ORAZ IMC

AFFECTATION OF ABNORMAL OR EMER-

GENCY SITUATIONS AND IMC.

Procedury zapewniające, by w lotach

zarobkowego przewozu lotniczego nie były

symulowane sytuacje nienormalne lub awaryjne

wymagające zastosowania części lub wszystkich

procedur nienormalnych lub awaryjnych oraz by

w takich lotach nie miała miejsca symulacja IMC

za pomocą środków technicznych.

Procedures to ensure that abnormal or emer-

gency situations requiring the application of

part or all of abnormal or emergency proce-

dures and simulation of IMC by artificial

means are not simulated during commercial

air transportation flights

W lotach zarobkowego przewozu lotniczego

zabronione jest symulowanie sytuacji

nienormalnych lub awaryjnych, wymagających

zastosowania w części lub w całości procedur

postępowania w sytuacjach nienormalnych lub

awaryjnych i sztucznego symulowania IMC

(warunków meteorologicznych dla lotów wg

wskazań przyrządów).

The simulated abnormal or emergency situa-

tions requiring the application of part or all of

abnormal or emergency procedures and

simulation of IMC by artificial means during

commercial air transportation flights are

prohibited

W lotach szkolnych, treningowych lub

sprawdzających, gdy manewry z wyłączonym

silnikiem są wykonywane w samolocie,

niesprawność silnika musi być wyłącznie

pozorowana.

When engine-out maneuvers are carried out

in an airplane, the engine failure shall be

simulated during training or checking flights.

Szkolenie w zakresie RTO (przerwany start), może

być wykonywane w przypadku gdy dostępny jest

symulator lotu, w przeciwnym razie wyłączniećwiczenia manualne;

RTO (rejected take-off) training can be exe-

cute when a flight simulator is available,

otherwise touch drills only;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL CZĘŚĆ PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.4 DOKUMENTACJA DOCUMENTATION

D.4.1.1 OPIS DOKUMENTACJI. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENTATION TO BE

STORED

Szkolenia zbiorowe dokumentowane są wdziennikach szkolenia.

Group training is documented in register.

Szkolenia indywidualne dokumentowane są wprotokołach szkolenia.

Individual training is documented in protocol.

Wszystkie sprawdziany dokumentowane są windywidualnych kartach egzaminacyjnych.

Every checks are documented in personal

examination cards.

Każdy uczestnik szkolenia otrzymuje świadectwoukończenia szkolenia, jeżeli było ono zakończonesprawdzianem lub egzaminem, lub

Every participant of training received the

certificate of competency, if the exam / check

has been passed, or

Świadectwo uczestnictwa w szkoleniu jeżeliszkolenie nie było zakończone sprawdzianem. He/her received the certificate of attendance,if the training do not finish with exam or

check.

Operator akceptuje druki ośrodków realizującychszkolenia i /lub sprawdziany na jego zlecenie.

The operator accepted the forms of the or-

ganizations conducted the training or/and

checks on its order.

Dokumentowane są następujące szkolenia isprawdziany:

The operator keeps the track of trainings and

checks as below:

SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWE I SPRAWDZIANY. CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING.

SZKOLENIE NA DOWÓDCĘ (W TYM SPRAWDZIAN). COMMAND COURSE (INCLUDING CHECKING)

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY OKRESOWE. RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING.

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY DO WYKONYWANIALOTÓW Z KAŻDEGO STANOWISKA PILOTA

TRAINING AND CHECKING FOR RIGHT-HAND SETS

BIEŻĄCA PRAKTYKA RECENT EXPERIENCE

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK. ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE

SZKOLENIE I KWALIFIKACJE DO SZCZEGÓLNYCHOPERACJI WYMAGANYCH PRZEZ OPS

TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION FOR SPECIFIC

OPERATIONS WHEN REQUIRED BY OPS

SZKOLENIE DOTYCZĄCE MATERIAŁÓWNIEBEZPIECZNYCH, W STOSOWNYCHPRZYPADKACH.

DANGEROUS GOODS TRAINING AS APPRO-

PRIATE

SZKOLENIE DOTYCZĄCE OCHRONY SECURITY TRAINING

Wzory kart szkolenia i sprawdzianów znajdują sięw cz. D.5

Specimens of training and check documenta-

tion are in section D.5




OPERATIONS MANUAL CZĘŚĆ PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.4.1.2 OKRESY PRZECHOWYWANIA. STORAGE PERIODS

REJESTRY SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANÓW ZAŁOGI LOTNICZEJ FLIGHT CREW TRAININGAND CHECKING RECORDS

SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWE I SPRAWDZIANY.

CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING.

3 lata

3 years

SZKOLENIE NA DOWÓDCĘ (W TYM SPRAWDZIAN).

COMMAND COURSE (INCLUDING CHECKING)

3 lata

3 years

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY OKRESOWE.

RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING.

3 lata

3 years

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY DO WYKONYWANIA LOTÓW Z KAŻDEGO

STANOWISKA PILOTA

3 lata

3 years

BIEŻĄCA PRAKTYKA (MA ZASTOSOWANIE DO OPS 1.970).

RECENT EXPERIENCE (OPS 1.970 REFERS).

15 miesięcy

15 months

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK (MA ZASTOSOWANIE DO OPS1.975).

ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE (OPS1.975 REFERS).

3 lata

3 years

SZKOLENIE I KWALIFIKACJE DO SZCZEGÓLNYCH OPERACJI WYMAGANYCH PRZEZOPS (NP. OPERACJE ETOPS KAT. II/III).

TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION FOR SPECIFIC OPERATIONS WHEN REQUIREDBY OPS (E.G. ETOPS CATII/III OPERATIONS).

3 lata

3 years

SZKOLENIE DOTYCZĄCE MATERIAŁÓW NIEBEZPIECZNYCH, W STOSOWNYCHPRZYPADKACH.

DANGEROUS GOODS TRAINING AS APPROPRIATE

3 lata

3 years

REJESTRY SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZENIA POZOSTAŁYCH CZŁONKÓW PERSONELU OPERACYJNEGO RECORDS OF TRAINING AND CHECKING FOR OTHER OPERATIONS PERSONNEL

SZKOLENIA/KWALIFIKACJE RESZTY PERSONELU, DLA KTÓREGO WYMAGANYJEST PRZEZ OPS ZATWIERDZONY PROGRAM SZKOLENIA.

TRAINING/QUALIFICATION RECORDS OF OTHER PERSONNEL FOR WHOM AN

APPROVED TRAINING PROGRAMME IS REQUIRED BY OPS

Zapisy ostatnich 2

szkoleń.

Last 2 training records



INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.5 DOKUMENTACJA DOCUMENTATION

D.5.0 WZORY DOKUMENTACJI. SPECIMENTS OF DOCUMENTATION

NR DOC.

FORM NoNAZWA FORMULARZA NAME OF FORM

1/1 SZKOLENIE OKRESOWE NA SYMULATRORZE RECURRENT FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING REPORT

1/2 SPRAWDZENIE UMIEJETNOSCI PRZEZ OPERATORA OPERATOR PROFICIENCY CHECK REPORT

1/3 zarezerwowane reserved


1/5 SPRAWDZENIE Z OBU FOTELI PILOTA EITHER PILOT’S SEAT CHECK REPORT

1/6 SPRAWDZENIE W LOCIE LINIOWYM LINE CHECK REPORT


1/8 SZKOLENIE PRZEJSCIOWE NA SYMULATORZE CONVERSION COURSE SIMULATOR TRAINING REPORT

2 SZKOLENIE PRZEJŚCIOWE CONVERSION COURSE

3 SZKOLENIE DOWÓDCZE COMMAND COURSE

3A POŁACZONE SZKOLENIE PRZEJSCIOWE I DOWÓDZCE COMBINED CONVERSION AND COMMAND COURSE

4/1 SZKOLENIE ZAPOZNAWCZE SAMOLOT B737 EFISFAMILIARIZATION TRAINING FOR BOEING

B 737EFIS

4/2 SZKOLENIE ZAPOZNAWCZE SAMOLOT B737 NGFAMILIARIZATION TRAINING FOR BOEING

B 737NG

5 SZKOLOENIE W RÓŻNICACH DIFFERENCES TRAINING

6ASZKOLENIE ZE ZNAJOMOSCI TRAS I LOTNISK ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE TRAINING

6BSZKOLENIE ZE ZNAJOMOSCI TRAS I LOTNISK-zbiorczy

ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE TRAINING-

collective

7 SZKOLENIE LVTO LOW VISIBILITY OPERATION TRAINING

8 SZKOLENIE OKRESOWE - PODSUMOWANIE RECURRENT TRAINING- SUMMARY

9 zarezerwowane reserved


11 SZKOLENIE Z OBU FOTELI PILIOTA EITHER PILOT’S SEAT TRAINING







INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Please or/and as appropriate

I cpt. ________________________________________________________________________ , Personal code | | | |

hereby certify that I have completed route and airport (re)-familiarization for flights with

__________ ____________________ __________ _________ ___________ __________ ________________A/C Type Airport name ICAO Code IATA Code Hours of OPS Elevation Apt.Category

Published Approach:

Visual Approach aids:

Weather minima: (Higher of Jeppesen or Aerodrome Operating Minima EU-OPS 1.430)

__________ ← Runway → __________

__________(ft) DA/MDA __________(ft)

__________(m) RVR __________(m)

__________(m) Visibility __________(m)

Highest obstacle on approach chart: ___________(ft)

Danger, restricted, prohibited areas: Y/N ______________________________________________________

MIN holding alt: ___________(ft) PCN _______ Fire cat. F____

Runway Information: MSA from: ____________

__________ ← Runway → __________

__________(m) Landing distance available __________(m)

__________(m) Take off dist. available __________(m)

__________(+/-) Slope % __________(+/-)

T/O performance charts available Y / N

Max allowable T/O Mass ISA conditions Flaps______(˚) ___________________(kg)

Limitations / Remarks / Restrictions ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Alternate apt. data: _________________________ _________ _________ __ ________ NM ____________0

Airport ICAO code / IATA code Distance Track to altn.

__________ ft ________ ft AMSL _________ ____________ ft

MEA/MORA Elevation Main RWY RWY Length

I certify that I have familiarized myself with all available data for the airport and that I am also familiar with

applicable information in the Operating Manual.

__________________________ Date: _________ /_____________/_______ _____________________

Noted/Recorded dd mm yy Signature of Commander

Note: If no entry into the airport concerned has been made within the last 12 months, this “AIRPORT BRIEFING FORM” must be

completed and submitted to Flight Operations Department.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

ILS □ VOR□ NDB□ DME□ RADAR□ NONE□ RVR□

HIRL□ ALS□ HAILS□ CL□ SFL□ REIL□ VASIT-VASI□ PAPI□




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Pilot name Pilot personal code

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK.

ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE QUALIFICATION.

Airport codeIssue

Prolonged till

ICAO IATA 1 2 3 4

Page 1- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Airport codeIssue

Prolonged till

ICAO IATA 1 2 3 4

Page ____ Pilot personal code | | | |

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0





OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0





OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


RECURRENT TRAINING SUMMARY (check list)

SZKOLENIE OKRESOWE PODSUMOWANIE (lista kontolna)

Nazwisko Kod CPT FO TRI LC Rok/Year

Name Code 20

Course / Qualification Date Last Valid to By Sign

CBT I

CBT II

REC I

REC II

LVTO I II IIIA

LVTO I II IIIA

OPC I

OPC IIEither seat I

Either seat II

Line Check

AOM-A

LTI

LTE

TRE

OPS procedures

Accident/Incident

SEC

ESE (12)

ESE (36)

CRM

DGR

Ditching

Fire Fight

NOTICE

Date Signature of Training PH




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ


ZMIANA/REVISION 0





OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


D.6 ZAŁACZNIKI ATTACHMENTS

Konspekty do szkoleń opisanych w cz. D.2.1 Conspectuses for trainings described in para

D.2.1

ATT/2 Szkolenie przejsciowe Conversion course

ATT/4 Szkolenie zapoznawcze Familiarization training

ATT/5 Szkolenie w różnicach B737 NG & EFIS Difference training for B737 NG & EFIS

ATT/6 Szkolenie w zakresie tras I lotnisk Route and Aerodrome competence training

ATT/7 Szkolenie LVTO LVTO Training

ATT/8 Szkolenie okresowe Recurrent training

ATT/9 Sprawdzian okresowy Recurrent checking

ATT/10 Scenariusze szkolenia okresowego Recurrent training scenario

ATT/11 Ocenianie Grading




OPERATIONSMANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2.1. TRAINING PLAN

2.1.1. Aim of the Course

A flight crew member being hired for a pilot position at TRAVEL SERVICE company or a flight crew

member having been qualified as a pilot on a TRAVEL SERVICE airplane without a valid Type rating forthe airplane shall have completed the Conversion Course.

The objective of the Conversion Course is to train a flight crew member to level of proficiency

required for operation on the TRAVEL SERVICE company airplanes.

The Conversion course meets the requirements of the OPS 1.945.

2.1.2. Entry Requirements

A flight crew member shall meet this requirements as a minimum for:

a)

CO-PILOT position

• CPL with theoretical check for ATPL completed (confirmed by CAA)

• valid MCC course ♦CPL valid for international flights

• IR for multiengine airplanes

• 100 flight hours as the pilot in command

• Satisfactorily completed selection procedure

For selection procedure is responsible company: AeroJOB, s.r.o. Prague 4, Jílovská 1167/71

b)

COMMANDER position

• ATPL

•

500 flight hours as the multi-engine multi-pilot airplane commander

• 500 flight hours on the airplane type

• satisfactorily completed the interview with Flight department management

or:

• ATPL

• 1000 flight hours as the multi-engine multi-pilot airplane commander

• satisfactorily completed the interview with Flight department management

2.1.3. Credits for Previous Experience

The extent of training required by the Conversion course will be determined after due note has been

taken of the flight crew member’s previous experience and training as recorded in training records

and pilot log book.

2.1.4. General Rules

Once the Conversion Course has been commenced, a flight crew member shall not undertake flying

duties on another type or class until the course is completed or terminated.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2.1.5. Conversion Course Types

(a)

A flight crew member being hired for a first pilot position at TRAVEL SERVICE company with a

valid Type Rating for the airplane shall have completed the Operator Conversion Course.

OPERATOR CONVERSION COURSE

(b)

A flight crew member being hired for a first pilot position at TRAVEL SERVICE company without a

valid or renewable Type Rating for the aircraft:

INITIAL CONVERSION COURSE

1

with previous experience on the multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane

2

without previous experience on the multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane shall have completed

the Initial Conversion Course.

(c)

A flight crew member having been qualified as a pilot on a TRAVEL SERVICE airplane and without

a valid or renewable Type Rating for the other type of aircraft shall have completed the Type

Conversion Course.

TYPE CONVERSION COURSE




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2.2. TRAINING PROGRAM

2.2.1. Description

2.2.1.1. The Conversion Course includes following parts:(a) Basic Indoctrination

(b) Type Rating Training / Simulator Conversion Training

(c) Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check

(d) Crew Resource Management Training (CRM)

(e) Differences Training

(f) Familiarization Training

(g) Operator Proficiency Check

(h) Route and Aerodrome Competence Training

(i) Line Flying under Supervision

(j) Line Check

2.2.1.2. The Conversion Course contents varies according to type of course and flight crew member

experience as stated in paragraph 2.1.5.

2.2.1.2.1. Operator Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5a):

Course (Paragraph) Contents

Basic Indoctrination (2.2.2) In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.2.3.a,b,c if the Dangerous Goods

Transportation Training/Check, Security Procedures Training and

Passenger Air Transportation Regulations are valid and

acknowledged from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely.

Simulator ConversionTraining (2.2.3) Simulator Conversion Training in the extent of the 3 flight hours.This training can be substituted by Simulator Recurrent Training in

the extent of the 6 flight hours – the appropriate Simulator

Recurrent Training Volume used in company at real time.

Emergency and Safety

Equipment Training and

Check (2.2.4)

In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.4.5.d,e and checking if the Initial

and Recurrent Emergency and Safety Training is valid and

acknowledged from previous operator otherwise in its entirely.

Crew Resource Management

Training (CRM) (2.2.5)

N/A, if the Initial CRM training has been completed in compliance

with paragraph 2.2.5.6. and the Recurrent CRM training is valid and


Differences Training (2.2.6) Carry out if trained for the other airplane variants.

Familiarization Training

(2.2.7)

Carry out if trained for the other airplane version and the training

according to the paragraph 2.2.6 is not required.

Operator Proficiency Check

(2.2.8)

In its entirely.

Route and Aerodrome

Competence Training (2.2.9)

N/A, if the previous operator has the same structure and extent of

the routes and areas otherwise in its entirely.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Line Flying under Supervision

(2.2.10)

In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 c).

Line Check (2.2.11) In its entirely.

2.2.1.2.2. Initial Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5b) 1)):

Course Contents

(Paragraph)





Type Rating Course (2.2.3) In its entirely in compliance with approved type rating training

program.



Check (2.2.4)









Differences Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane variants.

(2.2.6)

Familiarization Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane version and the training

(2.2.7) according to the paragraph 2.2.6 is not required.Operator Proficiency Check In its entirely.

(2.2.8)

Route and Aerodrome


N/A, if there is the same structure and extent of the routes and

areas otherwise in its entirely.

Line Flying under Supervision In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 b) .

(2.2.10)

Line Check In its entirely.

(2.2.11)

2.2.1.2.3. Initial Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5 b) 2)):

Course Contents

(Paragraph)








OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Type Rating Course (2.2.3) In its entirely in compliance with approved type rating training

program.



Check (2.2.4)









Differences Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane variants.

(2.2.6)

Familiarization Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane version and the training

(2.2.7) according to the paragraph 2.2.6 is not required.

Operator Proficiency Check In its entirely.

(2.2.8)

Route and AerodromeCompetence Training (2.2.9)

In its entirely.

Line Flying under Supervision In the extension of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 a).

(2.2.10)

Line Check In its entirely.

(2.2.11)

2.2.1.2.4. Type Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5c)):

Course Contents

(Paragraph)Basic Indoctrination N/A

(2.2.2)

Type Rating Course In its entirely in compliance with approved type rating training

(2.2.3) program.



Check (2.2.4)

In the extent of the last 3 hours of the paragraph 2.2.4.5 and

checking if the Initial Emergency and Safety Training is valid from

the previous operator otherwise in its entirely.



N/A

Differences Training N/A

(2.2.6)

Familiarization Training N/A

(2.2.7)

Operator Proficiency Check In its entirely.

(2.2.8)




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Route and Aerodrome


Carry out if there is the change of the routes and areas in the

structure and extent.

Line Flying under Supervision

(2.2.10)

In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 c) .

Line Check (2.2.11) In its entirely.

2.2.2. Basic Indoctrination

2.2.2.1 The flight crew member shall have completed Basic Indoctrination with contents as appointed

in paragraph 2.2.2.3 in the extent specified in Appendix 1

2.2.2.2. The Basic Indoctrination shall be conducted by suitable qualified personnel

2.2.2.3 Contents of Basic Indoctrination:

CONTENTS HOURS

a. TRAVEL SERVICE Company Structure 1

b. Employment Relationship 1

c. Company Procedures and Regulations 6

d. Dangerous Goods Transportation Training + Test 2

e. Security Procedures 2

f. Passenger Air Transport Regulations 1

TOTAL 13

2.2.2.4. The flight crew member shall have completed written test at the end of the Dangerous Goods

Transportation Training.

2.2.2.5. Dangerous Goods Transportation Training and Check shall be conducted by the authorized

personnel acceptable for CAA.

2.2.2.6. The TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraphs

2.2.2.3.d,e,f if there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator.

2.2.3. Type Rating Training / Simulator Conversion Training

2.2.3.1. Type Rating Training

a. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Type Rating Training for Boeing B737-300-900 airplane with appropriate familiarization or differences training as determined in TRAVEL

SERVICE Operation Manual part D.

b. The Type Rating Training shall be executed in the Type Rating Training Organization.

c. The TRTOs and their training programs authorized by CAA for TRAVEL SERVICE company

(Appendix 3):

• CSA training centre

• CAE Emirates Dubai




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


d. The Type Rating Training shall be conducted by suitable qualified Type Rating Instructor or

Synthetic Flight Instructor.

2.2.3.2. Simulator Conversion Training

a. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Simulator Conversion Training in

the extent of 3 flight hours to familiarize and practice TVS company Normal, Abnormal and Emergency

procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP.

b. The Simulator Conversion Training can be accomplished either in the Boeing B 737EFIS or Boeing

B 737NG simulators.

c. Conversion training syllabus .

• Start up procedure with ground air source, engine N°1 hot start, engine N°2 no N1

rotation.

• Normal take off (VMC), visual circle, full landing stop.

• Normal take off, prepare for ILS approach. During radar vectoring simulate ground

proximity (glass mountain) , terrain avoidance maneuver is needed. Continue ILS approach

till minima and make go around due to obstacle on the RWY (follow miss approach

procedure as published).

• Fly to IF for non precision approach, TCAS RA maneuver due to opposite traffic at same

altitude. Then after join holding pattern over IF (or any other suitable point), prepare for

non precision APP, full landing stop.

• Reposition to take off position, increase weight up to max TOW, shortly before V1 engine

stall ( bird strike), rejected take off, during deceleration engine fire (non extinguishable),

passenger evacuation.

• Reposition to take off position (max TOW), cross wind 15, gusty 20 KTS, wind shear shortly

after take off. After wind shear escape maneuver climb to flight level 100 and perform stall

recovery (1 x clean configuration, 1 x full landing configuration)• Reduce gross weight, reposition to FL 370, cabin altitude warning, rapid depressurization,

emergency descent. Pilot incapacitation, continue to nearest suitable airport, full stop

landing.

• During take off near off V1 engine failure (severe damage), ILS approach, on short final go

around (ATC requirement), reposition to 6 NM final and make full landing stop.

• Normal take off, shortly after lift off the FMC fail. Radar service is not provided, own navigation

follow one off suitable STAR, join holding pattern, prepare for ILS approach (manual setting Vref

and N1).

• Reposition to down wind leg, switch off A/T, A/P, F/D, and proceed for ILS approach (raw data

APP).

•

Reposition to long final ILS approach with circle-to-land to opposite runway.• LVO take off RVR 125m, no speed indication, rejected take off

• LVO take off RVR 125m, high speed reject (ATC requirement).

• LVO take off RVR 125m, at speed 100 KTS visibility 0, continue takeoff, at position down wind

leg make briefing for ILS approach CAT II. Make normal approach and landing.

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to weather

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to ATC

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II, localizer INOP, during go around TO/GA button is INOP.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to RA fail

• Reposition to 6 NM final CAT IIIA, make normal approach and landing

• Reposition to 3 NM final CAT IIIA, NO FLARE mode

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III, GS INOP

•

Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III NO RETARD• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III A/T fail full stop landing.

d. This training can be substituted by Simulator Recurrent Training in the extent of the 6 . flight

hours with contents of the appropriate Simulator Recurrent Training Volume used in company at real

time.

2.2.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check

2.2.4.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Emergency and Safety

Equipment Training and Check as appointed in paragraph 2.2.4.5 and the extent specified inAppendix 2.

2.2.4.2. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training may be combined with Emergency and Safety

Equipment Checking and shall be conducted in an airplane or a suitable alternative training

device.

2.2.4.3. Type related parts of training are relevant to the version or variant for which the flight crew

member is trained.

2.2.4.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check shall be conducted by the authorized

personnel of the TRAVEL SERVICE company (GCI) which is acceptable for CAA.

2.2.4.5. Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check can be accomplished in suitable

training device in compliance with Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program, which is

acceptable for CAA.

2.2.4.6. Contents of the Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training :

CONTENTS HOURS

a. Aeromedicine 5

b. Survival 1

c. Security, Rescue and Emergency services 1

d. Emergency and Safety equipment 1

e. Emergency procedures 2

TOTAL 10

2.2.4.6. Topics for Emergency and Safety Equipment Check:

Aeromedicine

Emergency and Safe equipment

Emergency procedures

2.2.4.7. The period of validity of an Emergency and Safety Equipment Check is 12 calendar months in




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of

validity of a previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Check, the period of validity shall

extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous

Emergency and Safety Equipment Check.

2.2.4.8. The period of validity of an Emergency and Safety Equipment Practical Demonstration Check is

36 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final

3 calendar months of validity of a previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Check, the period

of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 36 calendar months from the expiry date of

that previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Practical Demonstration Check.

2.2.4.9. The TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraphs

2.2.4.5.a,b,c if there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator.

2.2.5. Crew Resource Management Training (CRM)

2.2.5.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Crew Resource

Management Training, as described in paragraph 2.2.5.4 and Appendix 3.

2.2.5.2. Initial Crew Resource Management Training shall be conducted by the authorized personnel

(GCI) which is acceptable for CAA.

2.2.5.3. Initial Crew Resource Management Training can be accomplished in suitable training device in

compliance with CRM Training program, which is acceptable for CAA.

2.2.5.4. Initial Crew Resource Management Training contents:

CONTENTS HOURS

a. Human error and reliability, error chain, error prevention and detection

company safety culture, SOP, organizational factors2

b. Stress, stress management, fatigue and vigilance 2

c. Information acquisition and processing, situational awareness, workload

management2

d. Decision making 2

e. Communication and coordination inside and outside the cockpit 2

f. Leadership and team behavior, synergy 2

g. Automation and philosophy of the use of automation 2

h. Specific type related differences 1

i. Case based studies 2

TOTAL 17

2.2.5.5. The flight crew member shall be not assessed during Crew Resource Management Training.

2.2.5.6. An operator can accept the Initial Crew Resource Management Training provided by the other

operator or suitable training device for completion of paragraph 2.2.5.1 if authorized by CAA.

2.2.5.7. TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraph 2.2.5.4. if

there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2.2.6. Familiarization Training

2.2.6.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Familiarization training:

• for Boeing B 737-400 variant, if the Type rating training was accomplished in the simulator of

other variants (B 737-300 or B 737-500)


other variants (B 737-600 or B 737-700).

2.2.6.2. Familiarization training shall be completed before commencing the Flight training for obtaining

the type rating conceivably before the Line training under supervision.

2.2.6.3. Familiarization training requires the acquisition of additional knowledge but does not required

simulator training.

2.2.6.4. Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737EFIS variant:

Summary of differences 0.30

General dimensions 0.30

Limitations 0.30

Pneumatics and Air conditioning 0.30Auto flight 0.30

Engine instrument system 0.30

Flaps speeds, Tail skid, Air stairs 0.30

Electrical 0.30

Checklist 0.30

Bulletins 0.30

TOTAL 5:00




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2.2.6.5. Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737NG variant:



Limitations 0.30

Pneumatics and Air conditioning 0.30

Flaps speeds, Tail skid 0.30

Electrical 0.30

Checklist 0.30

Bulletins 0.30

TOTAL 4:00

2.2.7. Differences Training

2.2.7.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Differences training if changingto operate from Boeing B737EFIS to Boeing B 737NG and vice versa

2.2.7.2. The flight crew member shall have the type rating for Boeing B 737 as the part of one type

rating confirmation in the pilot license ( Boeing B 737-300 – 900 ).

2.2.7.3. The Differences training requires additional knowledge and training on an appropriate training

device (simulator) or the airplane.

2.2.8. Operator Proficiency Check

2.2.8.1. Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Check as a part of Conversiontraining.

2.2.8.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Operator Proficiency Check to

demonstrate his competence in carrying out TVS company Normal, Abnormal and Emergency

procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP.

2.2.8.3. The flight crew member shall undergo Operator Proficiency Check as a part of normal flight

complement.

2.2.8.4. Operator Proficiency Check required by EU-OPS , may be combined with type or class rating

Skill test required by JAR-FCL.

2.2.8.5. The Operator Proficiency Checks shall comprise following maneuvers:

Rejected take-off.

Take-off with engine failure between V1 and V2.

Single engine precision instrument approach to minimum (manually).

Non-precision approach to minimum.

Single engine instrument missed approach from minimum (manually)

Single engine landing.

Category II/IIIA approach.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Missed approach from category II/IIIA minimum.

Landing from category II/IIIA minimum.

LVO take-off to the applicable minimum

2.2.8.6. The Operator Proficiency Check shall be conducted by Type Rating Examiner (TRE) or if check is

conducted in a flight simulator qualified and approved for the purpose in accordance with JAR

STD 1A a Synthetic Flight Examiner (SFE).

2.2.8.7. Type Rating Examiner (TRE) shall fill in the OPERATOR PROFICIENCY CHECK REPORT FORM if the

Operator Proficiency Check was completed successfully.

2.2.8.8. Type Rating Examiner (TRE) shall fill in the ATPL TYPE RATING RECORD and APPLICATION

REPORT FORM if the Operator Proficiency Check is carried out in accordance with paragraph

2.2.8.4.

2.2.8.9. The period of validity of Operator Proficiency Check is 6 calendar months in addition to the

remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a

previous Operator Proficiency Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue

until 6 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Operator Proficiency Check.

2.2.9. Route and Airport Competence Training

2.2.9.1. A flight crew member shall have completed a ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome

Competence Training before commencing the Line Flying under supervision.

2.2.9.2. The ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training shall be executed as a

theoretical ground briefing.

2.2.9.3. The ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training shall comprise the RVSM,

NAT-MNPS, ETOPS, TURKEY and IRAN TERRITORY training.

2.2.9.4. The RVSM training contents:

• EUR RVSM Airspace Competency

• Flight planning

• Flight plan filling in

• Pre-flight procedures

• Procedures prior to RVSM airspace entry

• Normal in-flight RVSM procedures

• Contingency in-flight RVSM procedures

• Post flight procedures

• Phraseology

2.2.9.5. The NAT-MNPS training contents:

• NAT-MNPS/RVSM airspace

• Criteria for required minimum navigation equipment

• The TVS company aircraft equipment for long range navigation

• Flight planning, Selection of suitable routes

• Selection of suitable routes




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Pre-flight preparation

• En-route procedures (Oceanic clearance, Flight within MNPS airspace)

• Procedures in case of navigation capacity decrease

• Scheduling of necessary fuel quantity

•

RVSM procedures during flight• North Atlantic communication procedures

• Common procedures for radio communication failure

• Special procedures for in flight contingencies in NAT-MNPS

2.2.9.6. The ETOPS training contents:

• Definitions

• Area of operations

• Diversion strategies

• ETOPS fuel requirements

• Dispatch weather minima for En-route alternate aerodromes

•

ETOPS Operations Flight Plan• Flight Crew Procedures

• In-flight diversion strategies

• Flight dispatch

2.2.9.7. The TURKEY and IRAN TERRITORY flyover training contents:

• Area definition

• Pressurization loss over East Turkey and Iran

• Procedures in appropriate sectors

2.2.9.8. After passing each individual part of Route and Aerodrome

Competence Training (RVSM, NAT-MNPS, ETOPS, TURKEY and IRANTERRITORY) the flight crew member shall successfully complete the

written test.

2.2.9.9. The trainings introduced in paragraph 2.2.9.3. above can be completed as independent training

according to appropriate chapter of OM-D.

2.2.9.10. A flight crew member shall have completed a flight phase of the Route and Aerodrome

Competence Training within the Line Flying under supervision.

2.2.9.11. It is mandatory to complete the Basic Route Competency Qualification training during

Conversion course while the Additional Route Competency Qualification training is optional and

can be completed as an independent Route Competency Qualification training.

2.2.9.12. Route Competence Qualification

2.2.9.12.1. For the less complex routes, familiarization by self-briefing with route documentation or by

means of programmed instruction is required.

2.2.9.12.2. Route Competence training should include knowledge of: ♦Terrain and minimum safe

altitudes ♦Seasonal meteorological conditions ♦Meteorological, communication and air

traffic facilities, services and procedures ♦Search and rescue procedures ♦Navigational

facilities associated with the route along which the flight is to take place




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2.2.9.12.3. For the more complex routes, in addition to sub paragraph above 2.2.9.11.1 in-flight

familiarization as a commander, co-pilot or observer under supervision or familiarization in

an flight simulator using a data base appropriate to the route concerned is required.

2.2.9.12.4. It is mandatory to complete the Basic Route Competency Qualification training during

Conversion course while the Additional Route Competency Qualification training is optional

and can be completed as an independent Route Competency Qualification training.

2.2.9.12.5. Basic Route Competency Qualification required for the TRAVEL SERVICE flight crew

member consist of areas:

• Europe

• North Africa

2.2.9.12.6. To obtain the Basic Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall operate

on one of mostly used routes to following destinations:

Europe any two A/D in region

North Africa any A/D in region

2.2.9.12.7. Additional Route Competency Qualification required for the TRAVEL SERVICE flight

crew member consist of areas:

• Near East

• Middle East (including Turkey and Iran territory flyover)

• Far East

• Cape Verde

• NAT MNPS – Iceland

•

NAT MNPS – North and Central America

• Central + South Africa

• Russia

• South Atlantic

• ETOPS

2.2.9.12.8. To obtain the Additional Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall

operate on one of mostly used routes to following destinations:

• Near East Any A/D in region

• Middle East Any A/D in region

• Far East Any A/D in region

• Cape Verde Any A/D in region

• NAT MNPS – Iceland Any A/D in region

• NAT MNPS – North and Central America Any A/D in region

• Central + South Africa Any A/D in region

• Russia Any A/D in region




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• South Atlantic Any A/D in region

• ETOPS Flight along ETOPS route

2.2.9.13. Airport Competency Qualification

2.2.9.13.1. The Travel Service company airport classification is appointed in TVS OM part C.

2.2.9.13.2. To obtain or revalidate airport category B competency qualification the flight crew member

shall complete a ground briefing conducted by LTI or complete the self-briefing by means of

programmed instruction.

2.2.9.13.3. A flight crew member shall acknowledge that he pass the ground training mentioned in

paragraph 2.2.9.12.2 above.

2.2.9.13.4. To obtain or revalidate airport category C competency qualification the flight crew member

shall complete a briefing as stated in paragraph 2.2.9.12.2. In addition the flight crew

member shall perform a flight to that aerodrome as an observer (the same variant or type is

not required) or flight crew member with LTI (with valid aerodrome competency) or performflight to that aerodrome in flight simulator training. Additional training on simulator or

airplane may be required by Czech CAA or State CAA).

2.2.9.13.5. The Flight crew training manager of the TRAVEL SERVICE or his nominated deputy shall

confirm the training mentioned in paragraph 2.2.9.12.4.

2.2.9.14. The period of validity of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification is 12 calendar

months in addition to the remainder of the month of the last flight on the route or to the

A/D.

2.2.9.15. Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification shall be revalidated by operating on the

route or to the aerodrome within the period of validity prescribed in paragraph 2.2.9.13.

2.2.9.16. If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity of previous Route and Aerodrome

Competence Qualification, the period of validity shall extend from the date of revalidation

until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous Route and Aerodrome

Competence Qualification.

2.2.10. Line Flying Under Supervision

2.2.10.1. A flight crew member shall have completed all training and checking mentioned above

before commencing Line Flying under supervision.

2.2.10.2. Line Flying under supervision provides the opportunity for a flight crew member to carry into

practice the procedures and techniques he has been made familiar with during the ground

and flight training of a Conversion Training.

2.2.10.3. Line Flying shall be conducted under supervision of the Line Training Instructor (LTI),

acceptable for CAA.

2.2.10.4. The flight crew member shall successfully complete as the minimum:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


(a) Co-pilot, that completes Conversion Course for first multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane

min 40 sectors/ 100 flying hours

(b) Commander or co-pilot, if previously qualified on another multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane

min 20 sectors

(c) Commander or co-pilot, with valid type rating for appropriate multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane

min 10 sectors

2.2.10.5. At least during the first 10 sectors the crew shall be augmented by an experienced flight crew

member operating in the observer seat (jump seat) if training is conducted according to

paragraph 2.2.10.4 a) or 2.2.10.4 b).

2.2.10.6. The actual release for the Line Flying under supervision in two-man crew requires the

successful completion of the Line Check.

2.2.10.7. A flight crew member shall have completed tasks, as prescribed in appendix 4 to the

Conversion Course, within the Line Flying under supervision if training is conducted according

to paragraph 2.2.10.4 a).

2.2.10.8. A flight crew member shall have completed one CAT II and one CAT IIIA, within the Line Flying

under supervision if training is conducted according to paragraph 2.2.10.4 c) and the LVO

authorization is valid from previous operator.

2.2.10.9. A flight crew member shall have completed independent Low Visibility Training if the

Conversion Course Line Flying under supervision is conducted according to paragraph

2.2.10.4 a) or 2.2.10.4 b) or the LVO authorization is not valid from previous operator.

2.2.10.10. Each flight shall be entered and granted in the Line Flying Training Form by a LTI.

2.2.10.11. At the end of the Line Flying under supervision the crew member should be able to perform asafe and efficient flight conducted within the tasks of pilot on the respective position for

which is trained.

2.2.11. Line Check

2.2.11.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check as a part of

Conversion training after the Line training under supervision is completed.

2.2.11.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check to demonstrate his

competence in carrying out normal complete line operation including the pre-flight and post-

flight procedures and use of the equipment provided as specified in the Operations Manual.The CRM skills shall be included in the overall assessment.

2.2.11.3. Line check must be completed in an airplane and a flight crew member shall be checked as a

pilot flying and pilot not flying.

2.2.11.4. The Line check content is described in the LINE CHECK REPORT FORM.

2.2.11.5. Line check shall be conducted by the Line Training Examiner (LTE). The LTE shall occupy the

observer seat (jump seat).




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Aeroplane search procedure checklist

Passenger Air Transport Regulations

Check-in procedures

Handling of passengerHandling of disabled passenger

Route and Aerodrome Instruction

Jeppesen Airway Manual

Company flight plan

Aeronautical information services




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX 2

COURSE CONTENTS

Aeromedicine

Emergency and safety equipment training and check

Main risks: pressure changes

decompression sickness

time zone changes

uncomfortable position in seat

Conditions susceptible to hypoxia: congestive cardiac failure,

recent myocardial infarction and significant

cardiac arrhythmia

pneumothorax

cerebral infarction

epileptic fit

bronchial asthma

Conditions susceptible to pressure changes: acute otitis and sinusitis

acute barotraumas

pneumothorax,

tension pneumothorax

Decompression sickness: divers who board an aircraft too soon after drive

Other conditions: diabetes mellitus (timing of injection of insulin)

fixed wiring of the jaws (accompanied by an escort)

psychical disordes (accompanied by an escort)

Aeromedical topics

Hypoxia

HyperventilationContamination of the skin/eyes by aviation fuel or hydraulic or other fluids

Hygiene and food poisoning

Malaria

Survival

Survival information: sea

high mountains

use of survival equipment

Security, Rescue and Emergency services

Security services – operational procedures

Rescue and emergency services – operational procedures

Emergency and Safety Equipment

Location and use of emergency exits: cockpit crew hatch and escape rope

emergency exits in cabin

Location and use of doors and hatches: cabins door

service door

cargo door




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


cockpit communication hatch

entrance light switches

Location and use of emergency and safety equipment:

lifejacket

protective breathing equipmentfire extinguishers

other emergency and safety equipment

Emergency Procedures

Emergency landing:

Landing on land: selecting landing place

informing ATC

briefing cabin crew

informing passengers

Ditching procedures: differences compared to landing on land

wet-drill training: actual donning and inflation of lifejackets in

water

Fire fighting: using equipment on an actual or simulated fire

Effect of smoke: effect of smoke in enclosed area

actual use of equipment in a simulated smoke-filled

environment

Emergency evacuation: duties of cockpit crew

duties of cabin crew

Emergency descent: high speed descent

low speed descent




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX 3

COURSE CONTENTS -

Crew resource management training (CRM)

Basic Aviation PsychologyHuman information processing:

Attention and vigilance: selectivity of attention

divided attention

Perception: perceptual illusions

subjectivity of perception

“bottom-up” / ”top-down” processing

Memory: sensory memory

working memory

long term memory

motor memory (skills)

Response selection: learning principles and techniques

Drives

motivation and performance

Human error and reliability: Reliability of human behavior

Hypotheses on reality: similarity, frequency

completion causality

Theory and model of human error

Error generation: internal factors (cognitive styles)

external factors (ergonomics, economics, social environment)

Decision making:

Decision-making concepts: structure (phases)

Limits

risk assessmentpractical application

Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management

Safety awareness: identification of error proneness

identification of error sources

situation awareness

Co-ordination

Co-operation: small group dynamics

leadership, management styles

duty and role

Communications: communications model(s)

verbal and non-verbal communicationcommunications barriers

conflict management

Personality: Personality and attitudes: development

environmental influences

Individual differences in personality: self-concepts

Identification of hazardous attitudes

Human overload and under-load:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Arousal

Stress: definitions, concepts, models

anxiety and stress effects of stress

Fatigue: types, causes, symptoms

effects of fatigueBody rhythm and sleep: rhythm disturbances

symptoms, effects, management

Fatigue and stress management: coping strategies

management techniques

Advanced cockpit automation: Advantages and disadvantages (criticalities)

Automation complacency

Working concepts

System and human limitations associated with the use of

automation

Standard Operating Procedures

Company safety culture Company standard operating procedures Organizational factors

Statistics and Examples

Statistics of Human factors related accidents Examples of Human factors related accidents

Remark: Assesement of CRM skills in accordance with OM-D




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


HUMAN FACTORS COURSE

Human factors: Basic Concepts

Human factors in aviation:

Competence and limitations

Becoming a competent pilot: the traditional approach towards proficiencythe human factors approach towards professionalism

Accident statistics

Flight safety concepts

Basic Aviation Physiology and Health Maintenance

The atmosphere

Respiratory and circulatory system: functional anatomy

hypobaric environment

pressurization, decompression

rapid decompression

hyperventilation

accelerations

High altitude environment: ozone, radiation, humidity

Man and environment: the sensory system

Central and peripheral nervous system: sensory threshold, sensitivity, adaptation

Habituation

reflexes and biological control systems

Vision: functional anatomy visual field, foveal and peripheral vision

binocular and monocular vision

monocular vision cues

night vision

Hearing: functional anatomy

flight related hazards to hearing

Equilibrium: functional anatomymotion, acceleration, verticality

motion sickness

Integration of sensory inputs: spatial disorientation

illusions (physical, physiological, psychological)

approach and landing problems

Personal hygiene

Common minor ailments: cold

Influenza

gastro-intestinal upset

Problem areas for pilots: hearing loss

defective visionhypotension, hypertension, coronaric disease

obesity

nutrition hygiene

tropical climates

epidemic diseases

Intoxication: tobacco

Alcohol




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


drugs and self-medication

various toxic materials

Incapacitation: symptoms and causes recognition

operating coping procedures




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX 4

TOPICS for Line Flying

Various kinds of approaches• 3x ILS CAT I approach without using auto-pilot and flight director

• 3x NON PRECISION approach

• 3x VISUAL approach

• 3x Automatic landing

Various kinds of Take-off

• Take-off with flaps 15

• Improved Take-off

• No bleed Take-off

Documents and library in the a/cFuelling procedures

MTOW determination, power setting at take off

Use of TAKE-OFF data book

Use of WX radar

TCAS switches and test indication

Push back procedures

Taxiing and manoeuvring on ground

Use of external lights

Expedited and intersection take off

Turbulence penetration, wake turbulence occurrence

Down hill rule, drift down procedures

Emergency/Communication failure procedures

Descend profile, descend planning

Glide Slope interception from above

Insufficient aeroplane deceleration

Landing technique

Storage of information used for the flight

MLAW determination power setting at GA

Fuel calculation and determination

Company fuel scenario, Company tankering policy

Alternate airport selection and fuel calculation

ICAO holding procedures with adequate speeds

RVSM contingency proceduresSOP

HF communication procedures

Stabilized approach – definition and practice




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0

STRONA/PAGE 6.3 - 1/28

ATTACHEMENT 3

COMMAND COURSE B- 737 EFIS/NG

3.1. TRAINING PLAN


3.1.2. Pre-entry Requirements

3.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience


3.2. PILOTS WITHOUT VALID TYPE RATING B 737

3.2.1. Time Scale

3.2.2. Type Rating Course3.2.3. Basic Training for Pilot-in-command

3.2.4. Training for Pilot-in-command B 737

3.2.5. Crew resource management

3.2.6. Route and Aerodrome Competence Training

3.2.7. Aircraft Basic Training

3.2.8. Line Training Under Supervision

3.2.9. Command Line Check

3.2.10. Crew Member after Completed Line Training

3.3. PILOTS WITH VALID TYPE RATING B 737

3.3.1. Time Scale

3.3.2. Difference Training (if applicable)

3.3.3. Basic Training for Pilot-in-command


3.3.5. Crew Resource Management

3.3.6. Flight Simulator Training

3.3.7. Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check



3.3.10. Command Line Check

3.3.11. Crew member after completed line training




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3.1. TRAINING PLAN


After completion of the course the student must be able to:

1.

Exercise the functions required by a commander regarding preparations, executions and

termination of a commercial IFR flight.

2.

Make such decisions and take measures necessary, should an emergency or any other

incident make it possible or unjustifiable to continue the flight as planned

3.

Exercise sound judgment and good airmanship

4. fly the B737EFIS/NG during normal and abnormal maneuvers within limits an a calm and

correct manner

5. Application of emergency procedures

6. Use crew co-ordination and incapacity procedures


The student shall hold and fulfill following conditions:

• A valid ATPL

• Minimum 1000 hours as pilot-in-command on multi-engine multi-pilot airplane or

• Minimum 1500 hours as co-pilot B 737 without previous experiences on multi-pilot airplane

or

• Minimum 1000 hours as co-pilot B 737 with previous experiences minimum 500 hours on

multi-pilot airplane or

•

Minimum 500 hours as co-pilot with minimum previous experiences 500 hours as pilot-in-command on multi-engine multi-pilots airplanes

• Satisfactorily completed the interview with Flight department management


If student has valid type rating “B 737 co-pilot only” will follow syllabi section 3.3

If student has not valid type rating B 737 will follow syllabi section 3.2

Remark:

Pilot with valid type rating B 737 can hold valid rating for same or different version B 737. As sameversion is:

a) B 737 400 version B 737 300/500

b) B 737 800 version B 737 600/700


Once the Command course has been commenced, a flight crew member shall not undertake flying

duties on another type or class until the course is completed or terminated.

3.2. PILOTS WITHOUT VALID TYPE RATING B 737

3.2.1. Time Scale

1.

Type Rating Course




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2.

Basic training for pilot-in-command

3. Training for pilot-in-command B 737

4.

CRM

5.

Route and aerodrome competence training

6. Aircraft base training

7. Line flying under supervision

8.

Command line check

3.2.2. Type Rating Course

• The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Type Rating Course for

Boeing B 737 300 – 900 airplane.

•

The Type Rating Course shall be executed in the Type Rating Training organization.• The Travel Service company uses TRTO:

a) CSA Training centre

b) RWL Mönchengladbach

c) CAE Emirates Dubai

• The TRTO and its training program shall be authorized by CAA.

• The Type Rating Course shall be conducted by suitable qualified Type Rating Instructor or



• Lessons are focused to Czech Air Law, Czech Aviation regulations and JAR, TVS Operation

manual part A, B, C, Minimum Equipped List, AOM and duties and responsibilities of the pilot

in- command during preparation, execution and termination of commercial IFR flight, include

non standard or emergency situation.

• Pilot with logged more than 500 PIC flight hours on multi-pilots airplanes are not performed

this part of training.


• Lessons familiarises with B 737 construction and equipment, performance of B 737, flight

planning standard operation procedures, non-normal procedures, emergency procedures

and performing LVO.

3.2.5. Crew resource management• Lessons are focused to rights and responsibilities of the pilot in command, crew

coordination, communication and captaincy.


• Lessons are carried as self-study or with the instructor who has valid aerodrome competence

for particular airport.

• It is not performed for these airports, for which the student has valid competence.

3.2.7. Aircraft Basic Training

• Pilot must have the Type Rating Training passed.

•

Before commencing training a TRI will familiarise the trained pilot with:a) systems of the airplane and its handling on real airplane




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


9.

Command line check

3.3.2. Difference Training (if applicable)

•

The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed Differences Training for Boeing737 300-900 airplane.

• The TRTO and its training program shall be authorized by CAA.

• The Differences Training shall be conducted by suitable qualified Type Rating Instructor or



• Lessons are focused to Air Law, CAA Aviation regulations and EASA, TVS Operation manual

part A, B, C, Minimum Equipped List, AOM and duties and responsibilities of the pilot-in-

command during preparation, execution and termination of commercial IFR flight, include

non standard or emergency situation.

•

Pilot with logged more than 500 PIC flight hours on multi-pilots airplanes are not performedthis part of training.


• Lessons familiarizes with B 737 construction and equipment, performance of B 737, flight

planning standard operation procedures, non-normal procedures, emergency procedures

and performing LVO.

3.3.5. Crew Resource Management

• Lessons are focused to rights and responsibilities of the pilot in command, crew coordination,

communication and captaincy.

3.3.6. Flight Simulator Training

• Only the simulator level “C” and higher is acceptable for training

• The simulator training consists of 4 two hours lessons

Lesson contents:

Lesson 1: Preflight – normal procedures

Engine start – normal

Taxi – normal procedures

Normal take off, visual circuit, full stop

Normal take off, visual circuit, go around 2 engine, visual circuit, full stop

Normal take off, ILS APP F/D, full stopNormal take off, , ILS APP no F/D, full stop

Normal take off, flaps asymmetry, VOR-DME APP, full stop

Engine fail after v1, ILS APP, go around with one engine inoperative, ILS APP no F/D full stop

Engine fire after v1, APP no F/D, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency evacuation

Lesson 2: Preflight – normal procedures

Engine start – some fails during engine start


Normal take off, visual circuit, full stop

Normal take off, generator fail, visual circuit, wind shear on final, go around, visual circuit, full stop

Normal take off, reposition to FL 370, rapid depressurization, emergency descent to FL 100, loss ofboth engine, in-flight start one engine, one engine inoperative descent, NDB APP, full stop




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Normal take off, jammed stabilizer, VOR-DME APP, full stop

Engine fail before v1

Normal take off, after T/O gear lever not move up, VOR-DME APP, brake pressure indicator - zero PSI,

full stopEngine fire after v1, APP no F/D, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency evacuation

Lesson 3 : Preflight – APU fire

Engine start – some fails during engine start


Normal take off, visual circuit, Duct Overheat, loss of hydraulic system B, X-wind landing, full stop

Normal take off, asymmetrical trailing edge flaps (less than 1o), after landing spoilers don’t rise, full

stop

Normal take off, after T/O flame out, in-flight start engine, NDB APP, one engine inoperative go

around, NDB APP, full stop

Normal take off, jammed stabilizer, VOR-DME APP, full stopEngine fail before v1

Normal take off, after T/O jammed or restricted flight controls, ILS APP, full stop

Engine fire after v1, ILS APP no F/D, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency evacuation

Lesson 4 : Preflight – APU fire

Engine start – Engine start with ground source

Engine 2 start with cross bleed start some fails during engine start

Taxi – some fail during taxi

Normal take off, reposition to FL 370, rapid depressurization, emergency descent to FL 100, steep

turn, APP to stall, ILS APP, engine fire no extinguishable, emergency evacuation

Normal take off. After T/O loss hydraulic A, ILS APP no F/D, full stopNormal take off, asymmetrical trailing edge flaps (less than 1o), after landing spoilers don’t rise, full

stop

Engine fail before v1

Engine fire after v1, ILS APP no F/D, go around, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency

evacuation

Normal take off, after T/O runaway stabilizer, NDB APP, full stop

3.3.7. Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check

• Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check is performed by TRE acceptable by CAA.

• Duration of the Skill Test for pilot with valid ATPL 2.00 hrs

for pilots obtaining ATPL 4.00 hrs• The contents of the Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check is in appropriate Report Forms.


• Lessons are carried as self-study or with the instructor who has valid aerodrome competence

for particular airport.

• It is not performed for these airports, for which the student has valid competence.


• Trained pilot must hold ATPL with valid B 737 rating.

• Crew composition and position: LH pilot seat – pilot in training

RH pilot seat – F/O (CAT A) or LTIObserver seat – LTI in case there is F/O in the RH pilot seat




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATTACHEMENT 3A - COMBINED CONVERSION AND COMMAND COURSE

3A.1. TRAINING PLAN

3A.1.1. Aim of the Course

3A.1.2. Entry Requirements

3A.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience

3A.1.4. General Rules

3A.2. TRAINING PROGRAM

3A.2.0. Description

3A.2.1. Basic Indoctrination

3A.2.2. Operator Ground Training B737

3A.2.3. Operator Simulator Training

3A.2.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check

3A.2.5. Crew Resource Management Training (CRM)

3A.2.6. Familiarization Training

3A.2.7. Differences Training

3A.2.8. Operator Proficiency Check

3A.2.9. Route and Airport Competence Training

3A.2.10. Line Flying under Supervision3A.2.11. Line Check

3A.3. TRAINING RECORD

APPENDIX 1 COURSE CONTENTS - Basic indoctrination

APPENDIX 2 COURSE CONTENTS - Emergency and safety equipment training and check

APPENDIX 3 COURSE CONTENTS - Crew resource management training (CRM)

APPENDIX 4 TOPICS for Line Flying




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3A.1. TRAINING PLAN

3A.1.1. Aim of the Course

A flight crew member being hired for a captain position at TRAVEL SERVICE company.

The objective of the Combined Conversion and Command Course is to train a flight crew member to

level of proficiency required for operation on B737 at TRAVEL SERVICE company in a commander

position

The Combined Conversion and Command Course meets the requirements of the OPS 1.945. and

1.955.

3A.1.2. Entry Requirements

A flight crew member shall meet these requirements:

• Have valid B737 Type rating as a commander

•

Minimum experience 500 flight hours as commander B737 or 1 000 flight hours as

commander multi-engine multi-pilot airplane above 15 000 kg

• Have satisfactorily completed the hire process including theoretical test, interview and

simulator test

For hire process excluding simulator test is responsible company: AeroJOB, s.r.o. Prague 4, . Jílovská

1167/71

3A.1.3. Credits for Previous Experience

The extent of training required by the Conversion course will be determined after due note has been

taken of the flight crew member’s previous experience and training as recorded in training records

and pilot log book.

3A.1.4. General Rules

Once the Combined Conversion and Command Course has been commenced, a flight crew member

shall not undertake flying duties on another type or class until the course is completed or

terminated.

3A.2. TRAINING PROGRAM

3A.2.0. Description

3A.2.0.1. The Combined Conversion and Command Course includes following parts:

a) Basic Indoctrination

b)

Operator Ground Training B737c) Operator Simulator Training

d) Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check

e) Crew Resource Management Training (CRM)

f) Differences Training

g) Familiarization Training

h) Operator Proficiency Check

i) Route and Aerodrome Competence Training

j) Line Flying under Supervision

k) Line Check




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3A.2.1. Basic Indoctrination

3A.2.1.1.The flight crew member shall have completed Basic Indoctrination with contents as

prescribed in paragraph 3A.2.1.3 in the extent specified in Appendix 1.3A.2.1.2.The Basic Indoctrination shall be conducted by suitable qualified personnel.

3A.2.1.3. Contents of Basic Indoctrination:

CONTENTS HOURS

TRAVEL SERVICE Company Structure 1

Employment Relationship 1

Company Procedures and Regulations 5

Dangerous Goods Transportation Training + Test 2

Security Procedures 2

TOTAL 11

3A.2.1.4. The flight crew member shall have completed written test at the end of the Dangerous

Goods Transportation Training.

3A.2.1.5.Dangerous Goods Transportation Training and Check shall be performed by e-learning

method approved by the authorized personnel acceptable for CAA.

3A.2.2. Operator Ground Training B737

3A.2.2.1. The flight crew member shall have completed with contents Operator Ground Training

B737 as prescribed in paragraph 3A.2.2.3

3A.2.2.2. The Operator Ground Training B737 shall be conducted by suitable qualified personnel.

3A.2.2.3. Contents of Operator Ground training

CONTENTS HOURS

Difference training 4

Limitations 1

Performance, Load and Balance 3

Standard Operation Procedures 8

RVSM,TCAS, R-NAV, RNP APCH 2

TOTAL 18

3A.2.3. Operator Simulator Training

3A.2.1.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Operator Simulator Training

in the extent of 4 flight hours to familiarize and practice TVS company Normal, Abnormal

and Emergency procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP.

3A.2.1.2. The Simulator Conversion Training can be accomplished either in the Boeing B 737EFIS or

Boeing B 737NG simulators.

3A.2.1.3. Syllabus for simulator training:

• Start up procedure with ground air source, engine N°1 hot start, engine N°2 no N1 rotation.

• Normal take off (VMC), visual circle, full landing stop.

•

Normal take off, prepare for ILS approach. During radar vectoring simulate ground proximity(glass mountain) , terrain avoidance maneuver is needed. Continue ILS approach till minima




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


and make go around due to obstacle on the RWY (follow miss approach procedure as

published).

• Fly to IF for non precision approach, TCAS RA maneuver due to opposite traffic at same

altitude. Then after join holding pattern over IF (or any other suitable point), prepare for non

precision APP, full landing stop.

• Reposition to take off position, increase weight up to max TOW, shortly before V1 engine

stall ( bird strike), rejected take off, during deceleration engine fire (non extinguishable),

passenger evacuation.

• Reposition to take off position (max TOW), cross wind 15, gusty 20 KTS, wind shear shortly

after take off. After wind shear escape maneuver climb to flight level 100 and perform stall

recovery (1 x clean configuration, 1 x full landing configuration)

• Reduce gross weight, reposition to FL 370, cabin altitude warning, rapid depressurization,

emergency descent. Pilot incapacitation, continue to nearest suitable airport, full stop

landing.

•

During take off near off V1 engine failure (severe damage), ILS approach, on short final go

around (ATC requirement), reposition to 6 NM final and make full landing stop.

• Normal take off, shortly after lift off the FMC fail. Radar service is not provided, own

navigation follow one off suitable STAR, join holding pattern, prepare for ILS approach

(manual setting Vref and N1).

• Reposition to down wind leg, switch off A/T, A/P, F/D, and proceed for ILS approach (raw

data APP).

• Reposition to long final ILS approach with circle-to-land to opposite runway.

• LVO take off RVR 125m, no speed indication, rejected take off

• LVO take off RVR 125m, high speed reject (ATC requirement).

• LVO take off RVR 125m, at speed 100 KTS visibility 0, continue takeoff, at position down

wind leg make briefing for ILS approach CAT II. Make normal approach and landing.

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to weather

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to ATC

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II, localizer INOP, during go around TO/GA button is INOP.

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to RA fail

• Reposition to 6 NM final CAT IIIA, make normal approach and landing

• Reposition to 3 NM final CAT IIIA, NO FLARE mode

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III, GS INOP

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III NO RETARD

• Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III A/T fail full stop landing.

This training can be substituted by Simulator Recurrent Training in the extent of the 6 flight hourswith contents of the appropriate Simulator Recurrent Training Volume used in company at real time.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3.A.2.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check

3A.2.4.0 The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Emergency and Safety

Equipment Training and Check as appointed in paragraph 3A.2.4.6. and the extent specifiedin Appendix 2.

3A.2.4.1 Emergency and Safety Equipment Training may be combined with Emergency and Safety

Equipment Checking and shall be conducted in an airplane or a suitable alternative training

device.

3A.2.4.2 Type related parts of training are relevant to the version or variant for which the flight crew

member is trained.

3A.2.4.3 Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check shall be conducted by the authorized

personnel of the TRAVEL SERVICE company (GCI) which is acceptable for CAA.

3A.2.4.4 Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check can be accomplished in suitable

training device in compliance with Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program,

which is acceptable for CAA.

3A.2.4.5 Contents of the Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training:

CONTENTS HOURS

a. Aeromedicine 5

b.Survival 1

c. Security, Rescue and Emergency services 1

d. Emergency and Safety equipment 1

e. Emergency procedures 2

TOTAL 10

3A.2.4.6 Topics for Emergency and Safety Equipment Check:

Aeromedicine

Emergency and Safety equipment


The TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraphs 3A.2.4.6.a, b,

c if there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator.

3A.2.5 Crew Resource Management Training (CRM)

3A.2.5.1 The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Crew Resource

Management Training, as described in paragraph 3A.2.5.4 and Appendix 3.

3A.2.5.2 Initial Crew Resource Management Training shall be conducted by the authorized personnel

(GCI) which is acceptable for CAA.

3A.2.5.3 Initial Crew Resource Management Training can be accomplished in suitable training device

in compliance with CRM Training program, which is acceptable for CAA.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3A.2.5.4 Crew Resource Management Training contents:

CONTENTS HOURS

a. Human error and reliability, error chain, error prevention and detection companysafety culture, SOP, organizational factors

1

b. Company safety culture, SOP 1

c. Communication and coordination inside and outside the cockpit 0,5

d. Leadership and team behavior, synergy 0,5

e. Automation and philosophy of the use of automation 0,5

f. Case based studies 0,5

TOTAL 4

3A.2.5.5. The flight crew member shall be not assessed during Crew Resource Management Training.

3A.2.5.6.An operator can accept the Initial Crew Resource Management Training provided by theother operator or suitable training device for completion of paragraph 3A.2.5.1 if

authorized by CAA.

3A.2.6. Familiarization Training

3A.2.6.1.The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Familiarization training:





3A.2.6.2. Familiarization training shall be completed before commencing the Flight training forobtaining the type rating conceivably before the Line training under supervision.

3A.2.6.3. Familiarization training requires the acquisition of additional knowledge but does not

required simulator training.

3A.2.6.4.Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737EFIS variant:

CONTENTS HOURS


Limitations 0.30


Auto flight 0.30

Engine instrument system 0.30Flaps speeds, Tail skid, Air stairs 0.30

Electrical 0.30

Checklist 0.30

Bulletins 0.30

TOTAL 5:00




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3A.2.6.5. Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737NG variant:

CONTENTS HOURS

Summary of differences 0.30General dimensions 0.30

Limitations 0.30



Electrical 0.30

Checklist 0.30

Bulletins 0.30

TOTAL 4:00

3A.2.7. Differences Training

3A.2.7.1.The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Differences training if

changing to operate from Boeing B737EFIS to Boeing B 737NG and vice versa

3A.2.7.2.The flight crew member shall have the type rating for Boeing B 737 as the part of one type

rating confirmation in the pilot license (Boeing B 737-300 – 900 ).

3A.2.7.3.The Differences training requires additional knowledge and training on an appropriate

training device (simulator) or the airplane.

3A.2.8 Operator Proficiency Check

3A.2.8.1.Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Check as a part of

Conversion training.3A.2.8.2.The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Operator Proficiency Check

to demonstrate his competence in carrying out TVS company Normal, Abnormal and

Emergency procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP.

3A.2.8.3.The flight crew member shall undergo Operator Proficiency Check as a part of normal flight

complement.

3A.2.8.4.Operator Proficiency Check required by EU-OPS , may be combined with type or class rating

Skill test required by JAR-FCL.

3A.2.8.5.The Operator Proficiency Checks shall comprise following maneuvers:

ManeuversRejected take-off.













OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3A.2.9.6. To obtain the Basic Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall operate

on one of mostly used routes to following destinations:

•

Europe any two A/D in region• North Africa any A/D in region

3A.2.9.7. Additional Route Competency Qualification required for the TRAVEL SERVICE flight crew

member consist of areas:

• Near East


• Far East

• Cape Verde


• NAT MNPS – North and Central America

•

Central + South Africa• Russia

• South Atlantic

• ETOPS

3A.2.9.8. To obtain the Additional Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall

operate on one of mostly used routes to following destinations:





•

NAT MNPS – Iceland Any A/D in region• NAT MNPS – North and Central America Any A/D in region




• ETOPS Flight along ETOPS route

Airport Competency Qualification

3A.2.9.9. The Travel Service company airport classification is appointed in TVS OM part C.

3A.2.9.10. To obtain or revalidate airport category B competency qualification the flight crew

member shall complete a ground briefing conducted by LTI or complete the self briefing by

means of programmed instruction.

3A.2.9.11. A flight crew member shall acknowledge that he pass the ground training mentioned in

paragraph 3A.2.9.12.

3A.2.9.12. To obtain or revalidate airport category C competency qualification the flight crew

member shall complete a appropriate briefing. In addition the flight crew member shall

perform a flight to that aerodrome as an observer (the same variant or type is not required)

or flight crew member with LTI (with valid aerodrome competency) or perform flight to that

aerodrome in flight simulator training. Additional training on simulator or airplane may be

required by CAA).

3A.2.9.13. The Flight crew training manager of the TRAVEL SERVICE or his nominated deputy shallconfirm the training mentioned in paragraph 3A.2.9.12.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


The period of validity of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification is 12calendar

months in addition to the remainder of the month of the last flight on the route or to the

A/D.

Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification shall be revalidated by operating on theroute or to the aerodrome within the period of validity prescribed in paragraph 3A.2.9.13.

If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity of previous Route and

Aerodrome Competence Qualification, the period of validity shall extend from the date of

revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous Route and

Aerodrome Competence Qualification.

3A.2.10. Line Flying Under Supervision

3A.2.10.1. A flight crew member shall have completed all training and checking mentioned above

before commencing Line Flying under supervision.

3A.2.10.2. Line Flying under supervision provides the opportunity for a flight crew member to carry

into practice the procedures and techniques he has been made familiar with during the

ground and flight training of a Conversion Training.

3A.2.10.3. Line Flying shall be conducted under supervision of the Line Training Instructor (LTI),

acceptable for CAA.

3A.2.10.4. The flight crew member shall successfully complete as the minimum:

a) Commander without previous experience as commander or copilot B737

min 40 sectors

b) Commander with previous experience as copilot B737

min 20 sectors

c)

Commander with previous experience as commander B737min 10 sectors




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3A.10.5. A flight crew member shall have completed one CAT II and one CAT IIIA, within the Line

Flying under supervision if training is conducted according to paragraph 3A.2.10.4 and the

LVO authorization is valid from previous operator.

3A.10.6. A flight crew member shall have completed independent Low Visibility Training if the

Combined Conversion and Command Course Line Flying under supervision is conducted

according to paragraph 3A.2.10.4 or the LVO authorization is not valid from previous

operator.

3A.10.7. Each flight shall be entered and granted in the Line Flying Training Form by a LTI.

3A.10.8. At the end of the Line Flying under supervision the crew member should be able to perform

a safe and efficient flight conducted within the tasks of pilot on the respective position for

which is trained.

3A.2.11. Line Check

3A.2.11.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check as a part of

Conversion training after the Line training under supervision is completed.

3A.2.11.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check to demonstrate

his competence in carrying out normal complete line operation including the pre-flight and

post-flight procedures and use of the equipment provided as specified in the Operations

Manual. The CRM skills shall be included in the overall assessment.

3A.2.11.3. Line check must be completed in an airplane and a flight crew member shall be checked as

a pilot flying and pilot not flying.

3A.2.11.4. The Line check content is described in the LINE CHECK REPORT FORM.

3A.2.11.5. Line check shall be conducted by the Line Training Examiner (LTE). The LTE shall occupythe observer seat (jump seat).

3A.2.11.6. The Line Training Examiner (LTE) shall fill in the LINE CHECK REPORT FORM if the Line

check was completed successfully.

3A.2.11.7. Upon satisfactorily completion of a Line check a flight crew member completes the

Conversion Course and obtains a competency to conduct unsupervised line flying.

3A.2.11.8.Upon completion of a Line Flying a flight crew member shall be considered as a not

experienced on type until:

• min 500 flying hours on B737 as commander

3A.2.11.9. For the time period stated in paragraph 3A.2.11.8, the flight crew member shall be

scheduled to flight crew with flight personnel that meets this requirements:

• min 500 hours on type

and

• min 1 year practice on type




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3A.2.11.10. The period of validity of the Line Check is 12 calendar months in addition to the

remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a

previous Line Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12

calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Line Check .

3A.3. TRAINING RECORD

3A.3.1. The Training Record shall be issued for the Combined Conversion and Command Training.

3A.3.2. The Training Record shall include all Check Forms relevant for the Combined Conversion and

Command Training.

3A.3.3. The instructor or authorized personnel initials and signature are to be used to confirm an

assessment and annotation.

3A.3.4. Flight Crew Training Manager shall check and acknowledge the Training Record before

storage to the personal envelope




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX 1

COURSE CONTENTS - Basic indoctrination

•

Airline Organization• Company introduction

• Company organization structure

• Company management

• Company culture

• Flight department overview

• Labour Laws and Employment Relationship

• Labour Code

• Normal Work

• Wage regulations

• Pilot seniority

• Safety and protection of health at work

• Personal, object and aircraft insurance

• Company Regulations and Procedures

• Description of company procedures

• Description of:

a) operational control and supervision

b) qualification requirements

c) crew composition

d) crew health precaution

e) flight time and duty limitations

f)

flight preparation instructiong) ground handling instruction

h) flight procedures

i) use of MEL, AFM, MDL

j) handling of accident and incident

k) flight data recorder policy

• Dangerous Goods

• General philosophy

• Limitations on DG in air-transport

• Classification and list of DG

• Package marking and labeling

•

Loading, restriction on loading and segregation

• Provision of information to commander

• DG in passenger baggage

• Emergency procedures

• Security

• Security requirements

• Action to prevent acts of unlawful interference

• Reporting acts of unlawful interference

• Negotiation skills

• Aeroplane search procedure checklist

•

Passenger Air Transport Regulations• Check-in procedures




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX 2

COURSE CONTENTS - Emergency and safety equipment training and check

•

Aeromedicine• Main risks: pressure changes

−

decompression sickness

− time zone changes

− uncomfortable position in seat

• Conditions susceptible to hypoxia: congestive cardiac failure,

− recent myocardial infarction and significant

−

cardiac arrhythmia

− pneumothorax

−

cerebral infarction

− epileptic fit

− bronchial asthma

• Conditions susceptible to pressure changes: acute otitis and sinusitis,

− acute barotraumas

−

pneumothorax,

− tension pneumothorax

• Decompression sickness: divers who board an aircraft too soon after drive

• Other conditions:

− diabetes mellitus (timing of injection of insulin)

−

fixed wiring of the jaws (accompanied by an escort)

− psychical disordes (accompanied by an escort)

•

Aeromedical topics−

Hypoxia

− Hyperventilation

−

Contamination of the skin/eyes by aviation fuel or hydraulic or other fluids

− Hygiene and food poisoning

− Malaria

• Survival

• Survival information:

−

sea

− high mountains

− use of survival equipment

•

Security, Rescue and Emergency services

− Security services – operational procedures

−

Rescue and emergency services – operational procedures

• Emergency and Safety Equipment

− Location and use of emergency exits:

o cockpit crew hatch and escape rope

o emergency exits in cabin

o

Location and use of doors and hatches: cabins door

o

service door

o cargo door

o cockpit communication hatch

o

entrance light switches

• Location and use of emergency and safety equipment:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


− lifejacket

−

protective breathing equipment

− fire extinguishers

−

other emergency and safety equipment

• Emergency landing:

− Landing on land:

o selecting landing place

o informing ATC

o

briefing cabin crew

o

informing passengers

• Ditching procedures: differences compared to landing on land wet-drill training: actual

donning and inflation of lifejackets in water

• Fire fighting: using equipment on an actual or simulated fire

• Effect of smoke: effect of smoke in enclosed area actual use of equipment in a simulated

smoke-filled environment

• Emergency evacuation:

− duties of cockpit crew

−

duties of cabin crew

• Emergency descent:

− high speed descent

−

low speed descent




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX 3

COURSE CONTENTS - Crew resource management training (CRM)

Basic Aviation Psychology

Human information processing:

Attention and vigilance:

• selectivity of attention

• divided attention

Perception:

• perceptual illusions

• subjectivity of perception

• “bottom-up” / ”top-down” processing

Memory:

• sensory memory

• working memory

• long term memory

• motor memory (skills)

Response selection:

• learning principles and techniques

• drives

• motivation and performance

Human error and reliability:

• Reliability of human behavior

• Hypotheses on reality: similarity, frequency, completion causality

Theory and model of human error

Error generation: internal factors (cognitive styles); external factors (ergonomics, economics, social

environment)

Decision making:

• Decision-making concepts: structure (phases); limits; risk assessment; practical application




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management

Safety awareness: identification of error proneness; identification of error sources; situation

awarenessCo-ordination

Co-operation: small group dynamics; leadership, management styles; duty and role

Communications: communications model(s); verbal and non-verbal communication; communications

barriers; conflict management

Personality: Personality and attitudes: development; environmental influences;

Individual differences in personality: self-concepts

Identification of hazardous attitudes

Human overload and under-load:• Arousal

• Stress: definitions, concepts, models; anxiety and stress; effects of stress

• Fatigue: types, causes, symptoms; effects of fatigue

• Body rhythm and sleep: rhythm disturbances; symptoms, effects, management

• Fatigue and stress management: coping strategies; management techniques

Advanced cockpit automation:

• Advantages and disadvantages (criticalities)

• Automation complacency

• Working concepts

•

System and human limitations associated with the use of automation

Standard Operating Procedures

• Company safety culture

• Company standard operating procedures

• Organizational factors

Statistics and Examples

• Statistics of Human factors related accidents

• Examples of Human factors related accidents

Remark: Assessment of CRM skills in accordance with OPS 1.965




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


HUMAN FACTORS COURSE

Human factors: Basic Concepts

•

Human factors in aviation:• Competence and limitations

• Becoming a competent pilot: the traditional approach towards proficiency; the human

factors approach towards professionalism

• Accident statistics

• Flight safety concepts

• Basic Aviation Physiology and Health Maintenance

• The atmosphere

• Respiratory and circulatory system: functional anatomy; hypobaric environment;

pressurization, decompression; rapid decompression; hyperventilation; accelerations

• High altitude environment: ozone, radiation, humidity

•

Man and environment: the sensory system

• Central and peripheral nervous system: sensory threshold, sensitivity, adaptation;

habituation; reflexes and biological control systems

• Vision: functional anatomy; visual field, foveal and peripheral vision; binocular and

monocular vision; monocular vision cues; night vision

• Hearing: functional anatomy; light related hazards to hearing

• Equilibrium: functional anatomy; motion, acceleration, verticality; motion sickness

• Integration of sensory inputs: spatial disorientation; illusions (physical, physiological,

psychological); approach and landing problems

• Personal hygiene

•

Common minor ailments: cold; influenza; gastro-intestinal upset• Problem areas for pilots: hearing loss; defective vision; hypotension, hypertension, coronary

disease; obesity; nutrition hygiene; tropical climates; epidemic diseases

• Intoxication: tobacco; alcohol; drugs and self-medication; various toxic materials

• Incapacitation: symptoms and causes; recognition; operating coping procedures




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX 4

TOPICS for Line Flying

•

Documents and library in the a/c• Fuelling procedures

• MTOW determination, power setting at take off

• Use of TAKE-OFF data book

• Use of WX radar

• TCAS switches and test indication

• Push back procedures

• Taxiing and maneuvering on ground

• Use of external lights

• Expedited and intersection take off

• Turbulence penetration, wake turbulence occurrence

• Downhill rule, drift down procedures

• Emergency/Communication failure procedures

• Descend profile, descend planning

• Glide Slope interception from above

• Insufficient aeroplane deceleration

• Landing technique

• Storage of information used for the flight

• MLAW determination power setting at GA

• Fuel calculation and determination

• Company fuel scenario, Company tankering policy

•

Alternate airport selection and fuel calculation• ICAO holding procedures with adequate speeds

• RVSM contingency procedures

• SOP

• HF communication procedures

• Stabilized approach – definition and practice




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATTACHMENT 4 - FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING

4.1. TRAINING PLAN



4.1.3. Credits for Previous Experience

4.1.4. Time Scale

4.1.5. Ground Course Structure

4.1.6. Flight Training Structure

4.1.7. Checking


4.2.1. Training Record




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


4.1. TRAINING PLAN


4.1.1.1. This training program is designed for the B 737/300-900 qualified flight crew members to reachthe additional knowledge :

a)

when operating another airplane of the same type

or

b)

when changing equipment and/or procedures on types or variants currently operated.

4.1.1.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Familiarization training:

a)

for Boeing B 737-400 variant, if the Type rating training or previous practice was

accomplished in the simulator or airplane of other variants (B 737-300 or B 737-500).

orb)


accomplished in the simulator or airplane of other variants (B 737-300 or B 737-400).

Or

c)


accomplished in the simulator or aeroplane of other variants (B 737-600 or B 737-700). or

d)

for Boeing B 737-300–800 of other engine thrust airplanes variant, if the Type rating training

and previous practice were accomplished in the other engine thrust airplanes variant.


The student shall hold:

• A valid ATPL with B 737/300-900 type rating

or

• A valid CPL/Instrument Rating with B 737/300-900 type rating with co-pilot only limitation


Not applicable

4.1.4. Time Scale

Familiarization training ground course 1 day/for hrs amount see 4.1.5.2 to 4.1.5.5

4.1.5. Familiarization Training Ground Course Structure

4.1.5.1. The familiarization ground course will be performed by the GCI.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


4.1.5.2. Familiarization training content for Boeing B 737-400 variant:



Limitations 0.20Pneumatics and Air conditioning 0.20

Auto flight 0.20

Engine instrument system 0.20

Flaps speeds, Tail skid, Air stairs 0.20

Electrical 0.20

Checklist 0.20

Bulletins 0.20

TOTAL 3:30




Weights and Limitations 0.20

Air conditioning, Pressurization and Pneumatics 0.20

Navigation and Auto flight 0.20

Power plant and Engine instrument system 0.20

Flight controls, Flaps speeds, Tail skid 0.20

Fire protection 0.20

Checklist 0.20

Bulletins 0.20Emergency and Safety equipment 0.30

TOTAL 4:00




Limitations 0.20



Electrical 0.20

Checklist 0.20

Bulletins 0.30

TOTAL 3:00




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER 5

DIFFERENCE TRAINING FOR BOEING B 737

5.1. DIFFERENCE TRAINING B737NG




5.1.4. Time Scale

5.1.5. Difference Ground Course Structure


5.1.7. Checking

5.1.8. Training Program

5.2. DIFFERENCE TRAINING B737EFIS




5.2.4. Time Scale

5.2.5. Difference Ground Course Structure


5.2.7. Checking

5.2.8. Training Program




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.1.5.3. CBT contents:

a) AIRPLANE FAMILIARIZATION

Walk around - Exterior differences - Interior and overawing hatch

Panel scan - Aft overhead panel differences - Overhead panel

differences

MCP and Forward Panels - Overview and MCP differences - CPT panel differences -

Center and F/O panel differences - Control stand

differences

Handling and Warning Differences - Taxi turn radius - Warning differences

b) AUXILIARY POWER UNIT DIFFERENCES

APU System Differences - APU overview

- APU operating altitudes- APU start power

- APU status light

- Load shedding

- Shut-down

c) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES

Electrical System Differences - Electrical system overview

- Primary system changes

- AC transfer/bus changes

- AC bus changes

- DC and STBY bus changes

- Basic rules of operation- Controls and indicators

AC Power System Differences - AC transfer/bus lights

- Connect power sources

- AC meters

- Automatic generator on-line

- Load shedding

DC and STBY Power System Differences - Transformer rectifier power sources

- STBY power switch operations

- Controls and indicators

- Equipment on standby busses

Electrical System NON Normal Differences - Bus transfer switch


- Failure of 2 generators

- Failure of l generator

- Generator drive failure




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


d) FUEL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES

Fuel System Differences Fuel capacity

Fuel pumps

Fuel valves

Fuel quantity indicatorFuel quantity non normal alerts

e) ENGINE DIFFERENCES

Engine Differences Overview - Engine

- EEC

- Fuel system

- Ground start and flame out protection

- Engine indications

Primary Engine Indications - Primary engine indication location

- Primary engine indication differences

- New non normal indication

Secondary Engine Indications - Secondary engine indication location- Secondary engine indication differences


Reference N1 - Reference N1 bug and readout

- Set the N1 control

Electronic Engine Control (EEC) - Identify EEC location

- Perform normal mode operation

- Perform soft alternate mode operation

- Perform hard alternate mode operation

- Identify idle modes -Identify engine control lights

Engine Start and Ignition - Start and ignition controlled by EEC

- Differences the start and ignition systemEngine Ground Start Flameout Protection - EEC supplies engine ground start flameout protection

- Ground start protection for hot starts, wet starts and

EGT excedance

- Flameout protection

f) LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM DIFFERENCES

Landing Gear and Brake System Differences - Wheel well protection

- Gear indicator lights

- Landing gear manual access door

- antiskid

- autobrake

g) FLIGHT CONTROL DIFFERENCESLanding Gear and Brake System Differences - Primary system changes

- Speed brake changes

- Panel changes

- Flaps/slat electronic unit (FSEU)

- Elevator transfer mechanism

- Stall management/yaw damper computers (SMYD)




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


h) COMMON DISPLAY SYSTEM INTRODUCTION

Common Display System Overview - Describe the function of the CDS

- Identify the display units

- Identify the display electronic units

Display Brightness Control - Identify control locations

- Adjust the Display Brightness Controls

Control Panels - Identify control panel locations

- Identify CONTROL PANEL select switch

- Operate CONTROL PANEL select switch

DEU and Display Source Selector - Identify Display Source Selector locations

- Identify fault annunciations

Display Select Panels - Identify location of Display Select

- Identify Display Selector positions

- Describe automatic display switching

- Operate the Display Selectors

j) ELECTRONIC FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM

Electronic Flight Instrument System Overview - CPT´s Display Units

- F/O´s Display Units

- Compact display format

Mach/airspeed Indicator Overview - Current airspeed indications - IAS/MACH controls -

Airspeed arcs - Failure flags

Mach/airspeed Indicator preflight through

take-off

- Identify control panel locations - Power up default

indications - Enter take-off reference speeds - FMC -

Enter take-off reference speeds -Speed Reference

Selector

Mach/airspeed Indicator during approach - Initial airspeed reductions - Enter VREF - FMC - EnterVREF - Speed Reference Selector

Attitude Indicator - Slip/skid indicator - Pitch limit indication - Flight

director - Flight path vector - Instrument landing system

indications - Failure flags

Altimeter and vertical speed indicator - Current altitude indications - Barometric minimum

altitude - Barometric setting - Meters display - Altitude

alert - Altimeter failure flag - Vertical speed indication -

Vertical speed indicator failure flag

k) FMC DIFFERENCES

FMC Differences - Introduction - New types of route legs - Prompt

changes - Go around cruise altitude - Engine out - Loss of

fuel quantity data

Dual FMC - Introduction - Dual FMC data users - FMC failure




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


FMC Differences (continued) - CDU - Thrust reduction altitude - Abeam points - GPS

l) TCAS OPERATION

TCAS Overview - TCAS functions - Audio alerts

TCAS Alerts - TCAS predictions - TCAS advisories - Resolution

advisories - Proximity and other traffic

TCAS Operation - Turn ON TCAS - Operate range selection - Identity TCAS

indicators - Operate WX radar - Basics of RA traffic

symbols - Maneuvers for an RA - Observe flight path

guidance

Proximate and other traffic - Proximity traffic - No bearing RA alerts - No bearing TA

alerts and multiple aircraft - Descend through traffic

below - Climb through traffic above

Preflight and usage - Preflight TCAS- TCAS during flight

TCAS Advisories - TCAS alerts inhibits

- Non normal TCAS conditions advisories

- TCAS and engine failure

m) CDS OPERATIONS AND INTEGRATION

CDS operations and integration - Preflight

- Takeoff and climb

- Cruise

- Descent, approach and landing

n) PERFORMANCE

o) LIMITATIONS

5.1.5.4. FMC Training

a)

The FMC training will be performed as a four-hours computer -based lesson, with a 1 hour

briefing

b)

The computer simulates partial operation of the airplane systems and flight instrument displays

even it can navigates by the FMC system trainer

c)

Although a verity of autopilot approaches will be practiced, as there is no visual display, landings

are automatic only.


5.1.6.1. There is one four-hours full-flight simulator lesson with two-hours flight profile.

5.1.6.2. Each pilot shall pass the two-hours flight profile as a Pilot flying.

5.1.6.3. Flight Simulator Training Program:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Display Source Panel - Source (DEU) failure

- EFIS Control Panel Failure

Display Select Panel - Outboard display switching

- Inboard display switching- Lower display switching

h) DESCENT

Normal procedure - Top of descent computation (Engine anti – ice ON/OFF)

- Descent preparation

- VREF setting FMC / manually

- LNAV / VNAV

- Flight Mode Annunciation

i) APPROACH AND LANDING

Manual F/D Approach flaps 40° j) LANDING

Engine failure at Vref+5 - Pitch/Power

- Side Slip

- Trim setting

Engine inoperative

F/D – ILS approach / GA

-Approach within icing condition

-Missed approach waypoints on LEGS page

Engine inoperative ILS approach without F/D /

Landing

-FCC failure (F/D Flag)

Engine inoperative

Non-Precision Approach

-LNAV use

-MDA setting on MCP-Raw data crosscheck

-V/S and green arc

-Flight Mode Annunciation




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.1.6.4. Flight Training Profile

5.1.6.5. Line Flying under Supervision

a)

An applicant shall complete at least 8 legs under the supervision of the Line training

instructor.

b)

If the applicant is qualified for either pilot´s seat operation. he shall complete at least 2 legs

(as the part of the 8 legs stated in para. 5.1.6.6.a) under the supervision of the Line training

instructor from the right hand pilot´s seat.

c)

After the Line flying under supervision is completed the applicant shall be able to operate in

respective pilot´s seat of the B 737NG operated by Travel Service company.

5.1.6.6. Crew composition for Line Flying of the Captain

a)

The applicant shall operate in the left hand pilot´s seat.b)

An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or right hand pilot´s seat.

5.1.6.7. Crew composition for Line Flying of the Co-pilot

a)

The applicant shall operate in the right hand pilot´s seat.

b)

An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or left hand pilot´s seat.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.1.7. Checking

5.1.7.1. Line Check

a)

The applicant shall complete the Line Check in the respective pilot´s seat with contentsstated in the Line Check Report (STD 1/6).

b)

At least two legs are required so that the Line Check can be acknowledged.

c)

No special Line Check is required for either pilot´s seat operation (if applicable).

d)

The applicant shall perform the duty as PF and PNF during the Line Check.

5.1.7.2. Crew composition for Line Check of the Captain

a)

The applicant shall occupy the left hand pilot´s seat.

b)

The right hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

• Co-pilot in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check

•

Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying or Line Check

• Line Training Instructor

• Co-pilot

• Captain qualified for either pilot´s seat operation

c)

An authorized Line Training Examiner shall occupy the observer´s seat.

5.1.7.3. Crew composition for Line Check of the Co-pilot

a)


b)

The left hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

•

Captain in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check• Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying


• Captain

c)


5.1.8. Training program

5.1.8.1. Difference Training Record

Refer to: TVS Operation Manual part D.5, Template, Standard Document No. 5.

5.2. DIFFERENCE TRAINING B737EFIS


a)

This training program is designed to familiarize the B – 737-600, 700, 800 qualified crew with

the differences incorporated in B – 737-300, 400, 500 EFIS equipped airplane.

b)

After completion of the course the student must be able to:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Apply the data, operations instructions etc. published in the Boeing B – 737EFIS AFM, FCOM and

related documents

• Fly the B – 737EFIS in normal and abnormal situations with and without autopilot

• Apply relevant emergency procedures laid down for the B – 737EFIS

• Demonstrate a satisfactory level of knowledge and skill in the performance of all maneuvers and

procedures


The student shall hold:

• A valid ATPL with B – 737/300-900 type rating or

• A valid CPL/Instrument Rating with B737/300-900 type rating with co-pilot only limitation

The student can start Difference training after successfully finish Conversion Course


Not applicable

5.2.4. Time Scale

a)

Difference Training ground course – CBT, FTD 16 Hours

b)

Simulator lesson 4 Hours

c)

Line flying under supervision 8 Legs

d)

Line Check 2 Legs

5.2.5. Difference Training Ground Course Structure

5.2.5.1. The difference ground course will be performed by an approved TRTO or TVS TRI(A)

5.2.5.2. The student shall receive a B – 737EFIS FCOM and a Difference Manual

5.2.5.3. CBT contents:

a) AIRPLANE FAMILIARIZATION

Walk around - Exterior differences - Interior and overawing hatch

Panel scan - Aft overhead panel differences - Overhead paneldifferences

MCP and Forward Panels - Overview and MCP differences - CPT panel differences -

Center and F/O panel differences - Control stand

differences

Handling and Warning Differences - Taxi turn radius - Warning differences




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


b) AUXILIARY POWER UNIT DIFFERENCES

APU System Differences - APU overview

- APU operating altitudes

- APU start power

- APU status light

- Load shedding

- Shut-down

c) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES

Electrical System Differences - Electrical system overview


- AC transfer/bus changes

- AC bus changes

- DC and STBY bus changes

- Basic rules of operation


AC Power System Differences - AC transfer/bus lights

- Connect power sources

- AC meters

- Load shedding

DC and STBY Power System Differences - Transformer rectifier power sources- STBY power switch operations


- Equipment on standby busses

Electrical System NON Normal Differences - Bus transfer switch


- Failure of 2 generators

- Failure of l generator

- Generator drive failure

d) FUEL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES

Fuel System Differences - Fuel capacity

- Fuel pumps- Fuel valves

- Fuel quantity indicator

e) ENGINE DIFFERENCES

Engine Differences Overview - Engine

- PMC

- Fuel system




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- Ground start and flame out protection

- Engine indications

Primary Engine Indications - Primary engine indication location

- Primary engine indication differences- New non normal indication

Secondary Engine Indications - Secondary engine indication location

- Secondary engine indication differences


Reference N1 - Reference N1 bug and readout

- Set the N1 control

Power Management Control (PMC) - Identify PMC location

- Perform normal mode operation- Perform alternate mode operation

- Identify idle modes

- Identify engine control lights

Engine Start and Ignition - Start and ignition controlled by PMC

- Differences the start and ignition system

f) LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM DIFFERENCES

Landing Gear and Brake System Differences - Wheel well protection

- Gear indicator lights

- Landing gear manual access door

- antiskid

- autobrake

g) FLIGHT CONTROL DIFFERENCES

Landing Gear and Brake System Differences - Primary system changes

- Speed brake changes

- Panel changes

- Flaps/slat electronic unit (FSEU)

- Autoslat and stall management computer

h) COMMON DISPLAY SYSTEM INTRODUCTION

Common Display System Overview - Describe the function of the CDS

- Identify the display units

- Identify the display electronic units

Display Brightness Control - Identify control locations

- Adjust the Display Brightness Controls

EFIS Control Panels - Identify control panel locations

- Identify CONTROL PANEL select switch

- Operate CONTROL PANEL select switch




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Source Selector - Identify Display Source Selector locations

- Identify fault annunciations

Display Select Panels - Identify location of Display Select Panels

- Identify Display Selector positions

- Describe automatic display switching- Operate the Display Selectors

i) NAVIGATION DISPLAY DIFFERENCES

RDM and HSI - Navigation Display locations

- RDMI

- HSI

- Compact HIS

- Failure flags

Navigation Display - Navigation Display modes

- EFIS control panel changes

- Plan mode changes

j) ELECTRONIC FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEMElectronic Flight Instrument System Overview - CPT´s Display Units

- F/O´s Display Units

- Compact display format

Mach/airspeed Indicator Overview - Current airspeed indications - IAS/MACH controls -

Airspeed arcs - Failure flags

Mach/airspeed Indicator preflight through

take-off

- Identify control panel locations

- Power up default indications

- Enter take-off reference speeds- FMC

- Enter take-off reference speeds -Speed Reference

Selector

- MASI indications during take-offMach/airspeed Indicator during approach - Initial airspeed reductions

- Enter VREF – FMC

- Enter VREF - Speed Reference Selector

- MASI indications during approach

- MASI indications during GO around

Attitude Indicator - Slip/skid indicator - mechanical ball

- Pitch limit indication

- Flight director

- Instrument landing system indications

- Failure flags

k) FMC DIFFERENCES

FMC Differences - Introduction

- New types of route legs

- Prompt changes

- Go around cruise altitude

- Engine out

- Loss of fuel quantity data




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Dual FMC - Introduction

- Dual FMC data users

- FMC failure

FMC Differences (continued) - CDU- Thrust reduction altitude

- Abeam points

- GPS

l) TCAS OPERATION

TCAS Overview - TCAS functions

- Audio alerts

TCAS Alerts - TCAS predictions

- TCAS advisories

- Resolution advisories

- Proximity and other traffic

TCAS Operation - Turn ON TCAS- Operate range selection

- Identity TCAS indicators

- Operate WX radar

- Basics of RA traffic symbols

- Maneuvers for an RA

- Observe flight path guidance

Proximate and other traffic - Proximity traffic

- No bearing RA alerts

- No bearing TA alerts and multiple aircraft

- Descend through traffic below

- Climb through traffic abovePreflight and usage - Preflight TCAS

- TCAS during flight

TCAS Advisories - TCAS alerts inhibits

- Non normal TCAS conditions advisories

- TCAS and engine failure

m) CDS OPERATIONS AND INTEGRATION

CDS operations and integration - Preflight

- Takeoff and climb

- Cruise

- Descent, approach and landingn) PERFORMANCE

o) LIMITATIONS




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.2.5.4. FMC Training

a)

The FMC training will be performed as a four-hours computer -based lesson, with a 1hour

briefing

b)

The computer simulates partial operation of the airplane systems and flight instrument displays

even it can navigates by the FMC system trainer

c)

Although a verity of autopilot approaches will be practiced, as there is no visual display, landings

are automatic only.


5.2.6.1 There is one four-hours full-flight simulator lesson with two-hours flight profile.

5.2.6.2. Each pilot shall pass the two-hours flight profile as a Pilot flying.

5.2.6.3. Flight Simulator Training Program:

a) PREFLIGHT

Normal procedure

- FMC preflight procedures

- Takeoff data and bug setting

-Manually set Weight / Speed / N1

- PSEU Light

- TCAS – Test

- Electric power systems lights (GPU / APU)

- Air system set up / indication (Dual pack operation)

b) ENGINE START

-APU bleed air indication- Start malfunction and abnormal start protection

c) TAXI – OUT

Normal procedure- Engine instruments

- Electric standby power familiarization (Demonstration)

d) TAKEOFF

Normal procedure

- A/T – F/D

- Flight mode Annunciation

- Air system / outflow valve operation

- Automatic generator on-line feature (Demonstration)

- LNAV / VNAV / A/P

e) CLIM AND CRUISE

Normal procedure

- A/P A/T climb

- Flight mode annunciation

- Generator failure (SOURCE OFF light)

f) CRUISE - Level off FL 100

Air work- Stall recovery

- Bank warning indication

TCAS event




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Engine / Wing Anti – Ice N1 / Stall speeds changes

g) INSTRUMENT FAMILIARIZATION

Speed and altitude changes until it

becomes familiar with indication on

PFD/ND displays

- PFD/ND controls and indicators

- Normal display configuration

- Display Unit failure automatic switching

Control Panel

- Minimums Reference selector

- Barometric Reference selector

- VOR/ADF Switch

Display Source Panel- Source (DEU) failure

- EFIS Control Panel Failure

Display Select Panel

- Outboard display switching

- Inboard display switching

- Lower display switching

h) DESCENT

Normal procedure

- Top of descent computation (Engine anti – ice ON/OFF)

- Descent preparation- VREF setting FMC / manually

- LNAV / VNAV

- Flight Mode Annunciation

i) APPROACH AND LANDING

Manual F/D Approach flaps 40°

Autoland

-Pitch attitudes in pattern and on final -Autoland procedure -

Flight Mode Annunciation -Second autopilot couples with flight

controls below 1500 ft -Second autopilot engaged by 800 ft -

Flare armed by 500 ft -Nose up trim by 370 ft -Flare at 50 ft -A/T

retard at 27 ft

j) LANDING

Engine failure at Vref+5

-A/T disconnect at touch down

-A/P disconnect manual

-Autobrake selection and disengage technique

k) ENGINE FAILURE FAMILIARIZATION

Engine failure at V1+5

-Pitch/Power -Side Slip -Trim setting

Engine inoperative F/D – ILS

approach / GA

-Approach within icing condition -Missed approach waypoints on

LEGS page

Engine inoperative ILS approach

without F/D / Landing

-FCC failure (F/D Flag)

Engine inoperative Non-Precision

Approach

-LNAV use -MDA setting on MCP -Raw data crosscheck -V/S and

green arc -Flight Mode Annunciation




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.2.6.4. Flight Training Profile

5.2.6.5.Line Flying under Supervision

a)

An applicant shall complete at least 8 legs under the supervision of the Line training instructor.

b)

If the applicant is qualified for either pilot´s seat operation. he shall complete at least 2 legs (as

the part of the 8 legs stated in para. 5.2.6.6.a) under the supervision of the Line training

instructor from the right hand pilot´s seat.

c)

After the Line flying under supervision is completed the applicant shall be able to operate in

respective pilot´s seat of the B 737EFIS operated by Travel Service company.

5.2.6.6.Crew composition for Line Flying of the Captain

a)

The applicant shall operate in the left hand pilot´s seat.

b)

An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or right hand pilot´s seat.

5.2.6.7.Crew composition for Line Flying of the Co-pilot

a)

The applicant shall operate in the right hand pilot´s seat.

b)

An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or left hand pilot´s seat.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.2.7. Checking

5.2.7.1.Line Check

a)

The applicant shall complete the Line Check in the respective pilot´s seat with contents stated inthe Line Check Report (STD 1/6).

b)

At least two legs are required so that the Line Check can be acknowledged.

c)

No special Line Check is required for either pilot´s seat operation (if applicable).

d)

The applicant shall perform the duty as PF and PNF during the Line Check.

5.2.7.2.Crew composition for Line Check of the Captain

a)


b)

The right hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

• Co-pilot in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check

•

Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying or Line Check


• Co-pilot

• Captain qualified for either pilot´s seat operation

c)


5.2.7.3. Crew composition for Line Check of the Co-pilot

a)


b)

The left hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

•

Captain in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check• Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying


• Captain

c)





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5.2. 8. Training program

5.2. 8.1. Difference Training Record

Refer to: TVS Operation Manual part D.5, Template 1, Standard Document No. 5.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


6.1. AERODROME CATEGORIZATION

6.1.1. Aerodrome Category Determination

All aerodromes used by the Company must be included into three categories depending upon thequalification requirements for the provision of the safe operation.

The least requirements are demanded by aerodromes category A. The most requirements category

C.

Category A

An aerodrome included in category A must meet the following requirements:

• approved procedures of instrument approach

• at least one runway which does not require the use of procedures for performance limitation

during take-off and / or landing

•

published minima for circling are no higher than 1000 ft above the aerodrome level• night operation capability

Note:

As a performance limitation is considered:

1. Limited MTOW and / or MLAW by obstacle clearance limit in the vicinity of the aerodrome

2. Setting of special departure or arrival procedures caused by obstacles in the vicinity of the

aerodrome

3.

MTOW and / or MLAW are limited by the RWY available distances under the following

condition:

•

dry RWY

• aerodrome reference temperature

• standard pressure related to the aerodrome altitude

• zero ground wind velocity component at take-off and landing

Category B

An aerodrome included in category B does not meet the requirements for category A or requires

special assessment, as:

• non-standard approach equipment and / or approach chart

• unusual local meteorological conditions

•

unusual characteristics or performance limitations• any other important facts, which include obstacles, physical characteristic, illumination, etc.

Category C

An aerodrome included in category C requires further assessment as opposed to category B.

Note:

Aerodrome Categories List is included in Appendix 1 and is based on the approval of the chief pilot.

6.1.2. Crew Constitution for Each Aerodrome Category

The Company sets down following limitations for crew constitution for flight at category C

aerodrome:

• both crew members must have Operator Competence type A




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• or one of the crew members has Operator Competence type B and the other must have type

A and have TRI/E or LTI/E qualification

Crew Training Manager has the right with the final validity to decide the crew constitution.

6.2. OPERATOR COMPETENCE

6.2.1. General

On the base of previous experiences, practice duration and working experiences with Company, one

of two types of Operator Competencies must be assigned to each pilot. This competence system

enables the operator to establish enough experienced and qualified crews. The chief pilot is

responsible for Operator Competence determination and all company pilots and persons responsible

for crew scheduling must be familiar with this assignment.

Type A Operator Competence

It enables the pilot to be established in the crew together with pilot of Operator Competence type A

or B, if there are not assigned special limitations for some aerodromes and / or routes

Type B Operator Competence

Pilot must be in the crew, where the another member has Operator Competence type A with taking

into account other limitations assigned by operator for some aerodromes and / or routes

Note:

During any Company flight both pilots cannot have Operator Competence Type B.

6.2.2. Crew Constitution for Aerodromes Marked *

With respect to the traffic concentration and complicated traffic conditions of some aerodromes

categorized as B, the Company assigns these other requirements for aerodromes marked * ( seeAppendix 1 ) for crew constitution for flights to these aerodromes independently of their category:

• both crew members must have Operator Competence type A or one crew member type B

and the other type A and must have qualification TRI/E or LTI/E

• before flight, both crewmembers must perform ground briefing for flight to appropriate

aerodrome. If there is no longer period than 3 months from previous flight to the

appropriate aerodrome, than the previous flight supply the ground briefing

• if the flight is the first the Company, the crew must consist of:

− • CP with TRI/E or LTI/E and FO qualification

• CP as PICUS and the other crew member with TRI/E or LTI/E qualification

Note: The Company chief pilot is responsible for aerodrome category * enlistment.6.3. ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE

6.3.1. General

A commander / co-pilot which hold a route and aerodrome competence is authorized to conduct line

flying on routes and/or to the aerodromes specified in the competence.

Ground part of training for obtaining of the Route and Aerodrome Competence will be performed as

ground training with focus on specialties during flights on Company routes.

Notes:

1. The planed alternates are subject of the aerodrome competence requirements




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2. The pilot is responsible for administration of accounting and validity of Route and Aerodrome

Competences

6.3.2. Acquiring of Competence6.3.2.1. Acquiring of Route Competence

Basic Route Competence required by Company is divided into following regions:

• Europe

• North Africa

To obtain basic Route Competency the crew member shall operate on one of mostly used routes to

following destinations:

• Europe any two A/D in region

• North Africa any A/D in region

Additional Route Competence required by Company is divided into following regions:

• Near East


• Far East

• Cape Verde


• NAT MNPS – North and Central America

• Central + South Africa

• Russia

• South Atlantic

• ETOPS

To obtain additional Route Competency the crew member must visit following aerodromes:





• NAT MNPS – Iceland Any A/D in region

• NAT MNPS – North and Central America Any A/D in region




•

ETOPS Flight along ETOPS route

Familiarization with the route must be done by studying of route documentation according to Route

Briefing Checklist ( see Appendix 2 ) and passing out ground briefing with TRI/E or LTI/E. After

performing a ground briefing the pilot fill up appropriate items in Route Competence Record and

leaves them to confirm by TRI/E or LTI/E.

After completion of flying on determined routes within a relevant area with landings at specifying

aerodromes, the trained pilot obtains the route competence for the respective area and routes

involved.

Note:

1. A pilot is allowed to perform the flight as an observer in any airplane type.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2. If no other pilot by Company has the competence for the given route ( area ) the chief pilot can

permit exception. The exception may be granted to TRI/E or LTI/E only.

3. After transition from function of co-pilot to commander, these Route Competencies for routes,which were visited by pilot during passed 12 months, are remaining valid.

6.3.2.2. Acquiring of Aerodrome Competence

For Aerodrome Competence acquiring the Company pilot must perform ground briefing according to

Aerodrome Briefing Checklist ( the way of familiarization depends on the aerodrome category ) and

carry out the flight to the aerodrome. The ground briefing must be performed minimum of 1

calendar day before the flight but no sooner than 30 days before the flight.

Aerodromes category A

The pilot shall familiarize himself with the aerodrome by self-studying of the aerodrome

documentation. After completing of ground briefing he will fill up the appropriate items in the

Aerodrome Competence Record and will confirm by his sign.

Aerodromes category B

The pilot shall familiarize himself with the aerodrome by self studying of the aerodrome

documentation as stated for aerodrome category A and must complete briefing with TRI/E or LTI/E.

After ground briefing finishing, he fills out appropriate items in the Aerodrome Competence Record

and lets it to confirm by TRI/E or LTI/E.

Aerodromes category C

The pilot shall familiarize himself with the aerodrome by self studying of the aerodrome

documentation as stated for aerodrome category A and must complete briefing with TRI/E or LTI/E.

After finishing of ground briefing he fills out appropriate items in the Aerodrome Competence Recordand lets it to confirm by TRI/E or LTI/E. Additional the commander must perform a flight to that

aerodrome as an observer or a flight crewmember as PICUS and / or perform flight to that

aerodrome in flight simulator.

Note:

1. The pilot can perform the flight as an observer in any airplane type.

2. After transition from function of co-pilot to commander the Aerodrome Competencies of these

aerodromes, which were visited by pilot during period of last 12 months, remain valid.

6.3.3. Validity of Competence

Commander

Commander’s period of validity of the route and aerodrome competence is 12 calendar months in

addition to the remainder of:

a) the month of acquiring competence, or

b) the month of the latest operation on the route or to the aerodrome

If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity of previous route and aerodrome

competence, the period of validity shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar

months from the expiry date of that previous route and aerodrome competence.

Aerodrome Competence for flight to alternate aerodrome remains valid during the whole period of

pilot operation by Company.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Co-pilot

Co-pilots´ Route and Aerodrome Competence remain valid for the whole period of the operation at

the post of a co-pilot.6.3.4. Renewal of Competence

6.3.4.1. Renewal of Route Competence

Route Competence remains valid according to the article 5.3. If commander will not perform the

flight to appropriate region during last 12 months, he must obtain the Route Competence again

according to the article 5.2.1.

6.3.4.2. Renewal of Aerodrome Competence

Aerodrome Competence remains valid according to the article 5.3. If the commander will lose his

competence for appropriate aerodrome, he must renew the competence.

Aerodrome Competence is renewed by one of the following procedures:

a) conducting a flight to appropriate aerodrome in period of competence validity

b) conducting a ground briefing according to Aerodrome Briefing Checklist and flying to

appropriate aerodrome.

A method of familiarization to be used depends on the aerodrome category. The ground briefing

must be performed minimum of 1 calendar day before the flight but no sooner than 30 days before

the flight.

If the commander renewing the Aerodrome Competence according to the article b), the pilot

proceedings as well as in the article 5.2.2. for individual aerodrome categories.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Appendix 2

Aerodrome Competence RecordName Trained as:

F flight G ground briefing • Delete as appropirate cross as

ICAO

F Date Name &function Sign


IATA



Cat



ICAO F Date Name &function Sign F Date Name &function Sign

IATA F Date Name &function Sign F Date Name &function Sign

Cat F Date Name &function Sign F Date Name &function Sign

6.4. EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS)


a)

The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the EXTENDED RANGE

OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) knowledge and proficiency.

b) The commander will be qualified for ETOPS on the left-hand seat and on the right-hand

seat (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation).

c) The co-pilot will be qualified for ETOPS on the right-hand seat only.


An applicant shall hold:

either

• A valid ATPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating endorsement

or

• A valid CPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement

and

• Commander A or Co-pilot A Company Certificate.


a)

An applicant can pass the reduced EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE

AIRPLANES (ETOPS) training if he has an acceptable previous experience of the ETOPS.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


b)

EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) training

reduction:

•

Conversion course for ETOPS (part of Company Conversion course) if the B 737 ETOPS isvalid

• Revalidation course for ETOPS if the B 737 ETOPS is not valid less than 1 year or ETOPS was

obtained on the other type of a/c

6.4.4. Time Scale for ETOPS courses

Initial course Revalidation course Conversion course

1 Theoretical

course

6 hours

Refer to para 6.4.5

3 hours

Reduced amount of

hours of theoretical

course with focus to

basic ETOPS items or toB737 specific ETOPS

procedures if the

ETOPS has been

obtained for the other

type of a/c

2 hour

Reduced amount of



basic ETOPS items andTVS company specific

ETOPS procedures.

2 Line training

under

supervision

1 leg 1 leg During Company

Conversion Course Line

Flying 1 leg

6.4.5. Theoretical Ground Course contents

EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES – ETOPS

1 INTRODUCTION TO ETOPS REGULATIONS

a)

Brief overview of the history of ETOPS;

b)

ETOPS regulations;

c)

Definitions;

d) Approved One-Engine-Inoperative Cruise Speed;

e) ETOPS Type Design Approval – a brief synopsis;

f) Maximum approved diversion times;

g)

Operator’s Approved Diversion Time;

h)

Routes and aerodromes intended to be used in the ETOPS area of operations;i) ETOPS Operations Approval;

j) ETOPS Area and Routes;

k)

ETOPS en-route alternates aerodromes including all available let-down aids;

l)

Navigation systems accuracy, limitations and operating procedures;

m)

Meteorological facilities and availability of information;

n) In-flight monitoring procedures;

o) Computerised Flight Plan;

p) Orientation charts, including low level planning charts and flight progress charts usage

(including position plotting);

q) Equal Time Point;

r)

Critical fuel.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Note: In such case the supervision of the CAA Examiner or TVS LTI with CAA authorization is

mandatory.

6.4.6.3. Procedures and Standard Call OutsRefer to TVS OM – A, chapter 8.5.

Refer to TVS OM – B, chapter 13.12.

6.4.7. ETOPS Qualification revalidation requirements

6.4.7.1. The period of validity for EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES

(ETOPS) Qualification is 12 calendar months in addition to the reminder of the month of the

last flight in the applicable area.

6.4.7.2. If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity, the period shall extend from the

date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous validity.

6.4.8. Training Records

Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template, Standard Document No 6/4

6.5. NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS)


a) The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the NORTH ATLANTIC

MINIMUM

b)

NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) knowledge and proficiency.

c)

The commander will be qualified for NAT MNPS operation on the left-hand seat and on

the righthand seat (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation).

d)

The co-pilot will be qualified for NAT MNPS operation on the right-hand seat only.



either


or


and

• Commander A and Co-pilot A Company Certificate.


a)

aAn applicant can pass the reduced NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) training if he has an acceptable previous

experience of the NAT MNPS operation.

b) NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS)

training reduction:

• Conversion course for NAT MNPS operation (part of Company Conversion course) if the B

737 NAT MNPS is valid

• Revalidation course for NAT MNPS operation if the B 737 NAT MNPS operation is not valid

less than 1 year or NAT MNPS has been obtained on the other type of a/c




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


5) En route procedures

a) Oceanic clearance

b) In-flight procedures within NAT MNPS airspace

(i) Pilot’s duties

(ii) Entering NAT MNPS airspace

c) Flight within NAT MNPS airspace

(i) Crossing WPT

(ii) North Atlantic Communication Procedures

(iii) Position reporting

(iv) The flight level change

(v) Acquiring meteorological information

(vi) Weather reporting

(vii) Weather deviation procedures for Oceanic – Controlled Airspace

(viii) Transponder operation

(ix) Verification plotting during flight in the NAT MNPS airspace

- General

- Plotting procedures

- Example of verification plotting(x) Mach number technique

(xi) Adherence to ATC approved route

6) Contingency

a) Lost of LRNS capability

b) Plotting chart preparation for the possible failure of both FMS computers

c) Navigational Methods No. I and II

(i) Method No. I

(ii) Method No. II A

(iii) Method No. II B

d) Common procedures for radio communication failure

e) Wake Turbulence

f) TCAS Alerts and Warnings

g) Special procedures for in-flight contingencies in NAT MNPS / RVSM airspace




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



6.5.6.1. Line Flying Under Supervision

An applicant shall perform at least one leg as a pilot monitoring in the NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUMNAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) area.The flight must berecorded as a line

check for flight in MNPS AND ETOPS area

6.5.6.2. Crew composition

a)

An applicant shall occupy the seat appropriate to the post he is trained.

b) The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by authorized training instructor with

qualification TRE / LTE , with valid NAT MNPS qualification

c) No additional Line Flying under Supervision is required for the either pilot seat operation

(if applicable).

d)

Both pilot´s seats can be occupied by applicants to obtain the NAT MNPS qualification .

for TVS maiden flight.

Note:In such case the supervision of the CAA Examiner or TVS LTI with CAA authorization is

mandatory.

6.5.6.3. Procedures and Standard Call Outs

Refer to TVS OM – B, chapter 13.13.

Refer to TVS OM – C, chapter 10.1.

6.5.7. NAT MNPS Qualification revalidation requirements

6.5.7.1. The period of validity for NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE

SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) Qualification is 12 calendar months in addition to the reminder

of the month of the last flight in the applicable area.

6.5.7.2. If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity, the period shall extend from the



Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template 1, Standard Document No 6/5




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


6.6. REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 ( RNP- 10 )


a)

The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the REQUIRED NAVIGATIONPERFORMANCE 10 ( RNP- 10 ) knowledge and proficiency.

b) The commander will be qualified for RNP-10 operation on the left-hand seat and on the

right-hand seat (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation).

c)

The co-pilot will be qualified for RNP-10 operation on the right-hand seat only.



either


or



a)

An applicant can pass the reduced REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 (RNP- 10)

training if he has an acceptable previous experience of the RNP-10 operation.

b) REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 ( RNP- 10 ) training reduction:

• Conversion course for RNP-10 operation (part of Company Conversion course) if the B737

RNP-10 is valid

• Revalidation course for RNP-10 operation if the B 737 RNP-10 operation is not valid less than

1 year or RNP-10 has been obtained on the other type of a/c6.6.4. Time Scale for RNP-10 courses


1 Theoretical

course

3 hours

Refer to para 6.5.5

2hours

Reduced amount of



basic RNP-10 operation

items or to B737

specific RNP-10

procedures if the RNP-10 has been obtained

for the other type of

a/c

1 hour

Reduced amount of



basic RNP-10 items and

TVS company specific

RNP-10 procedures.

2 Line training

under

supervision

1 leg 1 leg During Company

Conversion Course Line

Flying 1 leg


RNP 10 area

1) Definitions




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


2) Minimum equipment

a) Criteria for the required minimum navigation equipment

b) Altimetry Equipment required for operation in RNP-10 airspace

3) Flight planning

a) ICAO flight plan

b) Evaluation of suitable routes

c) Operational Flight Plan ( OFP )

4) Pre-flight procedure

a) Pre-flight briefing

b) External inspection of aircraft

c) Cockpit preparation

(i) Master Document

(ii) FMS preparation

(iii) Aircraft clocks

5) En route procedures

a) In-flight procedures within RNP-10 airspace

(i) Pilot’s duties

(ii) Entering oceanic airspaceb) Flight within RNP-10 airspace

(i) Oceanic Communication Procedures

(ii) Position reporting

(iii) The flight level change

(iv) Acquiring meteorological information

(v) Weather reporting

(vi) Weather deviation procedures for Oceanic – Controlled Airspace

(vii) Transponder operation

(viii) Mach number technique

(ix) Adherence to ATC approved route

6) Contingency

a) Lost of LRNS capability

b) Common procedures for radio communication failure

c) TCAS Alerts and Warnings

d) Special procedures for in-flight contingencies in RNP-10 airspace




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



6.6.6.1.Line Flying Under Supervision

An applicant shall perform at least one leg in the REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 (RNP-10) area.

6.6.6.2.Crew composition

a)

An applicant shall occupy the seat appropriate to the post he is trained.

b)

The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

• Pilot with valid RNP-10 qualification

• Line Training Instructor with valid RNP-10 qualification

Note: The crew shall be augmented by pilot with valid RNP-10 qualification (relevant to the post

of trained pilot) if an authorized Line Training Instructor and an applicant occupy the pilot´s

seats.

c)

An authorized Line Training Instructor shall occupy the observer´s seat if he does not

occupy the pilot´s seat.

d)

No additional Line Flying under Supervision is required for the either pilot seat operation

(if applicable).

e) Both pilot´s seats can be occupied by applicants to obtain the RNP-10 qualification for TVS

maiden flight.

Note: In such case the supervision TVS LTI with CAA authorization is mandatory.

6.6.7. RNP-10 Qualification revalidation requirements

6.6.7.1.The period of validity for REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 (RNP- 10) Qualification is

12 calendar months in addition to the reminder of the month of the last flight in theapplicable area.

6.6.7.2.If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity, the period shall extend from the


6.6.8.Training Records





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


6.7. P-RNAV


The course is designed to train TVS pilots to ensure that they are knowledgeable limits of their P-RNAV navigation capabilities, effects of updating, P-RNAV, contingency procedures and operational

procedures be related to P-RNAV operation.



either

• A valid ATPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating endorsement or

• A valid CPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement or

• The Initial P-RNAV training may be combined with appropriate Type Rating training as a pilot

in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable).


There is no approved credit for theoretical knowledge or experiences.

6.7.4. Time Scale for P- RNAV courses

Time scale

1 Theoretical ground course 3 hours

2 Review & consultation/ progress test/ checking 2 hours

TOTAL 5 hours


P RNAV airspace - pilot knowledge requirements

1) Theory of RNAV, including the differences between B-RNAV, P-RNAV and RNP-RNAV.

2) Limitations of RNAV

3) Charting, database and avionics issues including:

- waypoint naming concepts.

4) RNAV path terminator concepts and especially:

- use of the ‘CF’ path terminator.

- use of the ‘TF’ path terminator.

5) Fly-by and fly-over waypoints.

6) Use of the RNAV equipment including, where appropriate:

- retrieving a procedure from the database.

- verification and sensor management.

- tactically modifying the flight plan.

- addressing discontinuities.

7) Entering associated data such as:

- wind. altitude/speed constraints.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- vertical profile/vertical speed.

8) Flying procedure:

- use of Lateral Navigation Mode and associated lateral control techniques.

- use of Vertical Navigation Mode and associated vertical control techniques.

- use of automatic pilot, flight director and auto-throttle at different stages of the procedure.

9) RT phraseology for RNAV.

10) The implications for RNAV operations of system malfunctions, which are not, RNAV related . (e.g.

hydraulic failure or engine failure).

11) RNAV equipment operating procedures, as applicable, including how to perform the following

actions:

- verify currency of aircraft navigation data.- verify successful completion of RNAV system self-tests.

- initialize RNAV system position.

- retrieve and fly a SID or STAR with appropriate transition.

- adhere to speed and/or altitude constraints associated with a SID or STAR.

- make a runway change associated with a SID or STAR.

- verify waypoints and flight plan programming.

- perform a manual or automatic runway update (with takeoff point shift, if applicable).

- fly direct to a waypoint.

- fly a course/track to a waypoint.

- intercept a course/track.

- be vectored off and rejoin a procedure.

- determine cross-track error/deviation.

- insert and delete route discontinuity.

- remove and reselect navigation sensor input.

- when required, confirm exclusion of a specific navigation aid or navigation aid type.

- insert and delete lateral offset.

- change arrival airport and alternate airport.

12) Operator-recommended levels of automation for phase of flight and workload, including

methods to . minimize cross-track error to maintain procedure centerline.

13) Operating procedures for flights along the P-RNAV routes:

- Jeppesen SID & STAR chart for P-RNAV procedures,

- RNP requirements,

- Crew qualification,

- Flight planning,




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


- NOTAM’s analyze,

- GNSS specific,

- MEL analyze,

- NAV database,

- System initialization,

- Check of Active Flight Plan, (crew briefing for departure and for arrival)

- Take-off procedures, (line-up, GNSS signal),

- Descend and Arrival procedures (verification of route, GNSS signal),

- Flight Plan Monitoring,

- Track Keeping monitoring

- Identification and evaluation of a track-keeping accuracy.

- Route Modifications,

- Use of FMS and Autopilot.

- Procedurally Phraseology,

- Recognition of systems degradation,

- Procedures in case of system degradation,

- Redispatch from P-RNAV to “classic” navigation.

- GA procedures during P-RNAV approach.6.7.6. Checking requirement

• An applicant shall have satisfactorily completed Progress Tests as prescribed

• Authorised personnel shall conduct the Examination.

6.7.7. P-RNAV Qualification revalidation requirements

• Upon completion of theoretical instruction, an applicant extends privileges for P-RNAV

operation as a pilot-in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable).

• If the P-RNAV route has not been flown or Recurrent Training has not been performed

within a period more than 1 year following the initial P-RNAV Training, the new initial P-

RNAV training is required.



6.8. RNP APPROACH


The course is designed to train TVS pilots to ensure that they are knowledgeable limits of their RNP

APPROACH navigation capabilities, to safely conduct RNP APCH operations without or with vertical

guidance (APV BARO-VNAV), effects of updating, RNP APCH, contingency procedures and operational

procedures be related to RNP APCH operation.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0




either


or


or

• The Initial RNP APCH training may be combined with appropriate Type Rating training as a

pilot in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable).


There is no approved credit for theoretical knowledge or experiences.

6.8.4. Time Scale for RNP APCH course

Time scale

1 Theoretical ground course 3 hours

2 Review & consultation/ progress test/ checking 1 hours

TOTAL 4 hours

Theoretical ground course and progress test/checking will be performed by approved e-learning

method


RNP APCH - pilot knowledge requirements

1) Definition of RNP APCH operations and its direct relationship with RNAV (GNSS) procedures.

2) Regulatory requirements for RNP APCH operations

3) Required navigation equipment for RNP APCH operations:

- GPS concepts and characteristics

- RNP/ANP requirements

- RAIM

- BAROVNAV

- MEL

4) Procedure characteristics

- Chart depiction

- Aircraft display depiction

- Minima

5) Retrieving a RNP APCH(or a RNAV(GNSS)) approach procedure from the data base

6) Procedure change at destination airport, change arrival airport and alternate airport

7) Flying the procedure:

-Use of autopilot, auto throttle and flight director




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Flight Guidance(FG) mode behaviour

-Lateral and vertical path management

-Adherence to speed and/or altitude constraints

-Fly direct to a waypoint

-Determine lateral and verticaltrack error/deviation

-Fly interception of an initial or intermediate segment of an approach following ATC

notification

-Where the RNAV system supports interception of the extended final approach segment then

flight . crew should be trained in use of the function.

-The use of other aircraft equipment to support track monitoring, weather and obstacle

avoidance

-Contingency procedures in case of lateral mode failure (LNAV) and/or vertical mode failure

(VNAV).

8) For APV BAROVNAV operation, a clear understanding of specific crew requirements:

-for comparisons of VNAV guidance with primary altimeter information

-for altitude crosschecks between primary altimeters (e.g. altimetry comparisons of 100

feet),

-for temperature limitations on instrument procedures

- for altimeter settings in term of currency, accuracy and integrity.

9) The effect of temperature deviation and its compensation

10) ATC procedures

11) Abnormal procedures

12) Contingency procedures

6.8.6. Checking requirement

An applicant shall have satisfactorily completed Progress Tests as prescribed

Authorised personnel shall conduct the Examination.

6.8.7. RNP APCH - Qualification revalidation requirements

• Upon completion of theoretical instruction, an applicant extends privileges for RNP APCH

operation as a pilot-in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable).

• If the RNP APCH has not been flown or Recurrent Training has not been performed within a

period more than 1 year following the initial RNP APCH Training, the new initial RNP APCH

training is required.


Record of this training including progress test/checking will be storage in e-learning medium

(anytime available for printing)




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATTACHEMENT 7

LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS TRAINING

7.1. TRAINING PLAN




7.1.4. Time Scale



7.1.7. Checking7.1.8. Low Visibility Operations Qualification Document

7.1.9. Low Visibility Operations Revalidation Requirements



UWAGA REMARK

Szkolenie do uzyskania uprawnieńlądowania poniżej CAT I będzie realizowanepo rozpoczęciu certyfikacji E1 i E2*.

Training for authorization landing belowCAT I will be carried out after beginning theE1 & E2* certification.

*E1 – CAT II DH 100ft RVR 300m

E2 - CAT IIIA DH 50ft RVR 200m

LVTO RVR 125m




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


7.1. TRAINING PLAN


a)

The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the Low Visibility Operationknowledge and proficiency.

b) The commander will be qualified for Low Visibility Operation on the left-hand seat as

PF and on the right-hand seat as PNF (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation).

c)

The co-pilot will be qualified for Low Visibility Operation on the right-hand seat as PNF

only.

d) After completion of the course the pilot shall be able to demonstrate Low Visibility

Operation competence. This includes the take-offs with minimum RVR 125m,

approaches and landing in appropriate minimum RVR, missed approach in appropriate

minimum, missed approach in appropriate minimum due to system failures and due to

engine failure.

e)

The Low Visibility Operation course meets the requirements of OPS 1.450 and therequirements of Supplement 1 OPS 1.450.



• A valid ATPL with B – 737/300-900 Type Rating endorsement

or

• A valid CPL with B – 737/300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement

or

• A valid ATPL or CPL if pilot undergoes an approved B – 737/300-900 Type rating training

program.


a) An applicant can pass the reduced Low Visibility Operation training if he has an

acceptable previous LVO experience.

b)

Low Visibility Operation training reduction:

• Conversion course for LVO (part of Company Conversion course) if the B 737 LVO is valid

• Revalidation course for LVO if the B 737 LVO is not valid less than 1 year

7.1.4. Time Scale for Low Visibility Operation courses


1 CBT (Computer based training) 4 hours 4 hours n/a2 Theoretical course + test 5 hours n/a n/a

3 Simulator flight training course 2 hours 2 hours n/a

4 Simulator check 2 hours 2 hours During OPC

5 Line training (under supervision) 3 approaches and

landing CAT II

(autoland)

3 approaches and

landing CAT IIIA

(autoland)

2 approaches and

landing CAT II

(autoland)

2 approaches and

landing CAT IIIA

(autoland)

During Company

Conversion Course

Line Flying 1

approach and

landing CAT II

(autoland)

1 approach and

landing CAT IIIA

(autoland)




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



7.1.5.1 The CBT for Low Visibility Operation courses is contracted in:

•

CBT TRTO ČSA Training centre • CBT CAE Emirates Dubai

• CBT Malev Budapest

• CBT RWL Mönchengladbach

7.1.5.2. Theoretical Ground Course contents:

The characteristics and limitations of the ILS

The characteristics of the visual aids

The characteristics of FOG

The operational capabilities and limitations of the particular airborne systemThe effects of precipitation, ice accretion, low level wind shear and turbulence

The effects of specific aeroplane malfunctions

The use and limitations of RVR assessment systems

The principles of obstacle clearance requirements

Recognition of and action to be taken in the event of failure of ground equipment

The procedures and precautions to be followed with regard to surface movement during operations

when the RVR is 400 meters or less and additional procedures required for take-off in conditions

below 150 meters

The significance of decision heights based on radio altimeters and the effect of terrain profile in

approach area in radio altimeters readings

The importance and significance of Alert Height and the action in the event of any failures above

and bellow the alert height

Qualifications and requirements to conduct LVTO and ILS CAT IIIA operations

Establishment of Low Visibility Procedures (LVP) on an aerodrome

Autopilot system components

The integration of the autopilot with other avionicsAutopilot flight modes

Operations of the autopilots system in autoland mode

Autoland system failures


7.1.6.1 Simulator Flight Training Structure

a) There is the two hours full flight simulator lesson for flight training

b) The flight training shall be performed either on the B – 737 EFIS or NG simulator.

c)

The Instructor shall :

• reduce visibility below 300/200m in some exercises




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• simulate conditions Day/Night, icing on flight, contaminated runway, wind with variable

directions and speed during exercises

•

repeat exercise if it is necessary

•

use minimum RVR 300m and DH 100 ft if the crew is trained for CAT II only

• it is not required to perform exercise in condition CAT II if the crew is already fully qualified

for CAT IIIA

d) The flight training is completed when no items have been graded “B” or “F” and the

overall grade as a minimum is “PASSED”

e)

The full flight simulator lesson contents:

No CONTENS

1 - Low Visibility T/O, cockpit prepared by instructor, engines running

- before T/O briefing

- T/O, RVR 125m

- Reposition on final, briefing CAT II/IIIA, 2 AP APPa) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft

freezing position 100 ft – RVR change 550, 350, 300m

b) RVR 200m, DH 50 ft

freezing position 50ft – RVR change 200, 150, 125, 100m

review visual segment day and night, seat position

- 2 AP autoland

2 - Reposition on final, 2AP APP, RVR 200m DH 50 ft,

2 AP autoland, AB-2, full stop landing

3 a) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft, night, crosswind 90/15 kts

b) RVR 200 m, Dh 50 ft, night, crosswind 90/15 kts

2 AP autoland4 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, Dh 50 ft

“ILS FAIL” at 80 ft, G/A manually

5 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, Dh 50 ft

“RA FAIL” at 80 ft, G/A manually

6 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR, DH 50 ft

“ILS FAIL” at 100 ft, G/A manually,

“ENGINE FAIL” at to go around, flight freezing after non normal check list

7 - Reposition on T/O

T/O, RVR 125m, fog patches, ICY RWY, ENG. FAIL close to V1

a) CAPT is P/F

b) F/O is P/F8 - Reposition on T/O, F/O is P/F

T/O, RVR 125m, fog patches, ICY RWY

After take-off checklist - Reposition on final, CAPT is P/F

2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft, “NO RETARD”

full stop landing

9 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP

a) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft

„FLARE FAIL“ – G/A manually

b) RVR 200 m, DH 50ft

„FLARE FAIL“ – G/A manually

10 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft“AT FAIL” at 80 ft, manually controlled AT, full stop landing




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


11 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft

“BOTH AP FAIL” at 100 ft, G/A, “ENG FAIL” at G/A

12 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200m, DH 50 ft

Landing, in roll-out no visual reference, full stop

13 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200m, DH 50ft

“ILS LOC DEVIATION”, G/A manually

14 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200m, DH 50 ft

“ILS LOC OFFSET”, G/A manually

15 - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP

a) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft

“ENG FAIL” at 200 ft, G/A manually

b) RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft

“ENG FAIL” at 100 ft, G/A manually

16 - Reposition on T/O, RVR 125 m, fog patches, “ENG FAIL” after V1

a) CAPT is P/F

b) FO is P/F

Flight freezing at 800-1000 ft, if procedure is successful


“BOTH EADI FAIL”

G/A manually using STANDBY HORIZON


CAPT incapacitation

F/O auto G/A using 2 AP


Wind shear – wind at 1000 ft 90degrees to RWY HDG/20 kts

Surface crosswind 90° to RWY HDG 5 kts

7.1.6.2. Line Flying Under Supervision

a) A Pilot with previous LVO experience valid (conversion course for LVO) shall perform:

• 1 approach with automatic landing CAT II (DH 100 ft)

• 1 approach with automatic landing CAT IIIA (DH 50 ft)

b) A Pilot with previous LVO experience but not valid (revalidation course for LVO) shall

perform:

•

2 approaches with automatic landing CAT II (DH 100 ft)

• 2 approaches with automatic landing CAT IIIA (DH 50 ft)

c)

A Pilot without previous LVO experience (initial course for LVO) shall perform:

• 3 approaches with automatic landing CAT II (DH 100 ft)

• 3 approaches with automatic landing CAT IIIA (DH 50 ft)

7.1.6.3. Crew composition

a)

An applicant shall occupy the seat appropriate to post he is trained.

b)

The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

•

Line Training Instructor with valid LVO qualification

• Pilot with valid Low Visibility Operation qualification




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Pilot in training to obtain the Low Visibility Operation qualification

c) An authorized Line Training Instructor shall occupy the observer´s seat if he do not occupy

the pilot´s seat.

7.1.6.4. Weather Limitation During Flight Training

Training approaches CATII/IIIA shall be performed in weather condition CAT I or better.

7.1.6.5. Procedures and Standard Call Outs

Refer to TVS OM – B, chapter 13-4.

7.1.7. Checking

7.1.7.1. Ground course final test

Final ground course test is required after passing the CBT and Theoretical Ground Course.

Refer to TVS OM-D, Appendix 3, TST 17.1.7.2. Simulator Check

a)

An applicant shall pass final simulator check in the extent of two hours.

b)

The CAA Examiner will join the simulator crew for simulator check.

c)

The CAA Examiner shall fill the CAA Extraordinary Check Report Form in.

7.1.7.3. Line Check

a) An applicant shall complete the Line Check if the Line Flying under supervision was in the

extent of para. 7.1.6.2 b) and c).

b)

At least one leg is required so that the Line Check can be acknowledged.

c)

No special Line Check is required for the either seat operation (if applicable).

7.1.7.4 Crew composition during the Line Check.

a) An applicant shall occupy the appropriate seat respective to post he is trained.

b) The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

• pilot in training to obtain the Low Visibility Operation qualification

• pilot with valid Low Visibility Operation qualification

c) An authorized Line Training Examiner shall ocupy the observer´s seat.

7.1.8. Low Visibility Operation Qualification Licence Attachment

Low Visibility Operation Qualification Licence Attachment is issued by TVS Flight Department and is

valid only with the Pilot Licence stated in.(see specimen)

7.1.9.1. Each pilot shall maintain the Low Visibility Operation qualification valid.

7.1.9.2. To maintain the Low Visibility Operation qualification valid each pilot shall:

• perform at least 6 (3 x CAT II and 3 x CATIIIA) real or training approaches and autolands

according to LVO procedures during 6 months time period validity of the Operator

Proficiency Check (To fill in the “CAT II/IIIA” approach record form is mandatory to accept the

approach.)

• pass the recurrent training and checking for LVO

• pass the recurrent training and checking for LVO from RH seat if qualified for either seat

flying




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


7.1.9.3. The Examiner providing the Operator Proficiency Check shall check that all conditions stated

in para 7.1.9.2. above are completed.

7.2. TRAINING PROGRAM7.2.1. Training Records

Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template, Standard Document No 7

Specimen of LVTO/CAT authorization

avers

revers




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0






Travel Service Polska sp. z o.o.

WKŁADKA DO LICENCJI PILOTAPilot License Insert

Nr LVTO/_________/___

Nazwisko/ Surname: __________________________

Imię/ Name: __________________________

Nr licencji/ Licence No: PL-________-A-CTPL(A)___

Posiadacz niniejszej wkładki jest upoważniony do wykonywaniaoperacji LVTO RVR 125 m (OPS-1 AWO)na samolocie Boeing 737-300/800 zgodnie z „InstrukcjąUżytkowania w Locie” i Instrukcją Operacyjną operatora.

Uwaga: Niniejsza wkładka jest ważna tylko z aktualną licencją.

This to certify that the holder of this insert is authorized to

perform operations LVTO RVR 125 (OPS-1 AWO)

on Boeing 737-300/800 a/c according to the “Airplane Flight

Manual” and the Operation Manual of the Operator.

Note: This insert is valid with the current pilot license only.

Kierownik Działu Lotniczego i Szkolenia

(Flight and Training Postholder)

/-/ ______________

Data wydania Date of issue dd.mm.yyyy

Ważne do Valid thru dd.mm.yyyy




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATTACHEMENT 8

RECURRENT TRAINING

8.1. RECURRENT TRAINING REQUIREMENT

8.1.1. Ground and Refresher Training

8.1.1.1 Airplane System Training

8.1.1.2 Operational procedures and requirements

8.1.1.3 Accident/Incident and occurrence review

8.1.2. Airplane/Flight Simulator Training

8.1.3. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training8.1.4. Crew Resource Management Training

8.1.5. Transport of Dangerous goods by air Training

8.1.6. Security Training






OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


8.1. RECURRENT TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

a) Each flight crew member shall undergo Recurrent Training relevant to the type or variant of

airplane on which the flight crew member operates.8.1.1. Ground and Refresher Training

a)

The Ground and Refresher Training program shall comprise:

Airplane System Training

Operational Procedures and Requirements Training

Accident/Incident and occurrence review

a)

The period of validity of the Ground and Refresher Training is at least 12 calendar months.

b)

If the training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior the expiry of the12 calendar

months period, the next Ground and Refresher Training must be completed within 12

calendar months of the original expiry date of previous Ground and Refresher Training

c)

The knowledge of the Ground and Refresher Training part shall be verified by questionnaireor other suitable method.

8.1.1.1. AIRPLANE SYSTEMS TRAINING

a)

The Airplane System Training is divided to six volumes with contents:

Volume Contents

Volume 1 Air general

Air system

Fire protection

Volume 2 Flight control

Electrical

Anti-ice

Volume 3 Engine, APU

Landing gear

Flight instruments

Volume 4 Communication

Navigation

Air system

Volume 5 Hydraulics

Fuel

Fire protection

Volume 6 Automatic Flight

Warning system

Flight controls

b)

The Airplane System Training shall be performed on CBT in duration of 5 hours.

c) All Airplane System Training volumes shall be covered in preceding three year period.

d) The Airplane System Training volumes shall be alternated if the flight crew member operates

both B 737EFIS and B 737NG variants.

e)

The knowledge of each Airplane System Training volume shall be verified by questionnaire in

computerized or written form.

f)

The flight crew member starting his first Recurrent Training after passing the Conversion

Course will pass the Airplane System Training volume appropriate to company Airplane

System Training schedule.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


8.1.1.2. OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS

a) Operational Procedures and Requirements Training contents:

Operational procedures and requirementsFlight procedures:

• SOP

• Emergency descend

• TCAS

• CFIT

• GPWS/EGPWS

• Abnormal/unusual attitude recovery

• RNAV

• ETOPS - normal operation, abnormal and contingency procedures

Winter operations including ground de/anti-icing

Pilot incapacitation

Low visibility operation

8.1.1.3. ACCIDENT / INCIDENT AND OCCURENCE REVIEW

a)

The review shall include:

• Company review

• Other B 737 operators review

8.1.2. Airplane/Flight simulator training

a)

The Travel Service Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is conducted on the Boeing B 737EFIS,

B737NG approved simulators.b) The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training shall be alternated if the flight crew member operates

both B 737EFIS and B 737NG variants.

c)

The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is established such that all major failures of airplane

systems and associated procedures will be covered in preceding 3 year period.

d)

The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training shall follow the same training volume cycle schedule as

Ground and Refresher training – Airplane systems.

e) The flight crew member starting his first Recurrent Training after passing the Conversion

Course will pass the Airplane/Flight Simulator Training volume appropriate to company

Airplane/Flight Simulator Training schedule.

f)

Flight Simulator Training contents:

LOFT (Line Orientated Flight Training) 2 hours

Recurrent training non-normal procedures 2 hours

Recurrent training CAT II/III 2 hours

Recurrent training Either pilot’s seat ( if applicable ) 1 hour

a)

The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training may be combined with the Operator Proficiency Check.

b) The period of validity of the Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is 6 calendar months.

c) If the Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior to the

expiry of the 6 calendar months period, the next Airplane/Flight Simulator Training must be

completed within 6 calendar months of the original expiry date of the previous Airplane/Flight

Simulator Training.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


8.1.3. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training

a) a) Each flight crew member shall undergo training on the location and use of all emergency

and safety equipment carried.b)

The period of validity of the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training is 12 calendar months.

c)

If the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior

to the expiry of the 12 calendar months period, the next Emergency and Safety Equipment

Training must be completed within 12 calendar months of the original expiry date of the

previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Training.

d)

The Emergency and Safety Equipment Training shall be performed with a mixture of flight

crew and cabin crew, if possible.

e)

Every year the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program must include the following:

Actual donning of a lifejacket

Actual donning of protective breathing equipment

Actual handling of fire extinguishersInstruction on the location and use of all emergency and safety equipment carried on the airplane

Instruction on the location and use of all emergency exits

Safety procedures

a) Every 3 year the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program must include the

following in addition to 1 year Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program:

Actual operation of all types of exits

Demonstration of the method used to operate a slide

Actual fire-fighting using equipment representative of that carried in the aeroplane on an actual or

simulated fire except that, with Halon extinguishers, an alternative method acceptable to the CAA

may be usedThe effects of smoke in an enclosed area and actual use of relevant equipment in a simulated


Actual handling of pyrotechnics, real or simulated

Demonstration in the use of the life-rafts

8.1.4. Crew Resource Management Training

a)

Each flight crew member shall undergo specific modular Crew Resource Management

Training.

b)

The period of validity of the CRM Training is 12 calendar months and all major topics of CRM

training shall be covered over a period not exceeding 3 years.

c)

If the Crew Resource Management Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior tothe expiry of the 12 calendar months period, the next Crew Resource Management Training

must be completed within 12 calendar months of the original expiry date of the Crew

Resource Management Training.

d)

The Crew resource management training shall not be assessed.

e) The Crew Resource Management Training shall be performed with a mixture of flight crew

and cabin crew, if possible.

f)

The Crew Resource Management Training program must include the following:

Human error and reliability, error chain, error prevention and detection company safety culture,

SOP, organizational factors

Information acquisition and processing, situational awareness, workload management

Decision making

Communication and coordination inside and outside the cockpit




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Leadership and team behavior, synergy

Automation and philosophy of the use of automation

Specific type related differences

Case based studies

8.1.5. Transport of dangerous goods by air

a) Each flight crew member shall undergo recurrent training for Transport of dangerous goods

by air.

b)

The period of validity of the Training for Transport of dangerous goods by air is no longer than

24 calendar months.

c) If the Transport of dangerous goods by air Training is conducted within 3 calendar months

prior to the expiry of the 24 calendar months period, the next Transport of dangerous goods

by air Training must be completed within 24 calendar months of the original expiry date of the

Transport of dangerous goods by air Training.

d)

Each flight crew member shall have received recurrent training which, as minimum, mustcover the areas stated in table:

General philosophy

Limitation on Dangerous Goods in air transport

Classification and list of Dangerous Goods

Package marking and labeling

Loading, restriction on loading and segregation

Provision of information to commander

Dangerous Goods in passengers baggage


a)

The knowledge of the Transport of dangerous goods by air shall be verified by questionnaire.b)

The training is performed by GCI or training organization approved by CAA

c)

Detailed syllabus is in OM-A, Chapter 9

8.1.6. Security Training

a) Each flight crew member shall undergo recurrent Security Training.

b) The period of validity of the Security Training is at least 12 calendar months.

c)

If the Security Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior to the expiry of the 12

calendar months period, the next Security Training must be completed within 12 calendar

months of the original expiry date of the Security Training.

d) Each flight crew member shall have received recurrent training which, as minimum, must

cover the areas stated in table:

Security requirements

Action to prevent acts of unlawful interference

Reporting acts of unlawful interference

Negotiation skills

Airplane search procedure checklist

e) The training is performed by GCI or training organization approved by CAA

8.2. RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM


Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template 1, Standard Document No.8




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATTACHEMENT 9

RECURRENT CHECKING

9.1.1. Recurrent Checking Requirements


9.1.3. Line Check

9.1.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Check




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


9.1. RECURRENT CHECKING

9.1.1. Recurrent Checking Requirement

a)

Recurrent Checking shall comprise:

Operator Proficiency Checks (2)

Line Check

Emergency and Safety Equipment Check


a)

Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Checks to demonstrate his

competence in carrying out normal, abnormal and emergency procedures.

b) The Operator Proficiency Check shall be conducted without external visual reference.

c)

Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Checks as the part of a

normal flight crew complement.

d)

The Operator Proficiency Checks shall comprise following maneuvers:

Maneuvers

Rejected take-off.










e)

In addition to the checks prescribed above, the requirements applicable to the revalidation or

renewal of the B 737/C680 Type Rating must be completed every 12 months and may be

combined with the Operator Proficiency Check.

f)

The time duration of the Operator Proficiency Check is 1(one) flight hour as Pilot Flying for

each flight crew member to be checked.

g)

The Operator Proficiency Check must be conducted by Type Rating Examiner (TRE) or

Synthetic Flight Examiner (SFE)

h) The period of validity of an Operator Proficiency Check shall be 6 calendar months in addition

to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity

of a previous Operator Proficiency Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of

issue until 6 calendar months from the expiry date of that Operator Proficiency Check.

i)

The Flight Simulator Checking shall be alternated if the flight crew member operates both B

737EFIS and B 737NG variants.

9.1.3. Line Check

a)

Each flight crew member shall undergo the Line Check on the airplane to demonstrate his

competence in carrying out normal line operations described in the Operations Manual. Line

Check must establish a flight crew member´s ability to perform a complete line operation

satisfactorily, including pre-flight and post-flight procedures and use of the equipment

provided, and an opportunity for an overall assessment of his ability to perform the duties

required and specified in the Operations Manual.b)

The Line Check can be conducted either on B 737EFIS , B 737NG




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


c)

Each pilot shall be checked on sector as pilot flying and on another sector as pilot non-flying.

d)

The route chosen should be such as to give adequate representation of scope of pilot´s

normal operations.

e)

When weather conditions or training requirements preclude a manual landing, an automaticlanding is acceptable.

f) The Line Check shall comprise following items:

Technical Skills

Flight

Preparation

Performance calculation

Pre-departure preparation

Flight

Procedures

Take-off, departure, climb

En-route cruise

Descent, holding, arrival

Approach, landing, parking

Technical proficiency (overall assessment of technical proficiency)

Non-technical Skills

Briefing and Communication

Leadership and Teamwork

Situation Awareness / Vigilance

Decision Making

Crew Self-evaluation

Professional Ability

Commander’s

Ability

Management of crew co-operation and assertiveness

Analytical ability, plan ahead of operation

Flight economy and schedule

Passenger announcements, action on company’s behalf

Co-pilot’s

Ability

Participation in crew co-operation

Analytical ability, plan ahead of operation

Assertiveness

g) The Line Check shall be conducted by Line Training Examiner that must occupy the observer´s

seat.

h)

In case of longhaul operations where additional operating flight crew are carried the Line

Training Examiner may fulfill the function of a cruise relief pilot and shall not occupy either

pilot´s seat during take off, departure, initial cruise, descent, approach and landing. His CRM

assessments shall solely be based on observations made during the initial briefing, cockpit

briefing , cabin briefing and those phases where he occupies the observer´s seat.i)

The period of validity of an Line Check shall be 12 calendar months in addition to the

remainder

j)

of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Line

Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from

the expiry date of that Line Check.

9.1.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Check

a)

Each flight crew member shall undergo the Emergency and Safety Equipment Check on the

location and use of all emergency and safety equipment carried.

b)

It is preferred to conduct the Emergency and Safety Equipment Check in written form but

oral form of check is also acceptable.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


c)

The items to be checked shall be those for which the recurrent Emergency and Safety

Equipment.

Training has been carried out:

A. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Checking – 1 YEAR CYCLE

Actual donning of a lifejacket

Actual donning of a protective breathing equipment

Actual handling of fire extinguishers

Instruction on the location and use of all emergency and safety equipment carried on the airplane

Instruction on the location and use of all emergency exits

Safety procedures

B. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Checking – 3 YEAR CYCLE

Actual operation of all types of exits

Demonstration of the method used to operate a slide

Actual fire-fighting using equipment representative of that carried in the aeroplane on an actual or

simulated fire except that, with Halon extinguishers, an alternative method acceptable to the CAA

may be used

The effects of smoke in an enclosed area and actual use of relevant equipment in a simulated


Actual handling of pyrotechnics, real or simulated

Demonstration in the use of the life-rafts

d)

The period of validity of an Emergency and Safety Equipment Check shall be 12 calendar

months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3

calendar months of validity of a previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Check, the periodof validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of

that Emergency and Safety Equipment Check.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATTACHEMENT 10

RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM - SCENARIO

1 VOLUME 1 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM

• Air general

• Air system

• Fire protection

QUESTIONNAIRE


• Flight control

• Electrical

• Anti-ice

QUESTIONNAIRE


• Engine, APU

• Landing gear

• Flight instruments

QUESTIONNAIRE


• Communication

• Navigation

•

Air systemQUESTIONNAIRE


• Hydraulics

• Fuel

• Fire protection

QUESTIONNAIRE


• Automatic Flight

•

Warning system• Flight controls

QUESTIONNAIRE

7 LVTO TEST




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


LVTO TEST




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


ATTACHMENT 11

GRADING

0.

Objective• Assessment of the pilot level of proficiency in relation to criteria set forth in OM and OM-D.

• Trend analysis for use in determining resources required in future training.

• Detection of sub-standard performance by individual pilots, enabling corrective measures being

taken at earliest opportunity.

• Feedback to the individual pilot for assessment of his own proficiency level and trend.

Application of grading

Grading is mandatory on all simulator and aircraft lessons. This applies for type rating flight training and

OPC.

Aspects of Assessment

All aspects of a pilot’s flight deck performance shall be evaluated including the following areas:

• Flight deck management

• Attitude

• Application / reading of check lists

• Flight deck dialogue

• Monitoring / call outs

• Communication

• Decision making

• Situation awareness

• Use of avionics

• Piloting skill

• Power / speed control

Overall assessment should be also been given.

Factors affecting grading

The instructor shall use his best judgment and take the limitations of the training aids and the difficulty

and complexity of the maneuver into consideration when grading a student’s performance.

Grading an their Interpretation

When a grading is given, one of the following terms shall be used:

• Excellent

• Average

• Bellow average

• Failed




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


As co-pilot / PM:

• Volunteer assistance when Commander/¨PF does not fully utilize available resources.

Take actions to establish bottom lines whenever safety tradeoffs are made, if these lines are not

established by Commander/PF

Application of Procedural Knowledge

• Correctly apply all aircraft type specific procedures, hereunder:

- Normal and emergency flight procedures

- Normal, malfunction and emergency procedures for system operation

• Adhere to CLP/SID, specific NAP

• Distinguish between, and adjust flight to OLD/NEW PANS OPS procedures for approach

•

Apply relevant corrections to altitudes used during approach

Application/Reading of Check List

• Order applicable check list at correct time

• Read clearly and distinctly

• Not let check list reading interfere unnecessarily

• Perform check list items according to Expanded Check List

• Respond correctly to read list items

• Not continue until the item read is performed/responded to. Repeat if necessary

• Not reply until items is set/visually checked

•

Never read items in advance (you may perform them)

• When reading check lists, continue monitoring of flight and action

• Leave check list in a conspicuous place if reading interrupted

• Call “Check List Completed”

Flight Deck Dialogue

• Speak clearly and distinctly

• Use English

• Use standard terminology

• Repeat all significant parts of clearances and instruction, and ask if in doubt

•

Brief on intention and inform action. Inform of all changes in avionics setup

• Never change avionics setup without PF’s consent

• Give takeoff and approach briefings

• Advise PF about all relevant information

• Acknowledge PF’s briefing and instructions

• Advise PF about dubious nav. setup

• Acknowledge PM’s call outs and advise




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Acknowledge PF’s call outs and advise

Monitoring/Call outs

• Call out speed deviations according to FOM

•

Confirm selection of ordered configuration changes

• Confirm configuration setting when applicable by calling out speeds

• Call “1000 feet to level off” when 1000fett from assigned alt/Fl

• Respond to the “1000 feet to level off” call by checking this and call “checked”

• Call “LOC/GS alive”

• Call “LOC/GS capture” (with FD)

• Call “LOC/GS”

• Check altitudes over markers/FAP/FAF

• Call “1000 feet”

•

Call “500 feet”• Call “Not stabilized”/ “Not stabilized, pull-up” if approach not stabilized at 1000’ / 500’ height

• Call ”Lights” or “Runway” when in sight, plus direction

• Call “Plus hundred” and “Minimum/minimum – pull-up” as applicable if” Contact not heard

• Call “Contact” when sufficient visual guidance for landing is obtained

• Call ”Decision point – pull-up” if PF has not called “contact” at or before DP. (Non-prec.)

• When PF has called “Contact” continue to monitor GP and speed, and call out deviations

Communication

• Speak clearly and distinctly, in English

•

Use VHF COMs and audio panels correctly• Use correct frequencies

• Use correct frequencies setup

• Listen in before transmitting

• Study Jeppessen for correct frequency selection

• Receive ATIS before contacting GND/APP and inform that is has been received

• Read back all clearances and instructions

• Use correct terminology, e.g. 2500’ “two thousand five hundred feet”

• Give position report as required

• Report when entering/leaving holding patterns

•

Never omit “sky travel” in call sign

• Never transmit without including full call sign

• Always ask ATC for confirmation if doubt exists about ATC clearance

Decision Making

• Seek information

• Analyze information for relevance and accuracy




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Spend no unnecessary time on minor problems as long as a decision is definitely safe

• When practicable, discuss possible solutions briefly before making decision

• Make decisions within the frame of current rules and procedures, unless when in conflict with

safety

• Continuously evaluate the situation and revert/discuss previous decision when required

• Clearly announce or state (communicate) decision - never let anyone in doubt

Position Awareness

• Always check that adequate terrain clearance is maintained

• Use speed factor for quick time/distance approximation

• Start descent at correct distance

• During descent, continuously refer height to go. (Track miles).

• Reduce speed at appropriate time before reaching holding fix

• Normally position the aircraft close to a 3° descent flight path within 10 track miles from

touchdown

• Reduce speed at correct time to be able to make a smooth transition onto approach/landing

configuration

• Change configuration according to the key point given in OM Part B

• Check/adjust interception angle by reference to the relative bearing to the LOM or other

suitable nav. aid

• Crosscheck LOC interception by means of other nav. aids. Disregard the ILS signals outside safe

coverage.

• Crosscheck GP intercept by means of other nav. aids

•

Use correct timing point and monitor rate of descent versus time to go on approaches with noglide path.

Use of Avionics

• Set nav. aids for departure according to OM part B and departure clearance

• Set MCP to first altitude/FL restriction

• Whenever cleared to a new FL/altitude, set MCP accordingly using correct procedure and

dialogue

• Utilize the FD in climb, cruise and descent

• Identify nav. aids before utilizing them

•

Utilize nav. aids to the full extent for maximum navigational accuracy• Plan the nav. aid setup for approach so as to in a logical sense end up with a final nav. aid setting

according to OM part B

• Utilize the ADF/VOR/ILS preselect feature to achieve the above

• Select the correct FD/AP performance by means of basic flight and navigation instruments

• Reprogram/disengage FD/AP if unsatisfactory performance is evident




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• In case of a ground proximity warning, perform a pull-up immediately and valuate at safe

altitude

Piloting Skill

•

Fly smoothly

• Maintain assigned altitude within +/- 100 feet

• Fly NAP correctly

• Maintain published climb, cruise and descent speeds when applicable within +/- 10 kt (V2 +/- 5

kt)

• Make smooth and correct transitions between the various phases of flight

• When turning, normally not exceed 30° bank

• Display fast and accurate instrument scan, combined with sufficient corrective action

• Keep the FD bar(s) centered with smooth control movements

• Continue to utilize all available instruments after visual contact is obtained

Power/Speed Control

• Always make smooth, balanced power changes

Examples of Performance requiring remarks

• Dangerous flying

• Stalling the ACFT (take-off wind shear training excepted)

• Inaccurate approach or rough flying

• Lack of ability to maintain intended altitude, heading, speed and/or bank during manual flying

• Achievement of flight accuracy at the sacrifice of passenger comfort

•

Temporary slight deviations from prescribed flight path during manual flying

• Starting final descent without localizer capture (or equivalent)

• Not cross-checking localizer alignment with other nav. Aids

• Not initiating a pull-up when getting GPWS on in IMC

• Continuing an unstabilized approach below 500 ft

• Landing below minimum

• Imprecise navigation

• Straying off airways

• Incorrect holding pattern flying

•

Non-compliance with ATC clearance• Failure to get doubtful clearances clarified

• Acceptance of ATC clearance at too low altitude

• Incorrect read back of clearance

• Incorrect R/T phraseology

• Omitting important call outs

• Not initiating Emergency check list reading as PF




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Jumping an item in a check list

• Selecting incorrect check list

• Exceeding max. N1 or max. EGT without proper action

• Exceeding MMO or VMO in emergency descent

• Incorrect fuel management

• Overconfidence

• Poorly developed self-criticism

• Nonchalant attitude

• Poor flight deck management/crew cooperation

2. 2. Use of Absolute and relative grading

Absolute grading

The grading scale is used to evaluate the student’s proficiency on maneuver type attempted during each

lesson. This is an absolute rating scale and the student’s proficiency must be judged against the training

standard. Do not consider the type or amount of training the student has received.

Therefore, when students are introduced to a maneuver, they may receive several “B” or “F” grades.

This does not mean that the student is unsatisfactory or not progressing normally, since the average

student may be unable to accomplish many maneuvers initially.

Relative Grading (Overall)

Immediately after evaluation of the individual maneuvers, the student’s overall performance is rated.

The instructor determines if, on the basis of the training received, the overall grade is “E”, “A”, “B”, or“F”. The students may receive grades of “B” or “F” on individual maneuvers that are relatively new to

them and still receives an “E” grade for overall performance.

An overall grade of “F” is assessed any time an item is grade “F” and a minimum of “B” is required.

The instructor may, however, decide to give the student overall “B” even though the individual grades

are good enough to justify an “A”. Such a grade requires a written remark in the lesson plan.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3. Standards

Performance Conditions Standards

I. Ground Operations

A. Performa appropriate flight

planning

1. Predetermined flight number

2. Performance specification

chart in FCOM, PIF and N1

3. Access to weather briefing

facility

1. Determine usable alternate

2. Correctly determine fuel

requirements

3. Able to answer questions

regarding braking action,

performance etc.

II. T/O and Departure

A. Perform a T/O and departure

include:

1. Completing before takeoff

check

2. Checking aircraft performance

3. Retracing gear and flaps4. Accelerating to climb schedule

airspeed

1. A know airport, using standard

procedures and frequencies

2. A SID or radar controlled

departure or a combination of

both

3. Different A/C weight

1. Maintain runway alignment

2. Comply with valid controller

instructions or SID

3. Maintain course +/- 10° or a

valid intercept

4. Comply with basic controlstandards (paragraph V)

III. Climb and Level Off

A. Perform a climb and level off 1. Climb schedule

2. Prescribed heading or radial

3. Intercepts in-or outbound

4. Predetermined

1-4. Comply with basic control

standards (paragraph V)

IV. Precision Control

A. Perform steep turn 45° of

bank using instrument

references only

1. Airspeed compatible with

bank and altitude

1. Bank angle +/- 5°

2. Altitude +/- 100 feet

3. Airspeed +/- 10 kts.V. Basic control

A. Maintain Aircraft Control

Note: Maintain Aircraft control is

the basic controlling of the

aircraft within specified

tolerances when performing

climbs, descents, level off, level

flight and turns 30°or less

1. No specific 1. +/- 100 feet of desired altitude

2. +/- 10 kts. of desired airspeed

3. +/- Degrees of desired heading

B. Complete checklist items 1. Ordering checklist as PF

2. Performing checklist items as

PF

1. Orders/completes checklist

items at point in flight (on

ground) as designated by AFM,

FCOM and OM Challenges and

responds using correct

phraseology

VI. En route

A. Perform high altitude en route

navigation, to include:

1. VOR course intercepts

1. Different aloft winds. Not

necessarily those given by WX

map

1. Comply with valid controller

instructions

2. Comply with basic control




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



inbound, outbound, immediately

after station passage and

maintaining course

2. VOR/DME arc to radial andradial to arc intercepts and

maintaining arc

3. VOR/DME fix to fix to fix

navigation

4. Ground speed check

5. Maintain en route time and

fuel data

6. Utilize available WX and ATIS

information

2. Radar vectors, short cuts and

“proceed present position direct

to…”


3. Maintain arc +/- 2 NM or a

valid intercept

4. Obtain required data andcalculate ground speed. Use

information to update inflight

planning

5. Initiate necessary corrections

heading for a fix to fix and arrive

within 2NM radius

6. As soon as practical after

passing each en route fix, can

utilize actual time or arrival at

the fix, actual fuel remaining at

the fix, and estimated time ofarrival for next fix for the

purpose of updating in-flight

planning

VII. Descent

A. Perform en route descent to a

initial approach altitude

1. Prescribed

heading/track/route and level off

altitude

1. Maintain proper position

orientation to allow safe

completion of descent and

transition to terminal area

2. Maintain basic control


3. Utilize the descent profile

chart taking into consideration

wind

4. Adheres to depicted rules

regarding speed restrictions,

altitude restrictions etc.

VIII Approach

A. Perform a NDB, VOR,

VOR/DME holding

1. Holding as depicted by

controller or approach plate…

1. Perform entry procedures and

maintain pattern IAW ICAO RAR

B. Perform a VOR, VOR/DME

approach

1. Comply with published

approach and aircraft manual

procedures

2. Airspeed according to FCOM3. CDI within 1 dot deflection

4. Reach and maintain MDA

(+50/ -20 feet)

5. Aircraft can be safely landed

from the approach

C. Perform an ILS approach 1. Comply with published





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



procedures

2. Airspeed according to FCOM

3. CDI and GSI within one dot

deflection4. Aircraft can be safely landed

from the approach

D. Perform a Localizer approach 1.Comply with published


procedures

2. Airspeed according to FCOM

3. CDI within 1 dot deflection

4. Reach and maintain MDA

(+50/ -20 feet)


from the approachE. Perform a back beam localizer

approach

1. Same as D 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

F. Perform an NDB approach 1. Same as D 1, 2, 3

2. QDM / QDR within 5 degrees

of final course


from the approach

G. Perform a circling approach 1.Same as D1 and 2

2. Maintain circling minimums

(+50/-20 feet) while maintaining

VMC until acquisition of visual

glidepath


from the approach

H. Perform a CAT II approach 1.Same as C1 and C2

2. Flightpath as stated in OM-D,

FCOM and PIF regarding CAT II

approach procedure

3. Call outs as stated in OM-D


from the approach

I. Perform a PAR approach 1.Airspeed according to FCOM

2. Maintain heading +/- 5degrees of assigned heading

3. DO not exceed well above or

well bellow glidepath


from the approach

IX. Go-around

A. Perform a go-around 1. An approach from which a 1. Comply with go-around




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



landing cannot be made or was

planned not to be made

2. A point in space at which a

decision is required3. Go-around instructions or

published go-around

instructions

2. Apply GA power and actuate

TO/GA mode switches, stop sink

rate and give go-around orders incorrect sequence

X. Landing

A. Perform landing (transition

from glidepath to runway)

1. Aircraft established on proper

visual glidepath for normal

landing

2. Prescribed landing zone

3. Day or night

1. Touchdown point in

prescribed landing zone, and in

the middle of the runway

2. Touchdown at proper pitch

attitude with maintenance of

ground track by crabbing and

finally wing low

B. Slow aircraft from touchdownspeed to taxi speed

1. Aircraft touchdown withinstandards in A above

1. Maintains runway alignment2. Use of reverse i.a.w. airport

regulations and braking

requirement

3. Slows taxi speed prior to

turning of the runway

XI. Emergency Procedures

A. Handle emergencies and

malfunctions as they occur

1. During ground and flight

operations

2. As PF

1. Maintains aircraft control

2. Analyzes the situation

3. Takes proper action to include

offering of correct checklist

4. Lands as soon as conditions

permits

3. As PF 1. Analyzes the situation

2. Informs PF correctly

3. Selects and performs correct

checklist (emergency or

malfunction) to include memory

items

4. Assists PF as appropriate

XII. Airmanship

A. Awareness. Correlates and

keeps track of what is happening

on the ground, in own aircraft,

and in the air and copes with any

subsequent flight impact as a

result of the happenings


operations

1. The student must demonstrate

the ability to minimize the

effects of adverse factors and

capitalize on opportunities to

avoid flight degradation.

Factors to be considered may

include, but are not limited to

such items as airspace and

approach restrictions, high




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



density traffic, aircraft

capabilities and limitations,

communications and fuel

awareness and conversationB. Flexibility. Copes with rapidly

changing situations or

conditions, in flight or on ground,

and adjust flight, as needed, to

obtain desired objectives


operations

1. Correctly assesses all possible

factors bearing on the situation

and selects the best course of

action

2. Must make correct decisions

based on complete or

incomplete knowledge of the

situation. Foresees the

outcome(s) of present actions

and modifies those actions as

necessary to obtain the bestoutcome

C. Capacity. The student is

cognizant of how large a task

loading he/she can cope with

before becoming saturated,

confused, or frustrated to the

point that safety is jeopardized

or the flight is rendered


operations

1. The student never exceeds

his/her capabilities to control the

aircraft safely.

Selects an alternative course of

action, when needed that

reduces task loading and allows

for effective flight

accomplishment

D. Flight Discipline. Follows

orders and carries out all

required steps in a procedure in

the proper order


operations

1. Has thorough knowledge of all

rules and regulations and carries

out all duties with minimum

supervision

XIII. Flight Deck Dialogue

A. Keep other pilot “in the loop” 1. In normal and emergency

situations

2. As PF

1. Speaks clearly and distinctly

2. Uses English and standard

terminology

3. Repeats all significant parts of

clearances and instructions, and

ask if in doubt

4. Briefs on intentions and

inform on actions

5. Give T/O and APP briefings




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



3. As PF 1. Never change NAV and MCP

setup without PF’s consent

2. Advise PF on all relevant

information, and make sure PFacknowledges

3. Acknowledge PF briefings and

instruction

4. Advise PF when in doubt or

about dubious NAV set-up

XIV. Visual Tracking

A. Take-off and take-off path

control

1. Perform a T/O and departure

2. Completing before T/O check

3. Checking aircraft performance

4. Retracting gear and flaps

5. Accelerate to climb schedule

airspeed

1. A known airport using

standard procedures and

frequencies

2. A SID or a radar controlled

departure or a combination of

both

3. Different aircraft weights

4. Crosswind up to max. for

aircraft type

1. Maintain correct crosswind

control inputs during T/O roll and

rotation

2. Smoothly convert to normal

climb attitude, maintain desired

ground track

3. Maintain runway alignment

4. Comply with valid instructions

or SID

5.Maintaining heading/track +/-

10° or a valid intercept

6. Comply with basic control


B. Aircraft Positioning

1. Perform a visual approach

from any position in the vicinityof am aerodrome

1. A known airport, using

standards procedures

2. Using all available NAV aids3. Wind conditions up to max.

crosswind limitation

1. Position the aircraft for a safe

approach within the “stabilized”

concept according to the FOM2. Comply with basic control

standards (paragraph V).

Due regard must be taken for

gust and turbulence conditions

C. Energy planning and

management

1. Plan execute a visual approach

1. Variable energy levels

-Speed

-Altitude

-Position

-Weight

1. Plan and perform a safe

approach given varying

conditions in wind and energy

levels

2. Keep PNF in the “loop” at all

times according to “XII”

3. Display energy awareness inthe execution of the task

D. Flight Path Control

1. Maintain a stabilized approach

1. Cloud base min. normal

pattern altitude

2. Wind up to max. crosswind

conditions

3. Max. moderate turbulence

1. Comply with published

approach procedures

2. Stabilized according to FOM

3. Maintains proper VASI PAPI or

other GP reference





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0



from the approach

E. Flare Control

1. Complete the transition from

stabilized final flight condition tolanding attitude (touch down)


pattern altitude

2. Wind up to max crosswindconditions


1. Apply and maintain correct

crosswind control inputs until

touchdown2. Smoothly start the flare

3. Maintain RWY alignment

throughout the maneuver

4. Touchdown approx. 300 m

from threshold

F. Crosswind Technique

1. Perform and complete a

crosswind landing to taxi speed


pattern altitude

2. Wind up to max crosswind

conditions


1. Apply and maintain correct

control inputs

2. Maintain desired flightpath

3. Maintain correct control

inputs throughout take-off, initial

climb, flare and landing4. Maintain RWY CL during take-

off and landing




ŚWIADECTWO UKOŃCZENIA SZKOLENIA

PODSTAWOWEGO W ZAKRESIE

BEZPIECZŃSTWA DLA PERSONELU

POKŁADOWEGO

Certificate of successful completion

of the initial safety training

for cabin crewmember

Nr TSP-CC/_________/___

Nazwisko

Surname: ____________________________________

Imię

Name: ____________________________________

Nr dowodu tożsamości Pers. ID N

o: PL-_________________________________

Zezwolenie ULC/AOC Nr

CAA Permission _________________________

Kierownik Działu Lotniczego i Szkolenia

(Flight and Training Postholder)

Data wydania

Date of issue ________________________dd.mm.yyyy




Posiadacz tego świadectwa ukończyłszkolenie podstawowe w zakresie

bezpieczeństwa dla personelu pokładowegozgodnie z OPS 1.1005. [zał. III Rozp. KomisjiEU 3922/91/EWG]

Świadectwo wydano na podstawie

upoważnienia ULC wydanego na podstawie

art. 95g Ustawy z dn.3.7.2002r Prawo

Lotnicze. [D.U.06.100.696 z późn. zm.]

Świadectwo jest ważne tylko z dokumentem

tożsamości.

Świadectwo jest wydane bezterminowo.

The holder of this certificate has successfully

completed the initial safety training for the

cabin crew member according to OPS 1.1005.

[att. III of the UE Commission Reg3922/91/EWG].

The Certificate was issued based on the CAO

authorization given according to the Art. 95g

act dated 3.7.2002 Air Law. [Journal of law

06.100,696 with amends].

The Certificate is valid only with the identity

document.

The certificate is issued for an indefiniteperiod.

Druk TSP nr D.2.2 /30.10.2011




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


INTRODUCTION

General

The Operations Manual article D.2.2 has been compiled with respect to the EU-OPS.1 regulation and it is in

accordance with all relevant regulations and requirements. It also complies with the conditions of the

Authorization of an Air Carrier for the Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. [TSP] issued by the Civil Aviation Office

/Urząd Lotnictwa Cywilnego [CAA/ULC] on __________2011, reference number PL-_____. on base the article

95 g of Polish Aviation Act [Dz.U.06.100.696 z późn. zm. i Dz.U.11.170.1015].

Structure of the Operations manual

The Operations Manual contains operations instructions which are binding for Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o.

flight operations. The Company's employees must, in the scope of their work duties, know the provisions of

the Manual and follow them when performing their work duties.

SYSTEM OF REVISIONS AND SUPPLEMENTS

General

The Operations Manual, its revisions and supplements are being worked out by the Operation Manager

department, on the basis of the information of the Company‘s relevant departments. Heads of the relevant

departments are responsible for the professional contents of those parts of the Manual which concern to

their duties stated in the TSP Organizational Rule. The Flight Operations Manager submits revisions and

supplements to the Manual which require prior specific approval according to the OPS 1.1040(b), to the

Authority. English version of manual, revisions and / or supplements is edited only. All Manual holders must

update the Manual within the time period stated in the "Order to Revision" and record this revision to the

"List of revisions". The Manual is divided into chapters which are further divided into subchapters, sections

and paragraphs.

A "List of Effective Pages" is issued together with each standard revision, thus enabling the Manual holders

to check its update. To allow the rapid identification of the last revision of a given page, the revision is

marked with a full vertical line at places where it occurs. A short description of the revision is stated in the

"Order to Revision" together with the reason for such a revision. The "Order to Revision" should be read

carefully before being filed.

If it is necessary to publish a revision in the Manual within a very short time period or a revision with arestricted effectiveness, so called „Temporary Revision“ is issued. Hand written revisions are only allowed if

such a situation occurs which requires the announcement of this revision as soon as possible in order to

achieve the safety of operation. A hand written revision must be replaced with its standard issue as soon as

possible.

Each division shall establish such a system, that the information about each revision and/or complements

will be distributed to their users as quickly as possible. Crew members shall pick-up the Manual and its

revisions as soon as possible after the announcement of its publishing.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


RECORD OF REVISIONS


REVISION NO

KRÓTKI OPIS ZMIANY

& DATE OF ISSUE DESCRIPTION OF REVISION






OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 0 CONTENTS ( GENERAL LAYOUT )

SECTION CHAPTER

GENERAL TOPICS 1

ABBREVIATIONS 2

TYPES OF TRAININGS 3

TRAINING SEQUENCE TO ACQUIRE CC QUALIFICATION 4

INITIAL TRAINING 5

CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING 6

RECURRENT TRAINING 7

FUNCTIONAL TRAINING – SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER 8

TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC INSTRUCTOR 9

TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC EXAMINER 10

REFRESHER TRAINING 11

APPENDIX

REFRESHER TRAINING SYLLABUS A - I

INITIAL TRAINING SYLLABUS A - II

CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING SYLLABUS A - III

RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS A - IV

SYLLABUS OF SCC TRAINING A - V

SYLLABUS OF CC INSTRUCTOR TRAINING A - VI

SYLLABUS OF CC EXAMINER TRAINING A - VII

RECORDS OF TRAINING AND CHECKING PERFORMANCE A - VIII

Record of initial training performance Form TSP/CC 1

Record of conversion and differences training Form TSP/CC 2

Record of survival training on water performance Form TSP/CC 3

Record of performed flights – familiarization Form TSP/CC 4

Record of recurrent training performance Form TSP/CC 5

Record of senior cabin crew training performance Form TSP/CC 6

Record of cabin crew instructor training performance Form TSP/CC 7




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 1 GENERAL TOPICS

1.1. TRAINING PROGRAMME FORCE

1.2. VALIDITY

1.3. ORGANIZATION OF THE TRAINING

1.4. TRAINING METHODOLOGY

1.5. TRAINING SEQUENCE

1.6. ANNOUNCEMENT ON RUNNING OF TRAINING

1.7. TRAINING RECORDS AND CONFIRMATION OF TRAINING COMPLETION

1.8. TIME PERIOD AND PLACE OF TRAINING RECORD STORAGE

1.9. VERIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE ENTRY 1. GENERAL




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


TRAINING PROGRAMME FORCE:

Training programme objective is training TSP cabin crew members. It includes all types of trainings enabling

authorization of cabin crew member proficiency according to regulation, complying with all training

requirements specified in EU OPS-1 subpart O and assignment to operate as cabin crew members according

to the TSP company demands.

VALIDITY

The Civil Aviation Authority (CAO) must authorize all topics of the training programme including its changes.

Any changes are ensured by TSP.

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRAINING

Training of cabin crew members takes the form of courses or instruction sessions and familiarization flights.

Ground training is provided by either TSP training personnel or in cooperation with training facilities for

cabin crew members. Theoretical instruction takes the form of an organized course only. Familiarizationflights and in-flight checking are provided on board TSP airplanes. They are performed by TSP

instructors/examiners in accordance with their authorization, or possibly by the CAA examiners/inspectors.

TRAINING METHODOLOGY

The training must be organized structurally so that the trainees familiarize with the subject matter step by

step and have enough time and opportunity to test and improve their knowledge and skills. The training

takes the form of lectures with maximum possible use of films, field trips, simulators, CBT, etc. Thetheoretical part must be supplemented as much as possible by practical training of handling realistic

situations that are likely to occur. During the training and in the end, tests are taken to show if the subject

matter has been understood and the required knowledge acquired.

TRAINING SEQUENCE Before commencement of each type of training it is necessary to fulfill entry requirements. These entry

requirements are stated at the beginning of each chapter.

ANNOUNCEMENT ON RUNNING OF THE TRAINING

TSP shall ensure to announce commencement of training or instruction to the CAA at least two weeks in

advance. The announcement must include the type and purpose of training, training facility, where the

training is going to take place. Current list of lecturers - see appendix VIII - Authorized Lecturers for CCmembers Training for TSP.

TRAINING RECORD AND CONFIRMATION OF THE TRAINING COMPLETION

Course of the training is recorded in training files. Theoretical instructions are recorded in so called class logs

while practical training is entered into the record of familiarization flights. TSP shall confirm the passed

particular course or training programme where it is required.

TIME PERIOD AND PLACE OF STORAGE

All course data, personal files and training records are stored in a personal file of each individual CC member.

Training records containing group documents and collective actions (e.g. class logs) are kept in the operator

files. Shredding periods of all training records are specified in the following table.

Cabin Crew records storage

Initial training, Conversion and Differences training

(including checking)

As long as the cabin crew member is

employed by the operator

Recurrent training and Refresher training (including

checking)

Until12 months after the cabin crew

member has left the employ of TSP

Dangerous Goods transportation training as appropriate 3 years




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


VERIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE ENTRY

After completion of any type of training, TSP shall ensure to verify certificate entry of the cabin crew

proficiency before including the CC member in particular actions. TSP shall also ensure to make the records

accessible on request concerning initial training, conversion and recurrent trainings and the checking of the

cabin crew members.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 2

ABBREVIATIONS

TSP Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o.

CAA Civil Aviation Authority

CBT Computer Based TrainingCC Cabin Crew

SCC Senior Cabin Crew

CC/I Cabin Crew Instructor

CC/E Cabin Crew Examiner

CAO Polish Civil Aviation Authority

ULC Urząd Lotnictwa Cywilnego see CAO




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 3

TYPES OF TRAININGS

3.1. The sequence of trainings for the CC proficiency (according to OPS 1.995)

3.2. Initial safety training (according to OPS 1.1005)

3.3. Conversion and Differences training (according to OPS 1.1010)

3.4. Recurrent training (according to OPS 1.1015)

3.5. Training for the „senior cabin crew member“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1000)

3.6. Training for the „CC instructor“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025)

3.7. Training for the „CC examiner“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025)

3.8. Refresher training (according to OPS 1.1020)

3. TYPES OF TRAININGS

3.1. The sequence of trainings for the CC proficiency (according to L-1 article 3.5.)

The objective is to establish the sequence of individual types of trainings and other regulatory requirements

necessary for acquisition of the CC proficiency and issuing the cabin crew certificate. It consists of initial

training, conversion training and operator proficiency check.

3.2. Initial safety training (according to OPS 1.1005)

The objective is to acquire basic knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out the CC member proficiency in

the aspect of ensuring passengers safety.

3.3. Conversion and Differences training (according to OPS 1.1010)

The objective is to acquire sufficient knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out the CC member

proficiency on a particular type or a version of an airplane.

3.4. Recurrent training (according to OPS 1.1015)

The objective is to maintain permanent level of knowledge and skills through regular training sessions

consisting of simulated realistic emergency situations, which may occur during a flight.

3.5. Training for the „senior cabin crew“ member qualification (according to OPS 1.1000)

The objective is to acquire and prove sufficiently high level of knowledge and skills to ensure carrying out

and coordinating all security and emergency procedures in the passengers’ cabin.

3.6. Training for the „CC instructor“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025)

The objective of the training is to acquire perfect improvement of all knowledge and skills necessary in

carrying out CC member proficiency in the aspect of ensuring passengers’ safety, standardization of correct

teaching methods, identification and explanation of correct solutions for particular operation situations and

competence to check and evaluate CC members and CC trainee activity.

3.7. Training for the „CC examiner“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025)

The objective is to revise basic knowledge of a CC instructor, revision of teaching methods andfamiliarization with CAA requirements and authorization for TSP.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3.8. Refresher training (according to OPS 1.1020)

The objective is renewal or refreshing knowledge and skills for a CC member who has been absent from all

flying duties or for a new CC member with a valid CC certificate issued by a different operator.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 4 TRAINING SEQUENCE TO ACQUIRE CC QUALIFICATION

4.1. Objective

4.2. Training sequence

4.1. Objective

The objective of this chapter is to determine the sequence of individual types of trainings and other

regulatory requirements for the CC member proficiency and for issuing a CC certificate. It consists of initial

training, operator proficiency check, conversion training and en-route examination. The purpose of this

chapter is then to determine the conditions necessary for the acquisition of the CC certificate, entering type

rating, in accordance with Aviation Act and EU-OPS regulations.

4.2. Training sequence Procedure:

• Applicants, selected from interviews or selective procedure, are enrolled at the course

• Initial safety training completion - see chapter 5

• Passing exams in theory at the TSP company

• Issuing a ATTESTATION OF SAFETY TRAINING

• Conversion training completion - see chapter 6

• Familiarization flights

•

Practical type-rating examination

• En-route examination – skill test

• Issuing a CC certificate with type rating entered

• Assigning a CC member to actions as one of the minimum number of the CC members required by

OPS 1.990

Note: TSP shall take into consideration working experience of each cabin crew member for flight scheduling

so that the determined number of CC members include several members (min50%) with at least three

months of working experience as a cabin crew member.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 5

INITIAL SAFETY TRAINING

(ACCORDING TO OPS 1.1005)

5.1. Training objective

5.2. Entry requirements

5.3. Initial safety training syllabus

5.4. Practical training

5.5. Checking


Training objective is to acquire basic knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC member proficiency

in the aspect of ensuring passengers safety and CC's own safety in accordance with the requirements of EU-

OPS, Aviation Act regulations and the TSP Operations Manual. Another objective of the initial training is to

acquire knowledge necessary to carry out actions and discharge the duties associated with standard flight

operation and standard aircraft operation and acquisition of the competence to communicate in Czech and

English languages in the conditions of standard aircraft operation or the training for a new CC member

joining TSP from another operator with CC certificate with /without attestation of safety training,

5.2. Entry requirements ( new applicant )

•

Minimum age 19 years, maximum age is not set.

• Secondary education as a minimum: passing school-leaving examination at the secondary school.

• High level of English knowledge, tested by the operator (at an interview) English written test – final

result over 50 %.

• Medical fitness in accordance with the requirements of FCL3 regulation (class II) , tested by the

Aviation Health Institute.

• Excellent mental resistance and physical competence (ability to swim at least 100m and to swim 5m

under water) tested by TSP.

•

Clear criminal record.• Nice and pleasant appearance and perfect social manners.

• Passing interview or selective procedure, which includes the requirements above.

5.3. Entry requirements (CC member joining TSP with CC certificate with / without attestation of safety

training )

a) CC member declare the initial safety training without attestation of safety training -from another EU

operator.

• Language competence: English written test – final result over 50 %.

•

Secondary education as a minimum: passing school-leaving examination at the secondary School.

• Medical fitness in accordance with the requirements of FCL3 regulation ( class II ).




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Training Performance (see item VIII. 2.).

d) An applicant may take the checking twice and if he/she does fail the additional one, his/her training

is terminated. Before the second corrective checking, an applicant must be informed that thischecking is decisive for continuation of the training. The Cabin Crew Training Manager, Chief Cabin

Crew and Flight Operation Manager always make decision on continuation or discontinuation of the

training or termination of employment jointly.

e) If an applicant completes the initial safety training , he/she receives ATTESTATION OF SAFETYTRAINING (see item VIII. 1) and continues with the conversion and differences training for the

airplane type operated by TSP.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 6 CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING



6.2. Conversion training

6.2.1. Entry requirements

6.3. Differences training


6.4. Conversion and Differences Training syllabus

6.5. Ground training completion and sequence

6.5.1. Theoretical instruction

6.5.2. Airplane equipment operation training and equipment handling skills acquisition

6.5.3. Familiarization with an airplane

6.5.4. Emergency procedures training, non-normal situations, evacuation and crowd control

6.5.5. Life-rafts, floating slide-rafts training

6.5.6. Ground training and check records

6.6. Familiarization flights

6.6.1. Practical in-flight training objective

6.6.2. Entry requirements for flight training

6.6.2.1. Applicants assigned to the first airplane type (without the CC certificate)

6.6.2.2. Applicants assigned to another airplane type (with the CC certificate or with the CC-trainee

certificate)

6.6.3. Undertaking familiarization flights

6.7. Familiarization with the airplane type /according to OPS 1.1012/

6.7.1. Familiarization with the airplane type in Conversion training.

6.7.2. Familiarization with the airplane type in Differences training




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


6. CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING


The objective is to acquire knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC member proficiency on a

particular airplane type in the aspect of ensuring flight safety, passengers safety and CC's own safety.

Another objective is to acquire appropriate knowledge of the airplane technical equipment and the

competence to use and handle the equipment, as well as all safety and emergency equipment, in non-

normal and emergency situations in accordance with the procedures specified in the airplane type manual.

6.2. Conversion training

CC member shall successfully complete the operator’s conversion training before commencing to operate on

an airplane or before transferring to a new airplane type.

6.2.1. Entry requirementsa)

An applicant shall successfully complete the initial safety training with attestation of safety training

according to Chapter 5 in case of undertaking conversion training for the first airplane type.

b) CC member joining TSP with CC certificate with attestation of safety training and without valid type

rating on the airplane type . c) The applicant may undertake training for another airplane type if s/he

fulfills the requirements of a), or if s/he has recurrent training valid.

6.3. Differences training

The differences training must be successfully completed before starting to operate on a different version of

the operated airplane type or on an airplane with different safety equipment, different location of safety

equipment or with different normal and emergency procedures on currently operated airplane types orversions. That means the versions of the same airplane type are considered different types if they are not

similar in the following perspectives:

• Emergency exit operation

• Location and type of safety equipment

• Emergency procedures


a) Valid type rating on the airplane type.

b)

CC member joining TSP with CC certificate of safety training and with valid type rating on theairplane type.

6.4. Conversion and Differences training syllabus

Refer to Appendix A-III

6.5. Ground training completion and sequence

Ground training consists of the following steps. Their sequence must be maintained.

6.5.1. Theoretical instruction

Theoretical instruction takes place in the classroom, with maximum use of audiovisual aids and computer-based training (CBT).




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


6.5.2. Airplane equipment operation training and acquisition of the equipment handling skills

Equipment handling training uses imitation equipment, realistic equipment and devices, training objects,

realistic aircraft parts or even real airplanes.

6.5.3. Familiarization with an airplane

During or after Conversion or Differences training, each applicant shall pass familiarization with an airplane.

The content of the familiarization is specified in Appendix A-III.

6.5.4. Emergency procedures, abnormal situations, evacuation and crowd control training

Training is provided with the use of the representative training device or with a realistic airplane. During

Conversion training for an airplane type where the primary exit threshold height differs substantially from

the previous types which a CC member operated, an applicant shall revise descending of the relevant type.

6.5.5. Life-rafts and floating slide-rafts training

The provision of the Conversion training for an airplane type fitted with life rafts or other similar equipment

is specified in Appendix A-III. The training is practical, in a pool and TSP instructor enters the date of training

and result of the test into the Record of Survival Training on Water Performance (see item VIII.4.).

6.5.6. Ground training and check records

• Check by an examiner in a form of the test follows after completion of the ground part of Conversion

or Differences training.

• The result of the test is entered into in an applicant's Record of Conversion and Differences Training

Performance (see item VIII.3.), marking either the “passed” or “failed” alternative.

• Successful applicant continues with familiarization flights on the airplane type.

• Conversion and Differences training is completed with a final test. If an applicant fails, he/she may

take the test again, not sooner than after 7 calendar days from the date of the unsuccessful at-tempt. Before the second corrective checking, the applicant must be informed this checking is

decisive for continuation of the training. If he/she fails again, he/she is excluded from Conversion

and Differences training.

•

If the applicant fails at the second corrective checking, he/she is excluded from the course of

Conversion and Differences training without granting the type rating. They cannot undertake

familiarization flights.

•

If it is the second failure at conversion and differences training before final checking to gain the type

rating qualification, termination of employment contract is proposed. Chief Cabin Crew, Cabin Crew

Training Manager and Flight Operation Manager must always decide on continuation or

discontinuation of the training.

• The type rating qualification for the airplane type will be entered to the certificate after finishing

familiarization flights and check flight on the particular airplane type.

6.6. Familiarization flights

6.6.1. Practical in-flight training objective

The objective is to expose the applicants gradually to all practical actions and skills, which are connectedwith safety, the CC's duties and with procedures specified in the Operations Manual. An applicant shall pass

familiarization flights before operating as one of the minimum number of CC members required by the




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


relevant manual.

6.6.2. Entry requirements for in-flight training

6.6.2.1. Applicants assigned to the first airplane type (without the CC certificate)

• successful completion of initial safety training

• successful completion of theoretical checking at the operator

• issuing a Attestation of safety training

• successful completion of conversion training - the part of the “ground training” including final

theoretical type rating checking.

6.6.2.2. Applicants assigned to another airplane type ( with CC certificate)

•

successful completion of conversion training “ground training section”, including theoretical typerating tests

•

Type rating entered in the CC certificate

6.6.3. Familiarization flights

• an applicant is always assigned to operate as an extra member augmenting the minimum crew

during familiarization flights.

• familiarization flights are only conducted by CC instructors or examiners.

• Familiarization flights are organized so that an applicant participates in actions connected with pre-

flight, in-flight and post-flight duties.

•

Records and assessment of familiarization and checking flights are set in the Record for training and

checking flights. The instructor who conducted the training flight will make and fill in a re-port for

each flight where training was commenced.

• Each CC-trainee or CC member completes a practical type-rating examination in the form of a check

flight after the successful completion of familiarization flights. An instructor appointed by the CAA

performs the checking and then issues an en-route examination form.

• After successful type-rating checking each CC-trainee completes an en-route examination in order to

acquire CC qualification.

•

The en-route examination for the acquisition of the CC qualification is performed by an examinerappointed by the CAA on the most complicated version of the type and s/he will issue an En-route

Examination Form (see item VIII.11). After the successful examination, the training of a CC member

on the airplane type is completed.

• Familiarization flights are undertaken on airplane type especially including the final check.

6.7. Familiarization with an airplane type (according to OPS 1.1012)

6.7.1. Familiarization with an airplane type in Conversion training.

Familiarization training procedure:

•

Instructor conducting inspection of the airplane

• Checking test




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• Familiarization flights are conducted by CC instructors and set in the Record of Training Flights (see

item VIII 5.)

•

Familiarization flights (CC/trainee)- min.40 flight hours on one type of airplane or two flights on eachversion of the type

Familiarization flights (CC/certificate)- one sector of the flight on each version of the type.

• In-flight check performed by CC examiner, check is recorded in form CA-07 / Practical Type Rating

Check (see item VIII 10.)

6.7.2. Familiarization with differences in the Differences training

Familiarization training procedure:

• Instructor conducting inspection of the airplane type, which an applicant shall operate. It is recorded

in Check List – Aircraft Familiarization Visit (see item VIII. 6)

•

Checking test




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 7 RECURRENT TRAINING



7.2. Recurrent training validity


7.4. Recurrent training completion and syllabus

7.5. En-route examination – proficiency check

7.6. Records and checking

7.7. Senior CC Recurrent training

7.8. CC instructor Recurrent training




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


7. RECURRENT TRAINING


All technical skills are short-term and the most important habits and skills in handling and manipulation with

emergency equipment are rarely used in everyday operation. The objective is then to keep a permanent

level of CC knowledge and skills through regular training, which realistically simulates emergency situations

that can occur accidentally during flight duty. The purpose of Recurrent training is to practice and revise

changes in procedures and equipment, which have been carried out since the last recurrent training.

7.2. Recurrent training validity

The period of validity of Recurrent training and the associated checking shall be 12 calendar months in

addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a

previous check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the

expiry date of that previous check.


• CC with certificate of safety training and assigning to operate in the TSP CC members’ staff.

• Valid employment contract.

• Valid en-route examination.

7.4. Recurrent training completion and syllabus

Recurrent training syllabus is specified in Appendix A-IV. Recurrent training consists of two parts:

•

Part A - Basic standard items repeated every 12 months.

• Part B - Extension items which are repeated once every 36 months. This extension is divided into 3

parts (part I, part II, part III) according to the subjects. Each year, 1 part is covered within a 3-year

period.

Table representing survey on the covered subject matter within alternating topics of the part B:

1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year 6th year

part I

part II

part III

part I

part II

part III

7.5. Practical in-flight training

Practical in-flight training is not provided within the Recurrent training.

7.6. Records and checking

• After completion of selected thematic areas, TSP instructor (lecturer) gives a test to assess

understanding of the covered subjects or acquired knowledge and skills level.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• The results of the tests are entered into the Record of Recurrent Training (see item VIII .7.), markingpassed or failed.

•

In conclusion of the recurrent training, a final test is given to verify required knowledge and skillslevel.

• Each CC member shall be also examined on the extended part of the recurrent training performed at

3-year intervals.

• Recurrent training includes en-route examination. It is performed annually at regular intervals

according to article 7.2. A final assessment is issued in En-route Examination Record (see item VIII .

11.).

Note: The date of the en-route examination does not have to be synchronized with the providing “ground

part” of the recurrent training. Decisive factor is validity of this check.

• TSP shall keep a record of the provided recurrent training. The date and the record of completion of

recurrent training are maintained in the personal file of a CC member.

• The en-route examination form and the recurrent training record certify completion of this training,

validity of the relevant check, the competence to operate as a CC member and revalidation of the

required qualification.

• A final assessment must be made by a CC instructor or other personnel acceptable to the CAA

authorized to perform checking.

• If an applicant fails any subject of the recurrent training, re-examination may be taken 7 days later atearliest.

• The Chief Cabin Crew shall ensure that this cabin crew member will be absent from flying activity

until successful completion of the additional emergency and safety equipment and procedures

examinations.

• If an applicant fails at the second time, the procedure goes as follows – new final written test and

extraordinary en - route examination.

• If it is the failure at new final written test and en-route examination .Chief Cabin Crew, Cabin Crew

Training Manager and Flight Operation Manager must always decide on continuation or

discontinuation of the training and contract.

7.7. Senior CC member recurrent training

SCC recurrent training is extended with a section associated with SCC member actions - see trainingprogramme in Appendix A - IV if compared with standard requirements for CC member recurrent training.

7.8. CC instructor recurrent training

CC instructor recurrent training is extended with a section associated with CC instructor actions - see training

programme in Appendix A -IV if compared with the SCC member recurrent training.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 8

FUNCTIONAL TRAINING - SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER




8.3. Training syllabus and completion

8.4. Checking




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


8. FUNCTIONAL TRAINING - SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER

Training objective:

Training objective is to acquire and prove sufficient knowledge and skills to ensure conducting and

coordinating all safety and emergency procedures on board as prescribed in the Operations Manual. The SCC

member shall have responsibility to the commander for conducting and complying with all procedures.

Entry requirements

• Valid CC certificate with attestation of safety training

• 1000 flight hours logged is a minimum operated as a CC member and at least 24 months experience

or 300 hours total time logged as an operating CC member for TSP. Chief Cabin Crew has a right to

determine complying with the conditions of experience.

•

Last recurrent training successfully completed within a period shorter than 12 months.

• Language competence: checking carried out in a form of the written test and oral exam in English

written test – final result over 60 % .

Training syllabus and completion

The training is provided as a course organized by TSP.

The Training programme is specified in Appendix A-V.

• Ground training - theoretical and practical instruction in the classroom using audio-visual aids,

completed with a final test.

•

In-flight training – undertaking two familiarization flights as a minimum, supervised by a CCinstructor on the type, which an applicant will operate as a SCC member. Familiarization flights are

recorded in the Familiarization Flights Record (see item VIII.5.).

Rules for familiarization flights:

• During familiarization and check flights, a trained SCC member is not included in an active crew.

• During familiarization flights, an instructor or examiner operates as a SCC member.

• An instructor may delegate duties on a trained SCC provided that:

-All crew are informed that a trained SCC member is going to undertake duties as a SCC member.

-All crew are informed that an instructor or examiner has full and final responsibility to the commander.-Familiarization flights are undertaken on suitably selected lines so that it is ensured the training is

conducted correctly.

Checking

• The ground training is completed by a final test. TSP examiner, who performs the final written tests

examination, enters the result of checking marking passed/failed into the Training Record SCC (see

item VIII .8.).

• If an applicant fails the final test, he/she may take the test once mo re, not sooner than after 7calendar days from the date of his/her unsuccessful attempt. If an applicant fails again, he/she is

excluded from the senior cabin crew training. Before the second corrective checking, he/she must beinformed that this checking is decisive for continuing the training.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• En-route examination is performed by recommendations from familiarization flights on the type,

which a CC member is going to discharge the duties as a SCC member. If a SCC member is as-signed

to operate on more types, the checking is carried out on the most complicated one.

• TSP examiner authorized by the CAA conducts check.

• En-route Examination Form (see item VIII .11.) is issued after the flight and filed in the applicant's

personal file.

• During the en-route examination the authorized examiner is not included in a minimum crew.

• If the knowledge and skill limits are not met during en-route examination, an applicant is entitled to

take two more corrective en-route examinations; each of them may be carried out not sooner than

seven calendar days from the date of the previous unsuccessful attempt.

• If he/she fails the second corrective checking, he/she will be excluded from the training without

granting qualification of the senior cabin crew. Before the second corrective en-route examinationan applicant must be informed that this checking is decisive to acquire the SCC qualification.

• Each corrective en-route examination should be performed by other CC examiner.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 9

TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC INSTRUCTOR

(ACCORDING TO L-1 ARTICLE 3.6.)



9.3. Training syllabus and organization

9.4. Training contents

9.5. Instructor training methodology

9.6. Checking

9.6.1. Theoretical exam

9.6.2. En-route examination




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


9. TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC INSTRUCTOR


Training objective is perfect acquisition of all knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC member

proficiency in the aspect of passengers’ safety, mastering the teaching methods, suggesting and explaining

correct solutions for relevant situations and skill to supervise and evaluate CC and CC trainee actions. A

trained instructor shall prove the abilities to understand principles and rules of civil aviation operation shall

be identified with them and shall be able to recognize incorrect or inadequate behavior or insufficiencies in

CC and CC trainee knowledge. The instructor shall be able to do appropriate provisions to eliminate bad

procedures, habits or insufficiencies. S/He shall be able to use the experience from flight operations of TSP

or other company in the methodology and in carrying out CC member proficiency.


•

Valid CC certificate with attestation of safety training

• Minimum of 800 flight hours logged as a SCC member (OPS 1.1000)

• Minimum of 1 years’ experience on the airplanes operated by TSP

• Last recurrent training must be successfully completed within a period shorter than 12 months.

• Excellent knowledge of English

Note: TSP shall provide appropriate experience for the CC instructors, newly joined TSP (1 year as a

minimum operated as a SCC member for TSP) before assigning to CC instructor.


Training is provided in a form of a course organized by TSP.

The training syllabus is specified in Appendix A-VI.

9.4. Training contents

• Ground training – theoretical and practical training of emergency and rescue equipment handling

and solving abnormal in-flight situations, teaching methods, CC and CC trainee actions analysis set in

Record of CC instructor Training (see item VIII .9.).

• Flight training – undertaking a minimum of 1 familiarization flight under the supervision of a CC

examiner. Familiarization flights rules:

•

-operating minimum of 2 familiarization flight sectors under the supervision of a CC examiner for theairplane type, which a CC instructor shall operate. Familiarization flights are recorded in the

Familiarization Flights Record. (see item VIII .5.)

• -during familiarization, a trained CC instructor is not included in a minimum crew required -

familiarization flights are undertaken on suitably selected routes and on all airplane types and

versions operated by TSP so that training quality is ensured.

9.5. Instructor training methodology

The course is organized to provide relevant training in the methods of ground theoretical and practical

instruction based on standard teaching methods, and in the methods of practical in-flight training. The

instructor's task is to spread knowledge and experience to be used as an effective tool in further instructionprocedure. It is assumed that all knowledge specified and required by this training manual is already well

known to instructor in training. Instructor's training is focused on:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• reweaving and extension of the instructor- trainee competence,

• training of the instructor- trainee for ground instruction and training;

•

ensuring that the instructor-trainee's in-flight training action is of sufficiently high quality level;

• teaching the instructor-trainee the principles of teaching and their use in courses.

The whole training course must be designed so that each trained topic respects the basic principles of

perception and communication (see Appendix A-VI, part II, topic 5). It means the lecturer shall pay attention

to briefings especially before conducting the practical training and training results analysis.

9.6. Checking

CC instructor check consists of two basic parts:

• Exam in theory

•

En-route examination

9.6.1. Theoretical exam consists of:

Written test focusing on general knowledge in the field of:

1. EU– OPS

2.

CC instructor duties and procedures as necessary for CC position at TSP

3. Short explanation of a selected topic focusing on verification of the teaching skill.

9.6.2. En-route examination

During en-route examination, a checked CC instructor is assigned to a SCC member post. A checking

examiner is not included in the minimum cabin crew. En-route examination is conducted exclusively by a

CAA examiner, only in exceptional situations by a TSP examiner authorized by the CAA. En-route

Examination Form (see item VIII .11.) is issued and transferred to the CAA; a copy is filed in the instructor-

trainee’s personal file.

• If an applicant fails the final test, he/she may take the test once mo re, not sooner than after 7calendar days from the date of his/her unsuccessful attempt. If an applicant fails again, he/she is

excluded from the CC instructor training. Before the second corrective checking, he/she must be in-

formed that this checking is decisive for continuing the training.

•

If the knowledge and skill limits are not met during en-route examination, an applicant is entitled totake corrective en-route examination; carried out not sooner than seven calendar days from the

date of the previous unsuccessful attempt.


granting qualification of the CC instructor. Before the second corrective en-route examination an

applicant must be informed that this checking is decisive to acquire the CC instructor qualification.

• Each corrective en-route examination should be performed by other CC examiner.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 10

TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC EXAMINER

(ACCORDING TO L-1 ARTICLE 3.7. AND OPS 1.1025)







OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


10. TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC EXAMINER

Training objective

The purpose is to acquire the appropriate knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC Exam-iner

proficiency. A CC examiner is a position authorized by the CAA (authorized examiner) in accordance with OPS

1.1025 - personnel acceptable to the Authority must perform this check. The CAA appoints an applicant to

the post of a CC examiner.

Entry requirements

• CC certificate with entered instructor qualification

• Attestation of safety training

• Practical experience

•

Minimum of 2000 flight hours flown, of which 100 hours is a minimum in the position of an

instructor

• Teaching and organization skills

• English knowledge

• Knowledge of the organization of the TSP company

Training syllabus and organization

CC examiner training should not be regarded as a complete training. It is theoretical instruction, which

reviews the instructor’s substantial knowledge and familiarizes them with administration part of a CC

examiner position. Training syllabus is specified in Appendix A-VII.

Checking

CC examiner check consists of : En- en-route examination

En-route examination

During en-route examination, a checked CC examiner and checking examiner is not included in the minimum

cabin crew. On two sectors of the flight a checked CC examiner performs en-route examination of any CC

member .En-route examination of checked CC examiner is conducted exclusively by a CAA examiner, only in

exceptional situations by a TSP instructor authorized by the CAA. En-route Examination Form (see item VIII

.11.) is issued and filed in the examiner - trainee’s personal file.• If the knowledge and skill limits are not met during en-route examination, an applicant is entitled to

take corrective en-route examination; carried out not sooner than seven calendar days from the

date of the previous unsuccessful attempt.


granting qualification of the CC examiner. Before the second corrective en -route examination an

applicant must be informed that this checking is decisive to acquire the CC examiner qualification.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CHAPTER. 11

REFRESHER TRAINING



11.2. Types of training after a break in flying




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


11. REFRESHER TRAINING

Training objective

The purpose of the refresher training is renewal and refreshing knowledge after a break in flying. The

condition for continuous maintenance of CC proficiency is completion of:

• Relevant training and check

• En-route examination on the assigned airplane type s/he operates for TSP

If a new CC member has been absent from all flying duties for the operator, in exceptional cases it is possible

to renew qualification according to the following rules.

Types of training after a break in flying:

a) A CC member who has not been absent from all flying duties, but s/he has not, during the preceding

6 months, undertaken duties on a type of airplane

b) A CC member who has been absent from all

as a CC member, before carrying out such duties

on the type, s/he must undertake a re-familiarization flight supervised by an instructor.

flying duties for more than 6 months, but maximum 12

months

c) A CC member has been absent from all flying duties for more than 12 months and

and still remains within the period of validity of the previous recurrent training, s/he

completes refresher training (use the syllabus of Appendix A-I.) and s/he must undertake one re-

familiarization sector and en – route examination.

- Refresher training may be compensate by the recurrent training.

- If more airplane types are concerned, s/he must undertake familiarization flights on all types.

still remains

within the period of validity of the recurrent training

d) A CC member has been absent from all flying duties within the validity of the previous recurrent

training and

table 1 is applicable.

the validity of the recurrent training has expired

e) A CC member has been absent / has not been absent ** / from all flying duties for more than 12

months and the


validity of recurrent training has expired more than 12 months

Table 1: Refresher training


Length of break (in

months) – flying duties12- 24 24 -<

Recurrent training *) Yes Yes

Conversion training No No

Familiarization flightsminimum 1 familiarization flight on

each variants of airplane

The Cabin Crew Training Manager

specifies the total number of the

familiarization flights in accordance

with the operated types and variants

En-route examination Yes Yes

*) Recurrent training must be completed within the validity period.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Table 2: Refresher trainin

Length of break (inmonths)- flying duties

g

12 - 24 24 - 36 36 <

Recurrent training Yes Yes Reduced initial safety

training + Final check

Conversion training *) Yes Yes Yes

Familiarization flights *)

The Cabin Crew

Training Manager

specifies the total

number of the

familiarization

flights in

accordance with

the operated types

and variants

The Cabin Crew

Training Manager

specifies the total

number of thefamiliarization flights

in accordance with

the operated types

and variants

The Cabin Crew

Training Manager

specifies the total

number of thefamiliarization flights

in accordance with

the operated types

and variants

En-route examination *) Yes Yes Yes

*) Conversion training may be reduced by topics covered in recurrent training – the Cabin Crew Training

Manager specifies it. The conversion training may be completed only before the commencement of the

flight activity.

Table 3: Refresher trainin

Length of break (in

months)- validity of the

recurrent training has

expired

g

12 – 13 / **/ 12 - 36 36 <

Recurrent training Yes Yes Reduced initial safety

training + Final check

Conversion training *) No Yes Yes

Familiarization flights *) No

The Cabin Crew

Training Managerspecifies the total

number of the

familiarization flights

in accordance with

the operated types

and variants

The Cabin Crew

Training Managerspecifies the total

number of the

familiarization flights

in accordance with

the operated types

and variants

En-route examination *) Yes Yes Yes




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A – I

REFRESHER TRAINING SYLLABUS

Number Subject

1.Emergency procedures including pilot incapacitation Evacuation

procedures and crowd control

2.Operation and practical opening all normal and emergency exits

for passenger evacuation.

3.Demonstration of the operation of all other exits including flight

deck windows.

4.

The location and handling of emergency equipment, including

oxygen systems and the donning by each cabin crew member of

lifejackets, portable oxygen and protective breathing equipment

(PBE).




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A – II

INITIAL TRAINING SYLLABUS

PART I MAIN SUBJECTS (according to EU-OPS )

PART II ENGLISH LANGUAGE

PART III SUPLEMENTAL SUBJECTS




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Part I -Main subjects (according to EU-OPS 1)

Number SubjectNumber

of lessons

1. Fire and smoke training 8

2. Water survival training (including practical training) 4

3. Inland survival training -polar areas, jungle, sea 4

4. Medical aspects, first aid 40

5. Passenger handling, crowd control 8

6. Communication 8

7. Discipline and responsibilities (Operations Manual) 54

8. General knowledge of aviation and terminology, airplane, meteorology 14

9. Crew Resource Management (CRM) 8

10. Dangerous goods 4

11. Security procedures 6

Total number of lessons: 158

1. Fire and smoke training

DETAILED DESCRIPTON OF THE SYLLABUS

• Emphasis on responsibility of cabin crew to deal promptly with emergencies involving fire and

smoke and, in particular, emphasis on the importance of identifying the actual source of the fire.

General

• The importance of informing the flight crew immediately and specific activities necessary for

coordination and assistance when fire or smoke is discovered.

• The necessity for frequent checking of potential fire-risk areas including toilets and the associated

smoke detectors.

• The classification of fires and the appropriate types of extinguishing agents and procedures for

particular fire situations, the techniques of application of extinguishing agents, the consequences of

misuse and of use in a confined space.

• The general procedures of ground-based emergency services at airports.

• The recognition of different types of fire, methods of fire identification, extinguishing systems and

approved procedures for extinguishing fire.

Firefighting training procedures

• Understanding fire prevention procedures (monitoring smoking on board and in the toilets, checking

of automatic fire indication in waste bins in the toilets, the prevention of throwing burning objectsinto bins, recognition and exclusion of dangerous flammable materials).




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


• The methods and procedures of extinguishing including location of the fire source and access to it,

the appropriate type of fire extinguisher (Halon, water, etc.), other necessary firefighting equipment,

such as protective breathing equipment.

• Extinguishing procedures for certain types of fire (galley, electric oven, toilet, electric device,

upholstery etc.).

• Exactly specified duties of a CC member should a fire occur on board, importance and responsibility

for being ready to perform the appropriate extinguishing procedures.

• Communication and cooperation within the crew when extinguishing fire during a flight, passing

exact information to the Commander of the location, the source and the extent of fire, location of

smoke, what firefighting procedures were performed and necessity to reseat passengers.

• Difficulties in extinguishing in confined spaces and in identifying the source of fire and access to it,

firefighting devices,

• Danger connected with fire on board including low visibility because of smoke,

• Danger associated with fire (engine fires, spilt fuel fire, service car fire etc.), which may affect flight

safety. Approved procedures for the solutions of these situations including recognition,

communication and cooperation within the crew.

• Communication and cooperation required by the ground personnel when extinguishing - the assis-

tance required by the ground personnel.

• Post- extinguishing procedures.

•

The location of the source and the procedures to be followed

Smoke in passenger cabin

• Informing the Commander and communication within the crew

• Devices for improving breathing of passengers

• Smoke elimination procedures

2. Water survival training, practical training in water

• The general description of the personal floating devices, types, kinds, construction description, use

• The actual donning and use of personal floatation equipment in water by each CC member.

•

Practical training of manipulation of life- rafts or slides must take place within the conversiontraining for an airplane type with this equipment.

3. Survival training

• Post-crash procedures to enhance survival possibilities under all conditions:

-In the sea

-In the desert

-In polar and mountain areas

-In the jungle

-Signal devices and ways to use them

4. Medical aspects and first aid

• Terminology -Explanation of the following terms:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-history,

-symptoms,

-signs,

-first aid,-medical treatment,

-prophylaxis,

-diagnosis, and prognosis.

• Hygiene and climatic conditions

-Tropical and arctic zones

-Climatic influences, temperature, humidity, electromagnetic and solar radiation, protection

measures.

-Infectious diseases (e.g. tuberculosis, hepatitis, AIDS etc.), methods of transmissions, emergence of

risks, prevention and possible protection.

-Risks of drinking water, milk, eating ice, fruit, salads and raw vegetables, meat and fish and foods

going bad (patisseries etc.)

-International health regulations

-Vaccination and inoculation requirements;

-Skin diseases;

-Procedures for finding a disease onboard, which must be reported.

-Food poisoning (non-specific gastroenteritis); definition; determination of origin; symptoms,

treatment, prevention;

-Refreshment system - emphasis on the CC members not eating the same meals at the same time.

-Endemic diseases;

-Main endemic diseases in areas where CC members will stay (e.g. malaria), infection, incubation

period, symptoms, safety precautions, prevention.

-General health hazard during a flight,

Note: If it is possible, information about the following topics should refer to the First Aid Manual for the specific

area and include a demonstration of the first aid techniques by a health care instructor or a doctor. Training

graduates should undergo a practical training of the first aid and lifesaving techniques.

General procedure:

Note:

-finding the presence of a doctor or a trained nurse on board and whenever possible to inform the

commander before the initiation of the action.

-Air sickness: recognition and treatment;

-Passenger behavior problems caused by alcohol and other drugs: management of situation;

-Allergic reactions – cause, recognition, treatment;

-Emergency childbirth on board, documentation;

-Barotrauma (ear problems due to air pressure): causes (demonstrate with the middle ear model, if

possible), influence of infection of the upper airways, allergies, ways of easing of the airways, advice on

further management. Put emphasis on occurrence frequency and importance

-Burns, treatment procedures-Concussion, treatment procedures

-Consciousness disorders, recognition and treatment procedures

-Joint damage, recognition, first aid for a sprained ankle, dislocation and fracture

-Wounds: recognition of arterial and venous bleeding, management with direct pressure, pressure points

and bandage, or tight bandage and treatment by localized pressure, duration of tight bandage, bandage of

the wound




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Strangulating of limb arterial bleeding may be dangerous if the procedure is not followed expertly. It is only

used for wounds with excessive bleeding which cannot be stopped by pressure.

-Baby cramps, cause, treatment including reassurance of calming parents; -Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation

-Epilepsy: causes, recognition, procedures

-Death, recognition, procedures, documentation

-Diabetes (diabetes mellitus) cause and recognition of hypoglycemia, procedures;

-Fainting, cause, recognition, procedures

-Drug overdose, recognition, procedures

-Medication during the flight

-Side-effects procedures for removing objects from passengers' eyes

-Gastro-intestinal disturbance: “hangover“, “stomach ache“, diarrhea, treatment procedures

-Myocardial infarct (heart attack) and angina pectoris, cause, symptoms, recognition, first aid

-Hypertension (high blood pressure); cause, symptoms, recognition, heat hazard, heat spasms, exhaustion,

recognition, treatment procedures

-Stroke: recognition, treatment procedures;

-Hypothermia: cause, situations when it occurs, recognition, prevention, treatment procedures

-Hyperventilation: cause, symptoms, recognition, prevention, treatment

-Hypoxy: recognition, treatment procedures

-Nose bleeds, stopping the bleeding

-Non-specified pain, depth and extent, treatment procedures

-First-aid kits, their contents- exact knowledge of the location and contents of the first aid kit, medical

equipment and its use.

Note:

CC members should work with the first aid equipment and medicines according to a list in preference tomemorizing all items on the list. Also valid for first aid demonstrations.

Emergency situation help

-Procedures for finding medically qualified people who could assist in an emergency situation if a doctor is

necessary

-Medical training level of the people authorized to act in emergency situations (a doctor, nurse, technician

etc.);

-In-flight consultation with qualified ground medical staff

-Mutual teamwork among CC members, flight crew and ground personnel in assistance during flight and

landing

-Emergency landing because of health emergency situation:

-Conditions demanding emergency landing for urgent health reasons, recommended procedures, checklists,

-Commander's authority, general flight safety

5. Passenger handling

Procedures for management of passengers who are, or become, intoxicated with alcohol or are under the

influence of drugs or are aggressive and endanger flight, crew and passenger safety.

Methods used to motivate passengers and the crowd control necessary to expedite an airplane evacuation.

Crowd control training includes:

-Communications between flight crew and cabin crew use of all communication equipment, including the

difficulties of co-ordination in a smoke-filled environment or in low visibility.

-Verbal commands

-The physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-The redirection of passengers away from unusable exits, crowd control and passenger flow management

-Accompanying passengers from the airplane.

-Evacuation of disabled passengers.

-Authority and management.-Regulations covering the safe stowage of cabin baggage, including cabin service items and the risk of it

becoming a hazard to occupants of the cabin or otherwise damaging safety equipment or obstructing

airplane exits.

-Correct seat allocation with reference to airplane mass and balance. Particular emphasis shall also be given

on the seating of disabled passengers, and the necessity of seating able-bodied passengers adjacent to

unsupervised exits.

Turbulence

6. Communication

-Duties to be undertaken in securing the cabin:

-Types of turbulence

-Signaling equipment and communication within the crew;-Announcement and passenger information;

-Procedures to ensure cabin safety and passengers check

-Galley equipment handling and securing the articles and equipment;

-Procedures to ensure CC safety;

During training, emphasis is placed on the importance of effective communication between cabin crew and

flight crew in normal, abnormal and emergency situations.

Communication techniques

Common language and correct terminology.

Unified announcement.

Effective communication between flight crew and cabin crew.

Nonverbal communication.

Negative influences and differences between verbal and nonverbal communication and the possible dangers

of ineffective communication.

Responsibility to use commonly used expressions and negative effect of not using these expressions on flight

safety.

Responsibility of the crew to give full and precise information, which could help in decision-making, thedanger of making assumptions.

Importance of taking the initiative to promptly communicate all information, which concerns safety, in a

precise and comprehensible way.

7. Discipline and responsibility

Duties in accordance with the Operations Manual.

Carrying out CC member proficiency

Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements

Aviation regulations -Objectives and tasks of ICAO, IATA, AEA, other organizations;

Objectives and tasks of CAA, airport authorities etc.;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Conditions for issuing and validity limitations of certificates; recognition of important expressions and terms

commonly used in civil aviation.

Air traffic control, civil aviation safety, airport categories and limitations, minimums;Standard units used in operation - times (UTC, time zones, 24 hour system etc.),

Use of international phonetic alphabet IPA

Pre-flight briefing - the provision of necessary safety information with regard to CC specific duties.

Post-flight duties - post-flight analysis, flight reports

Relevant documents and manuals - are kept up-to-date

Recognition, authorization and responsibility for announcement of evacuation

Safety duties and responsibility and the need to respond promptly and effectively to emergency situations.

Company documents, company mail, general declaration, cargo manifest, loadsheet;

Procedures concerning the checking of the cabin and passengers before the flight and their effects on flight

safety, to repeat emergency signals and commands.

Safety regulations for staying in the check-in area, responsibility for passengers walking in the airport area,

procedures for making passenger movements in airport areas, boarding areas and lounges easier.

Checking and verification of all required documents and manuals;

Checking and verification of location and operability of all personal safety equipment as required;

Airplane takeover according to checklists, defect reporting;

Cabin Log Book; Checking and verification of accessibility of all safety and emergency equipment required on board an

airplane (e.g. are there any cracked windows, defective door locks, visible or noticeable damage to the

structure, excessive leaking etc.?), correct procedures, reports or registration of non-functioning possibly

hidden equipment in all stages of flight;

Pre-take-off duties of CC

On-board announcements;

Pre-flight passengers briefing (PAX briefing), safety demonstration of emergency equipment (verbaldemonstration or using audio-video), seat belts, oxygen masks, instructions in life vest use in flights with life

vest required, emergency lighting, emergency exits, instructions and practice, smoking, electrical devices,

baggage, practical instruction;

Pre-take-off cabin check - passengers, backrests, armrests, tables, bins, emergency exits, aisle, toilets, galley

check -Report to SCC;

Report to the Commander that the cabin is ready for take-off or warning the cockpit crew by CC that take-off

or move must be delayed;

Importance of light dimming in passenger cabin and galley during night flights;

Requirements for special category passengers information;

CC duties during take-off;

CC duties after take-off - cabin check;

CC duties during the flight – cabin and toilet check,




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Procedures for special category passengers handling including safety instruction and seating limitations

concerning seat allocation in a cabin (e.g. disabled people, deported people, prisoners, government officials

etc.);

Procedures concerning passengers seat allocation, including limitations, correct selection of passengers

seated next to the emergency exits and reseating passengers so that the seating principles are respected;

Limitations f or baby and children transport;

CC responsibility for checking and supervision of passengers while the aircraft is on the ground;

Emphasis should be placed on attitude to problem passengers during boarding and before takeoff;

Important

CC members must respect the assigned position with regard to the safety procedures before take-off and in

critical stages of the flight and with regard to preventing problems.

Procedures ensuring that CC members sit on their seats before take-off if they are not engaged in carryingout safety duties.

The location of cabin crew seats taking into account CC duties in an emergency evacuation, use of seat belts,

correct ways of using CC seats, silent repetition of emergency procedures before take-off and landing,

procedures of recognizing time limits to stay seated after take-off and landing.

Procedures for passenger service (when allowed or required by circumstances) on the ground, importance of

mutual communication and coordination whenever ground service is performed.

Procedures ensuring that aisles and spaces close to emergency exits are not blocked by serving trolleys while

the airplane is on the ground.

Procedures and regulations concerning alcoholic drinks and passenger handling who show signs of tipsiness;

Procedures and operating regulations regarding refueling of an airplane with passengers on-board and

warning about the possible hazard for people involved, necessary adjustments that must be made if a

problem occurs during refueling.

Procedures concerning permission of cabin baggage stowage of both the crew and the passengers, all

applicable limitations including the consequences on safety of incorrectly placed baggage, identifying

forbidden objects which might be brought on to the airplane as cabin baggage;

Safety procedures concerning movement of an airplane on the ground and possibilities of their effective

auctioning;

Enforcement of regulations prohibiting smoking and procedures in case of breaking the rules;

CC duties:

-before landing,

-during landing and ground movement,

-during passengers disembarkation;

Duties and activities of CC during transit;

CC duties during refueling while passengers stay on board;

CC responsibility to inform in-coming crew of all defects, special passengers or any matters concerning flight

safety,

Procedures for filling in documentation and reports concerning flight safety;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Safety procedures during a normal flight and in emergency situations associated with a take-off, climbing,

en-route flight, descending, landing and ability to use them appropriately.

Importance of listening to all announcements because they may contain emergency signals, commands orinformation;

Importance of being continually prepared for any possible situation affecting flight safety and crew and

passenger safety (e.g. smoking is prohibited during the whole flight, securing of buffet trolley etc.) and

informing the Commander about any unusual situation concerning the airplane, its equipment or people

onboard;

Procedures for giving important information to flight crew members concerning safety during all stages of

the flight;

Procedures associated with entering the cockpit, the Commander's right to refuse entry to the cockpit,

determining critical stages of the flight associated with the term "sterile cockpit";

Cockpit security assurance (procedures of locking and unlocking and timing);

Regulations and procedures for permission of transport and use of electronic devices onboard,

understanding effects of the use of electronic devices and enforcing regulations;

Procedures in the event of incapacitation or non-availability of CC, effects on flight safety, communication

and coordination procedures to ensure fulfillment of CC duties in such events;

Regulations and responsibility of CC concerning passengers under the influence of alcohol or drugs -

Precautions to be taken when live animals are carried in the cabin;

8. General aviation and terminology knowledge, airplane theory knowledge, meteorology, stowing

Meteorology, atmosphere composition, pressure, density, basics of meteorology, types of cloud formation,air mass, fronts, seasonal differences in weather, winds, wind shear, jet-stream, cloudless turbulence, storms

etc., influence on flight operation;

Aviation terminology;

Flight theory and aerodynamics, basic parts of an airplane, airplane systems and their purpose, types of

engines and basic principles, use of reverse thrust; -Icing, volcanic ash etc.

Propeller over-rotation characteristics, jet engines blast, defects, abnormal situations - smoke, fire, fuel

leakages;

Control surfaces and their functions, four aerodynamic forces, three axes and movement around each axis

(bank, roll, pitch); Airplane surfaces and flight hazards associated with pollution of control surfaces and airfoil;

Weight and balance - importance, center of gravity, load distribution and their effect on stability and

controllability of the airplane;

Immediate informing of all noticed or reported defects concerning flight safety;

Stowing

-Airplane balance;

-Loadsheet, responsibility for passenger seating;

-Cargo distribution;

-CC responsibility for distribution of passengers and cabin baggage;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Cabin division into sections;

-Documents handed to CC;

9. Crew Resource Management (CRM)

Introduce the general idea of the human factor as the cause of aviation accidents.

Knowledge to be developed:

Common language, correct terminology;

Need to identify with the CRM principles individually;

Instructions how to continue in self-improvement;

Individual attitudes and behavior, how they influence the team performance;

Satisfaction and its effect on team performance;

Competence to fly, general idea that everyone is personally responsible for coming to work in good shape

(„fit to fly“), idea of extending and refinement of this term;

Pressure and organization influences, company culture and procedures (company policy);

Available sources, recognition and use;

Recognition and determination of priorities;

Interpersonal relationships and their effects on team work, methods of improving relationships among crew

members, ways of reacting to each other´s influence creating a team and their overall results;

„Team requirements“ versus „personal“ objectives, idea that some problems need a team solution while

others may be solved individually (individual efforts);

Recognition of the rules (e.g. non-verbalized acceptance of behavior, procedures and expectations):

Whether they are identical or different from the written principles, the rules generate heavy pressure on an

individual to conform to them;

Legal and official position of the captain as a team leader and commander;

Principles and procedures, which should be respected during the training course as well as subsequent

activities. For example: company management support of the training programme and system and those

who try to follow all teaching principles; disciplinary proceedings during training and later in actual flight

operation;

-Communication/interpersonal skills – its parts are:

Skills to be developed:

-information

-cultural influence

-barriers, e.g. social status, age, position in the crew

-polite assertiveness

-empathy

-listening

-feedback

-respecting different opinions




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-general awareness of the surroundings

Awareness of situation – its parts are:

-reality versus the impression of apparent reality

-addiction / distracting somebody´s attention

-monitoring (permanent, regular)

-incapacitation: partial – total, physical – mental, evident – latent

-conflict handling

Problems solving (decision making), judgment, which contain:

-reaction to conflicts

-coping with conflicts

10. Dangerous goods ( according to the information , instructions and general guidelines in chapter 9

OM – A )

Transportation of dangerous goods:

General principles;

Limitations for dangerous goods in air transport

Classification according to classes and parcel labels;

Dangerous goods in passenger baggage or transported by passengers -Emergency procedures

11. Security procedures

Reporting of illegal actions.

Airplane search checklist.

Cockpit safeguarding.

Offence committed onboard, which may endanger flight safety, passengers and crew safety;

Procedures for handling intoxicated passengers who may disturb flight safety, the safety of passenger or

crew;

Procedures for problem passengers handling or a group of passengers – eg. smokers

Procedures in case of a crew member attack;

Procedures and equipment for incapacitating, passengers endangering flight safety;

Location and contents of crew regulation concerning illegal interfering; -Rights and duties of the Commander

and other crew members;

Prevention measures in relation to passengers, baggage and equipment to be transported by air;

Bomb threat:

Procedures for an airplane search if it is insecure or if TSP or state authority consider it necessary;

Procedures for handling with suspicious pieces of baggage or objects onboard

Procedures for a bomb attack threat;

Distinguishing procedures in situations if an airplane is considered to be on the ground or in the air.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Procedures for negotiations with hijackers;

Hijack:

Communication technique with the Commander and crew;

Stockholm syndrome;

Limitations for on-board service;

Distinguishing procedures in situations if an airplane is considered to be on the ground or in the air; -

Prevention measures.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Part II - English language


of lessons

1. English language 24



English language

Professional terms and conversation in relation to operating on an airplane and carrying out CC member

proficiency.

Professional terms and conversation concerning flight operation.

On-board announcement – practical training.

Emergency procedures and commands in emergency situations – crowd control.

Description of individual parts of an airplane, emergency equipment and lifesaving equipment.

Detailed description of cabin interior, toilets and inflight equipment.

Completion of forms (customs, passport forms, general declaration, injury forms).

Ability to communicate fluently and clearly.

Translations of a common text to and from both languages.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Part III - Supplemental subjects


of lessons

1. Introductory information about TSP 4

2. Uniformed discipline 2

3. Business and transport procedures 2

4. Currency regulations and world geography 4

5. Passenger care and psychology 8

6. In - flight service 4

7. Social behaviour 2

8. General appearance 2

Total number of lessons 28


1. Information about TSP

Introductory instruction;

Organization structure, history of the company;

Work Code, working and disciplinary regulations for aviation personnel and CC insurance;

Health and safety at work and firefighting regulations;

Practical familiarization with the workplace related to carrying out CC proficiency, taking measures for

uniforms;

Administrative matters (concerns, personal business) - commencement of training, textbooks etc.

2. Uniformed discipline

Uniform regulation;

Care of uniform and appearance;

Respecting uniform discipline (summer, winter, tropical areas);

Behavior in uniform in public;

Behavior during stay-away;

Intercultural differences;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Working documents + CC work aids,

3. Business and transport procedures

Distinguishing passengers according to classes;

Flight with more sections;

Boarding passes - double seating, free seating.

Carriage regulations

See General Carriage Conditions for PAX and baggage and Goods;

International tickets, types, composition, validity;

Reconfirmation;

Endorsement – who is authorized to endorse;

Baggage transport, surpluses baggage;

Check-in, paying;

Manual used in business and operations activities of the company;

Credit cards accepted by the company – use on board;

Child transport – accompanied, not accompanied;

Conditions for transfer cost reimbursement;

Loss of documents procedures;

Removal of passengers from transport;

Types of discounts;

The company's responsibility for loss, particularly for defects on goods;

International cargo manifest;

Company mail transport methods;

Side fees;

Basic labels – labels in international cargo transport;

Transport of live animals by air (both as goods and as baggage);

Transport by air of human corpses, valuable mail and unaccompanied baggage;

4. Customs and currency regulations and world geography

Customs Act, organization and institutions of customs authority;

Cooperation with other institutions;

Customs areas, border customs zones;

Customs control, customs control in air traffic;

Customs free transport, import duty relief;

Cross-border transport of goods;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Carriers' duties;

Customs violations processes;

Regulation violations, customs complaints, violation sanctions;

General knowledge of world geography;

Cultural differences and local customs;

World languages;

Time zones;

States of the world.

5. Passenger care and psychology

Communication with passengers (verbal and non-verbal);

Microphone presentations, video presentation, get to know yourself;

Influence of personality on quality of passenger care (human factor);

Assertiveness;

Conflict prevention, conflict solution;

Influence of stress on performance of duty;

Relaxation techniques;

Rules of social conduct and behavior with regard to relationships with passengers;

Passenger types;

Special differences in some nationalities;

6. IFS

Flight information;

Briefing, checklists

CC departure for the airplane;

Special child care, UM (unaccompanied minor), special care of disabled passengers, sick passengers, VIP

(very important person);

Airplane equipped with ground onboard service;

CATERING; cleaning;

CC duties in emergency situation during flight –the TSP procedures;

Stowage of cabin baggage by CC;

airplane take-over according to checklists, defect reports;

Cabin Log Book;

Workplace preparation onboard (according to an airplane type):

-Galley, cabin, company materials, toilets

-START equipment check – necessary substitution equipment;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


CC preparation for passenger boarding;

PIL (passengers information list);

Passenger boarding;

Assisting passengers in a passenger cabin:

Assisting mothers with children and old passengers,

Assistance in stowing coats, cabin baggage,

Greeting passengers in passenger cabin,

After passenger boarding – reporting the number of passengers to SCC;

CC duties before take-off (according to an airplane type):

Demonstration of airplane emergency equipment

- seat belts, oxygen masks on flights with required life jackets – instruction on their use, emergency illumination, emergency exits, instructions and practice,

Pre-take-off cabin check – passengers, bins, emergency exits, aisles, toilets,

Galley check

Reporting to SCC;

Importance of dimming lights in passenger cabin and in galleys in night flights

CC duties during take-off;

CC duties after take-off – cabin check;

Keeping workplace tidy during flight - in galley, cabin and toilets;

Crew refreshment;

In-flight meals and rest of CC during flight;

Long-distance flights – duty distribution after service;

Preparing the workplace for handing-over to next crew;

CC duties: -Before landing, -During landing, -During passenger disembarkation;

Duties and activities of CC during transit;

CC duties when refueling while passengers are onboard;

Exchange of catering + handover;

Cleaning check, toilet refilling;

Preparation of inflight passenger company materials in the case of new passengers;

CC duties in case of diverted landing;

CC duties in case of delayed departure;

Landing forms, passenger presents, toys for children;

Handling and responsibility of CC for galley equipment;

Procedures for finding a thing or when a passenger reports a loss;Introduction to complete galley equipment (trolleys, STU, ovens, water heater, coffee-makers, etc.) –




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


according to an airplane type;

Preparation and procedure of service - equipment used during refreshment serving;

Gastronomy rules for serving:

Meals and drinks;

Types of cold drinks:

-Alcoholic,

-Non-alcoholic,

-Mixing drinks – practical training and preparation, how to serve;

-Types of hot drinks – preparation and serving style (coffee, tea)

-Refilling drinks;

-Serving refreshment and their differences according to classes onboard,

-“Class C“ and differences from “class Y“; Special meals

- SPML-Most common types – vegetarian, hindu, muslim, diet etc.

-Kosher – food manipulation, contact with passengers – preparation and serving;

-Practical training of using all equipment +practical training of all kinds of service;

Practical training of the whole flight

-Onboard announcement;

-Company documents, company mail, general declaration, cargo manifest, loadsheet;

-CC responsibility for correct seat allocation of passengers;

-Quality reports; -Flight reports;

-Diplomatic and commander mail;

-Duty free sales and its principles;

-Operating procedures on an airplane type;

7. Social behavior

-Rules of social behavior

-Greeting,

-Handshake,

-Introducing and addressing;

-Rules of manners on social occasions

-Reception,

-Banquet,

-Cocktail evenings

-A glass of wine;

-Buffet;

-Party and other social events

-Dress code




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Invitation abbreviations,

-Letter writing and conduct on the phone-

Behavior in public -in the street; -in public transport means; -in a restaurant (arrival, table manners, paying).

-Behavior at social (cultural) events -at the theatre, -at a concert, -at the cinema,-at the opening of an

exhibition,

-General appearance

-Some diplomatic etiquette

-Behavior to a foreigner abroad

8. General appearance

-CC image (uniform, make-up, hairstyle); -Body language – clothes, perfume; -Color matching; -Make-up; -

Personal hygiene.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A-III

CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING SYLLABUS


of lessons

1. General 1

2. Description of airplane - general characteristics 2

3. Emergency and life-saving equipment 4

4. Emergency procedures - in relation to an airplane or version of an airplane 2

5. Fire and smoke training 2

6. Door and exit manipulation 1

7. Evacuation slide training 1

8. Evacuation procedures, unexpected situations 2

9. Crowd control , CRM 2

10. Pilot incapacitation 1

11. Safety equipment 3

12. Passenger Briefing /Safety Demonstrations. 2

13. On-duty performance 2



1. General

-General information about airplanes

2. Description of an airplane - general characteristics and terminology

-Main parts of an airplane - description of a cabin

-Basic facts - weight, dimensions, cabin capacity

-Operation and flight characteristics

-Balance and weight limitations for loading and placement of baggage

-Critical areas of an airplane

-Communication equipment and signalling equipment

-Pressure and air-conditioning systems

-Oxygen equipment

-Plumbing system




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Galley - description, safety, electrical appliances

-Toilets

-Passenger cabin/s - seats, seat belts, bins, curtains

-CC areas

3. Emergency and lifesaving equipment

-Description and location of all standard and emergency exits for passenger evacuation.

-Description and location of all other exits and evacuation equipment.

-Description, number and use of all emergency and life-saving equipment of airplane:

-Emergency equipment in cockpit and relevant areas accessible from cockpit;

-Emergency equipment in passenger cabin and other areas;

-Oxygen equipment – oxygen supplies, use of oxygen for first aid purposes, system of portable breathing

equipment

-Firefighting equipment

-First aid kits and equipment

-Lifejackets

-Megaphones/Loudspeakers

-Emergency transmitter

-Emergency parcel-Slide-rafts or life-rafts

-Further emergency and life-saving equipment of relevant airplane type

4. Emergency procedures - in relation to the type or version of an airplane

-Emergency landing on land

-Emergency landing on water

-Emergency evacuation - planned

-Emergency evacuation - unplanned

-In-flight emergency procedures – technical problems, bomb, dangerous goods

-Emergency procedures for airplane on the ground


Fire occurrence and extinguishing procedures:

-The recognition of different types, fire identification;

-Prevention and checking;

-The procedures and methods of extinguishing, use of appropriate types of extinguishing agents;

-The use of protective equipment and other equipment;

-Extinguishing procedures, types of fire according to source and location of fire;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Communication within crew;

-Obstacles in extinguishing

Dangers connected with fire on board:

-External fire and procedures in case of occurrence;

-Communication and cooperation with the ground personnel;

-Post-extinguishing procedures.

Smoke in passenger cabin:

-The location of the source and the procedures to be followed;

-Informing the Commander and communication within the crew;

-Devices for improving passenger breathing of passengers;

-Smoke elimination procedure

Each CC member is given realistic and practical training in the use of all firefighting equipment including

protective clothing representative of that carried in the airplane. This training must include:

-Each CC member extinguishing a fire characteristic of an airplane interior fire;

-The donning and use of portable respirator and protective breathing equipment (PBE) by each CC memberin an enclosed simulated smoke-filled environment.

Requirements for fire and smoke training:

Training requirement/interval Required activity Notes:

First conversion to airplane

type (e.g. new entrant)

Actual firefighting and

equipment handlingIt includes use of at least one

fire extinguisher and as used

on the airplane type.

Every year during recurrent

training

Equipment handling

Every three years during

recurrent training

Actual fire extinguishing and

equipment handlingIt includes use of at least one

fire extinguisher and as used

on the airplane type.

Subsequent a/c conversion None Firefighting equipment is

required to be handled if it isdifferent to that previously

handled. If the equipment

between aero-planes types is

the same, training is not

required if within the validity of

the 3-year check.

New firefighting equipment Equipment handling

6. Operation of doors and exits

-Each CC member must operate and actually opens all normal and emergency exits for passenger evacuation

in an airplane or representative training device;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-The operation of all other exits manipulation, such as flight deck windows is demonstrated;

7. Evacuation slide training

-Each CC member must descend an evacuation slide from a height representative of the airplane main deck

sill height;

-The slide must be fitted to an airplane or a representative training device;

-CC member must repeat descent of the relevant slide if s/he is in conversion training for an aero-plane type

where the main deck sill height is different from the one on the type which s/he operated before.

8. Evacuation procedures and unexpected emergency situations

-Planned and unplanned evacuation on land and in water;

-This training must include recognition of when exits are unusable or when evacuation equipment is

unserviceable;

-Each CC member is trained to deal with the following:

-An in-flight fire, with particular emphasis on identifying the actual source of the fire;

-Turbulences; types, signaling, communication, procedures.

-Sudden decompression, the donning of portable oxygen equipment;

-Other in-flight emergencies.

9. Crowd control, CRM

Training is provided on the practical aspects of crowd control in various emergency situations, as applicableto the airplane type:

-Communication between flight crew and cabin crew and the use of all communication equipment, including

difficulties in coordination in a space filled with smoke or with low visibility;

-Verbal commands;

-Physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide;

-The redirection of passengers away from unusable exits, crowd control and passenger flow management;

-Marshalling of passengers away from the airplane;

-Evacuation of disabled passengers;

-Authority and leadership skills;

10. Pilot incapacitation

Each CC member is trained to assist if a pilot becomes incapacitated. This training shall include a

demonstration of:

-The pilot’s seat mechanism;

-Fastening and unfastening the pilot’s seat harness;

-Use of the pilot’s oxygen equipment;

-Use of pilot’s checklist.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


11. Safety equipment - actual training and demonstration of use

Each CC member shall be given realistic training on, and demonstration of, the location and use of safety

equipment including the following:-Slides and ropes;

-Life- rafts and slide-rafts, including the equipment attached to, and/or carried in, the raft;

-Life jackets, infant lifejackets, (floating cots);

-Dropout oxygen system;

-First aid oxygen;

-Fire extinguishers;

-Fire axe and crow-bar;

-Emergency lights including torches;

-Communications equipment, including megaphones

-Survival packs, including their contents;

-Pyrotechnics (actual or representative devices);

-Emergency transmitter;

-First-aid kits, their contents and emergency medical equipment;

-Other cabin safety equipment or systems where applicable

12. Passenger Briefing/Safety DemonstrationsPreparation of passengers for normal situations:

-Instructions for passengers before take-off demonstration according to airplane type and nature of the

flight;

-Preparation of cabin for take-off

-Post-take-off cabin check -Ready for take-off report

-In-flight checks

-Preparation for landing

-Ready for landing reportPreparation of passengers for emergency situations:

-Instructions for passengers - demonstration according to airplane type, equipment and nature of flight;

-Procedures in accordance with the Manual to relevant airplane type and normal procedures for CC

member.

-Ready or state-of-preparation report.

13. On-duty performance

-Pre-flight briefing according to airplane type.

-Take-over and pre-flight check procedures.

-Procedures and activities during passengers boarding.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Duties and activities before, during and after take-off.

-Duties and activities before landing.

-Duties and activities after landing and after passengers disembarkation.

-Duties and activities during transit while passengers stay on board,

-Procedures and activities during refueling while passengers are boarding or are on board.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A – IV

RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS

PART I BASIC PART OF RECURRENT TRAINING

PART II EXTENSION OF RECURRENT TRAINING:

PART III RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS FOR SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER

PART IV RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS FOR CABIN CREW INSTRUCTOR AND EXAMINER




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


PART I - BASIC PART OF RECURRENT TRAINING


of lessons

1. Operations Manual and baggage on board 2

2. TSP up-to-date information 2

3.Emergency procedures* (including so called extension once every 36

months) 8

4. First aid training 2

5. Transportation of dangerous goods** 2

6. Security procedures 2

7. Accident and Incident review 1

8. Crew Resource Management (CRM) 1


* Emergency procedures Lecture room - 4 lessons

Training on airplane (including mock-up facilities or

other relevant training device) - 4 lessons

** Transportation of dangerous goods Training is carried out once every 2 years

DETAILED OUTLINE OF BASIC PART OF RECURRENT TRAINING

1. The Operations Manual

-Familiarization with the changes of the Operations Manual - part A

-Recurrent of relevant parts of the Operations Manual - part A

-Discipline, duties and responsibilities

-Stowage of cabin baggage and objects in the cabin

-Regulations for ensuring safe transport of baggage and articles in the cabin;

-Restrictions for weight and dimensions of baggage;

-Weight restrictions for overhead bins;

-Insurance against movement or falling out during all stages of flight;

-Conditions and transport of oversized articles and baggage;

-Spaces where baggage and cargo must not be placed;

-Cabin check before take-off, landing and during individual stages of flight.

2. TSP up-to-date information

-New information concerning company operations since the previous TSP recurrent training for CC




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3. Emergency procedures and procedures in the event of pilot incapacitation

Procedures if a pilot becomes incapacitated.

This training shall include a demonstration of:




-Use of pilot’s checklists;

-General emergency procedures


-The recognition of various types of emergency situations;

-Predetermined procedures and duties

-Co-ordination and communication within the crew,

-Taking the initiative

-Prevention panic;

-Taking control of the situation in the event of other crew member incapacitation

-The recognition of different types of fire, methods of fire identification

Procedures for occurrence of and extinguishing fire

-Fire prevention and check;-The procedures and methods for extinguishing fire, application of the appropriate type of fire extinguisher,

-The use of protective devices and further equipment;

-The procedures of extinguishing and types of fire according to the location and the fire source;

-Communication within the crew;

-Obstacles in fire extinguishing;

-Dangers associated with on-board fire;

-External fire and procedures in case of occurrence;

-Communication and cooperation with the ground personnel;

-Post-extinguishing procedures.

-Smoke in passenger cabin

-The location of the source and the procedures to be followed;

-Informing the Commander and communication within the crew

-Devices for improving breathing of passengers;

- Smoke elimination procedures.

-Emergency lighting operation;

Emergency Lighting




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Failure of the sources of electric current

-Limitations;

-Use of portable electric torches.

-The recognition of decompression – slow, rapid;

Decompression

-Flight crew procedures and crew communication establishment;

-Immediate actions in case of rapid decompression;

-Procedures after emergency descent;

-CC duties during emergency descent;

-Influence of lower pressure on the human body, general rules of Hypoxia – see Medical Aspects; -Post-

decompression duties.

-Types of turbulence;

Turbulence

-Signaling equipment and communication within the crew;

-Announcement and passenger information;

-Procedures to ensure cabin safety and passengers check

-Galley equipment handling and securing the articles and equipment

-Procedures to ensure CC safety.

-Evacuation procedures

Note: In accordance with standard procedures specified in the Manual for the relevant airplane type

-Procedures for planned and unplanned evacuation on land or water;

-Procedures when an emergency exit or slide is not usable or operating;

-Procedures for emergencies when airplane is not evacuated;

-Signaling and commands;

-Crowd control

-Communication between flight crew and cabin crew and use of all communication equipment, including thedifficulties in co-ordination in a smoke-filled environment or in low visibility;

-Verbal commands;

-The physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide;


-Accompanying passengers from the airplane;


-Authority and leadership

Touch-drills by each CC member for opening normal and emergency exits for passengers evacuation; EachCC member must have the possibility of the physical contact with an actual exit opening mechanism when

practicing touch-drills;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Emergency equipment

The location and handling of emergency equipment in the passenger cabin, cockpit and areas accessible

from flight-deck and in other spaces, including oxygen systems, and the donning by each cabin crew memberof lifejackets, portable oxygen and protective breathing equipment (PBE);

4. First aid and the contents of the first aid kits

Physiology of flight including oxygen requirements and hypoxia;

Medical emergencies in aviation including:

-Choking;

-Stress reactions and allergic reactions;

-Hyperventilation;

-Gastro-intestinal disturbance,

-Air sickness;

-Epilepsy;

-Heart attacks;

-Stroke;

-Shock;

-Diabetes;

-Emergency childbirth;

-Asthma.

Basic first aid and survival training including care of:

-The unconsciousness;

-Burns;

-Wounds;

-Fractures and soft tissue injuries.

Practical cardio-pulmonary resuscitation by each CC member having regard to the airplane environment and

using a specifically designed dummy.

-The first-aid oxygen

The use of relevant airplane equipment:

-Resuscitator

-Digital manometer

-The first aid kits - the contents and practical opening of the different kits:

a) For first aid

b) For doctor's use

c)

For CC member’s use.

5. Transportation Dangerous goods ( according to the information , instructions and general guidelines in




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


chapter 9 OM – A )

-Transportation of dangerous goods;

-General principles;

-Limitations for dangerous goods in air transport

-Classification according to classes and parcel labels;

-Dangerous goods in passenger baggage or transported by passengers


-Offence committed onboard, which may endanger flight safety, passengers and crew safety;

-Procedures for handling intoxicated passengers who disturb or may disturb flight safety, the safety of

passenger or crew;

-Procedures for problem passengers handling or a group of passengers – e.g. smokers

-Procedures in case of a crew member attack;

-Procedures and equipment for incapacitating, passengers endangering flight safety;

-Location and contents of crew regulation concerning illegal interfering;

-Rights and duties of the Commander and other crew members;

-Prevention measures in relation to passengers, baggage and equipment to be transported by air;

Bomb threat

-Procedures for an airplane search if it is insecure or if TSP or state authority consider it necessary;-Procedures for handling suspicious pieces of baggage or objects onboard

-Procedures for a bomb attack threat;

-Distinguishing of airplane as “on the ground” or “in flight” and relevant procedures;

-Procedures for negotiations with hijackers;

Hijack

-Communication technique with the Commander and crew;

-Stockholm syndrome;

-Limitations for on-board service;

-Distinguishing procedures in situations if an airplane is considered to be on the ground or in the air

-Prevention measures.

7. Incident and accident review

-Definitions - Air Accident, Incident;

-Analyses and conclusions from accidents and incidents in TSP, which either happened or might have

happened, possible preconditions of occurrence;

-Conclusions and learning from known accidents and incidents of other carriers and the use of available

materials from aircraft manufacturers;

-Measures taken based on conclusions and analyses;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Ways of reporting, informing and announcing;

-Types of forms used.

Note: Besides complete analyses and conclusions it is necessary to focus on incidents endangering flightsafety, passenger health, their journey, crew activity and cabin safety.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


8. Crew resource management – CRM ( overview 3 year cycle )

Number Subject

P A R T 1

Personality awareness, human error and reliability ,attitudes and behaviors, self –assessment

Stress and stress management

Fatigue and vigilance

Assertiveness

Situation awareness , information , acquisition and processing

Workload management

Identification and management of the passenger human factors : crowd control ,

passenger stress , conflict management , medical factors

Case based studies

Total

number

of

lessons:

1 lesson

Number Subject

P A R T

2

Shared situation awareness , information , acquisition and processing

Effective communication and coordination between all crew members ,including the

flight crew as well as inexperienced cabin crew members , cultural differences

Leadership , co-operation , synergy , decision making , delegation

Individual and team responsibilities , decision making , and actions

Specifics related to airplane types ( narrow / wide bodies , single / multi deck ), flight

crew and cabin crew composition and number of passengers

Case based studies

Totalnumber

of

lessons:

1 lesson




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Number Subject

P A R T 3

Company safety culture ,SOPs, organizational factors , factors linked to the type of

operations

Error prevention and detection

Effective communication and coordination with other operational personnel and

ground services

Participation in cabin safety incident and accident reporting

Case based studies

Total

number

oflessons:

1 lesson

PART II - EXTENSION OF RECURRENT TRAINING

Number Subject

PART 1

The operation and actual opening of all normal and emergency exits for passenger

evacuation in an airplane or representative training device.

Demonstration of operation of all other exits including flight deck windows.

Total number of lessons: 2 lessons

Number Subject

PART 2

Each CC member is given realistic and practical training in the use of all fire-fighting

equipment, including protective clothing, representative of the carried in the airplane.

This training must include:

Each CC member extinguishing a fire characteristic of an airplane interior fire except

that, in the case of Halon extinguishers, an alternative extinguishing agent may be used.


Number Subject

PART 3Use of pyrotechnics (real or unreal), smoke bombs, flares and rockets.

Demonstration of operation of life-rafts and slide-rafts where fitted.





OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A – V

SYLLABUS OF SCC TRAINING


of lessons

1. Pre-flight briefing 2

2. Co-operation within the crew 2

3. Legal requirements and procedures to ensure safety 1

4. Human factors and crew resource management – CRM 2

5. Accident and incident reporting 1

6. Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements 2

7. On-duty performance 4

8. English language 2


DETAILED OUTLINE OF THE SYLLABUS

1. Pre-flight briefing with special emphasis on

-Operating as a crew;

-Competence for the particular flight (documents, flight capability)

-Allocation of CC stations and responsibilities;

-Consideration of the particular flight including:

a) Airplane type, version of the type;

b)

Normal and emergency equipment;

c) Area and type of operation including ETOPS

d)

Categories of passengers, including disabled, infants and stretcher cases.

2. Co-operation within the crew

-Discipline, responsibilities and chain of command;

-Importance of co-ordination and communication;

-Communication within crew;

-Pilot incapacitation;

-SCC or CC incapacitation

3. Legal requirements and procedures to ensure safety-Passengers safety briefing, safety cards;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Securing of galleys;

-Stowage of cabin baggage;

-Electronic equipment;

-Procedures when fuelling with passengers on board;

-Turbulence;

-Documentation.

4. Human factors and crew resource management - CRM

-Where practicable, this should include the participation of SCC members in flight simulator Line Oriented

Flying Training exercises;

-Practical CRM training together with the company's pilots.

5. Accident and Incident reporting

-Distinguishing between incidents and accidents

-Reporting procedures,

-Types of forms used.

6. Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements

-Legislative regulations in relation to f light and duty time limitations

-Flight duty limitations and rest requirements

-Principles of maximum on-duty time and minimum rest time calculations

-Practical examples of maximum on-duty time and minimum rest time calculations

7. On-duty performance

-Pre-flight briefing according to airplane type.

-Take-over and pre-flight check procedures.

-Procedures and activities during passenger boarding.

-Duties and activities before, during and after take-off.

-Duties and activities before landing.

-Duties and activities after landing and after passenger disembarkation

-Duties and activities during transit while passengers remain on board,

-Procedures and activities during refueling while passengers are boarding or are on board.

8. English language

-Professional terms and conversation concerning flight operation;

-On-board announcements - practical training;

-Emergency procedures and evacuation commands, crowd control;

-Description of individual parts of an airplane and emergency equipment;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Detailed description of cabin interior, galley equipment, toilets etc.

-Description, function and location of emergency equipment;

-Filling in cabin log book;

-Completion of forms - general declaration, injury reports.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A – VI

SYLLABUS OF CC INSTRUCTOR TRAINING

PART I General knowledge

PART II Teaching methodology

PART III Emergency and lifesaving equipment

PART I - GENERAL KNOWLEDGE

Number Subject

Numberof lessons

1. International aviation organizations 0,5

2. The Civil Aviation Act 0,5

3. State aviation authorities 0,5

4. Regulations on civil aviation operations 0,5

5. The Operations Manual of TSP 3

6. Cabin Crew training 1

7. General knowledge of aviation and terminology 1

8. Incidents and accidents 1

9. EU– OPS 8


DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF SYLLABUS - GENERAL KNOWLEDGE

1. International aviation organizations

-ICAO; -IATA; -EU -OPS -FAA; -AEA; -ECAC;

-Government, non-government organizations and liaison between them, authorities;

2. Civil Aviation Act

-Validity, legal basis; -Relationship between the Act and the organizations ICAO, EU -OPS

-Basic paragraphs concerning operations and CC activities;

3. State aviation authorities in the Rzeczpospolita Polska

-The Min of infrastructure; -The Civil Aviation Authority ULC;

-Basic relationships, authorities and responsibilities;

-Authority to monitor;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


4. Regulations on civil aviation operations

-ANNEX, ICAO; -Aviation act; -EU- OPS series regulations; -Binding regulations of the CAA;

-Basic articles of regulations concerning CC activities;

-Connections between regulations;

-Relations to acts on civil aviation.

5. The Operations Manual of TSP

-Minimum equipment List (MEL);

General

-Crew duties;

-Conditions under which a crew member is not allowed to work on an airplane;

-Access to flight deck;

-Portable electronic devices;

-Transport of passengers of limited mobility;

Operations procedures

-Transport of undesirable and deported persons and persons in custody;

-Stowage of baggage and cargo;

-Seat allocation of passengers;

-Passenger briefing;

-Fuelling/defueling while passengers remain on board;

-Seat mechanism, two-point and multiple-point seat belts.

-Airplane balance and consequences of imbalance;

Airplane balance, Stowing


-Documents handed over to CC.

Crew flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements

-Legislative and health limitations of flight duty

-Basic documents and regulations;

-Examples of maximum flight and duty time and minimum rest time calculations.

6. Cabin crew training

-Acquisition and maintenance of qualifications of CC member proficiency;

-CC training program;

-The Operations Manual, part D - in relation to CC activities;

-Entering qualifications in CC certificate,




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Aviation terminology.

7.General knowledge of aviation and terminology

-Basic terms of meteorology;

-Icing, volcanic ash;

-Aviation terminology - Polish, English;

-Flight theory, aerodynamics;

-Basic parts of an airplane, airplane systems and their purpose;

-Control surfaces and their functions;

-Airplane surfaces and flight hazards associated with pollution of control surfaces and aerofoil

8. Accident and incident Basic terminology;

-Regulation;

-Accident and incident review

-Ways of reporting, informing and announcing;

9. EU– OPS

-The part of the regulation relating to operating as a CC member




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


PART II

TEACHING METHODOLOGY


of lessons

1. Process of self-education 1

2. Teaching process 1

3. Training philosophy 1

4. Teaching methods used 1

5. Perceptiveness and communication basics 1

6. Testing and assessment of CC-trainee 1

7. Training program compilation 1

8. Human performance and restricting factors 1

9. Dangers resulting from defects or emergency situations 1

10. Administration of training 1


DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF SYLLABUS - TEACHING METHODOLOGY

1. Self-education process

-Motivation;

-Perceptiveness and understanding;

-Memory and using one's memory;

-Habits and their transfer;

-Obstacles of self- education;

-Motivation in self-improvement;

-Methods of self-education;

-Intensity of self-education.

2. Teaching process

-Elements of efficient teaching;

-Planning of teaching activities;

-Teaching methods;

-Teaching from the "familiar" to the "unfamiliar";

-Use of the "Lesson Plan".




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3. Philosophy of training

-Value of structured (approved) course of training;

-Importance of planned syllabus;

-Integration of theoretical knowledge and practical training.

4. Teaching methods used

-Theoretical knowledge - using teaching methods in the lecture room

-Use of training aids

-Group lectures

-Individual preliminary preparation

-Student participation in discussions;

-Methods of practical training in the lecture room

-The instructor - student inter-relationship

-Group practice

-Feedback;

-Methods of practical in-flight training

-Flight environment - airplane cabin

-Training methods used.

5. Perceptiveness and communication basics

-Briefing

-Factors affecting leadership behavior;

-Hierarchy of needs;

-Review;

-Giving commands (instructions, orders);

-Assigning;

-Supervision;-Evaluation, appreciation;

-Communication;

-Behavior - contact behavior;

-Speech - expression - body language;

-Making initial contact;

-The ability to listen;

-Information acquisition- he/she who asks question, gets ahead;

-Remarks recording;

-Hierarchy;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Asking questions;

-Obstacles in communication;

-How we see each other;

-Feedback;

-Healthy assertiveness, self-assertiveness;

-Training methodology.

6. Testing and assessment of CC-trainee

-Assessment of CC-trainee’s performance

-Refreshing knowledge

-Shift from knowledge to understanding

-Developing the theory through practice

-Necessity to evaluate the rate of progress.

-CC-trainee error analysis

-Determine the cause of errors

-Treat important errors first, less important errors afterwards

-Avoid excessive criticism

-Necessity of clear and concise communication.

7. Training program compilation

-Lesson planning;

-Preparation;

-Explanation and demonstration;

-CC- trainee’s participation and practice;

-Assessment.

8. Human performance and restricting factors

-Physiological factors;

-Psychological factors;

-Information processing;

-Opinions on behavior;

-Developing judgment and ability to decide.

9. Danger resulting from defects or emergency situations

-Importance of touch drills training;

-Awareness of situation;

-Following correct procedures.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


10. Administration of training

-Theoretical instructions and practical exercise records;

-Practical in-flight training records;

-Plan of ground training;

-Plan of in-flight training;

-Study materials and texts;

-Official forms;

-Operations Manuals.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


PART III -

EMERGENCY AND LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT

Number Subject

1 Fire and smoke training

2 Water survival training

3 Survival training in inhospitable areas

4 Emergency evacuation training

5 Emergency procedures

6 Crew Resource Management

7 Crowd Control

8 Dangerous goods

9 Security procedures

10 Training of first aid procedures

This syllabus is the basis for a personal presentation given by a future instructor during the final oral

examination at TSP.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE SYLLABUS - EMERGENCY AND LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT


Theoretical background

-Categories of fire types;

-Theory of occurrence of fire, inflammation temperatures of combustible materials;

-Procedures of extinguishing;

-The location of the fire sources, causes;

-The necessity of dealing promptly with emergencies involving fire;

-Communication, the necessity of informing the flight crew immediately;

-Co-ordination and assistance in location of the fire source and extinguishing the fire;

-Firefighting equipment, fire extinguishers, fire axes, crow-bars, personal protective equipment, techniques

of use;

-General procedures of emergency ground service at the airport;

-Checklist for extinguishing fires in passenger cabin.

Special equipment

-Practical demonstration of all firefighting equipment;

-Personal breathing equipment;

-Fire extinguishers – types, practical demonstration;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Fire axes, crow-bars, and other equipment;

-Firefighting gloves;

-Protective breathing equipment.

Training on a representative training device must include:

-Solution of various situations involving extinguishing a fire;

-Extinguishing a fire characteristic of an airplane interior fire;

-The donning and use of protective breathing equipment.

2. Water survival training

-Theoretical instructions

-Conditions of water survival -Means of survival in water

-Behavior for survival in water, physiological conditions of survival

-Life jackets

-Life-rafts

-ELT (emergency locator transmitter)

-PLB (personal locator beacon)

Practical training in water should include:

-The actual use of life saving equipment;

-The use of life-rafts if required(Note: It is sufficient if this training is valid within the conversion or recurrent training).

3. Survival training in inhospitable areas

Theoretical instructions

-General -Immediate action, prompt activity;

-Procedures to be followed in order to expedite rescue operation;

-Survival in cold environment;

-Provision of First aid in extreme conditions;

-Extreme hypothermia (as opposed to hyperthermia), snow blindness.

-Signalling

-Conditions of making decision whether to stay by an airplane or leave the place of the accident, the

importance of situation analysis;

-Shelter, emergency hut;

-Clothing;

-Health and health hazard factors;

-Obtaining drinking water from natural sources, the importance of drinking regularly, food;

-Obtaining food from natural sources.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Other emergency equipment,

-Practical demonstration;

4. Emergency evacuation training


-Slides, description of slide;

-Types of slides;

-How to use the slides;

-Ropes, use of ropes in emergency airplane evacuation.

Practical training

-Practical training on the use of slide;

-Practical descent of a slide.

5. Emergency procedures


-Planned and unplanned emergency evacuation;

Evacuation

-Announcement techniques of emergency evacuation;

-Communication and procedures for preparation of emergency evacuation;

-The importance of identifying when CC members have the authority and responsibility to initiate an

evacuation and other emergency procedures;

-The importance of safety duties and responsibilities and the need to respond promptly and effectively to

emergency situations.

-Distinguishing types of turbulence;

Severe turbulence

-Signaling;

-Communication within the crew, practical training;

-Announcement and passenger information, practical training;

-Procedures to ensure cabin safety and passenger check;

-Galley equipment handling;

-Securing objects and equipment;

-Procedures to ensure CC safety.

-Causes of decompression;

Decompression

-Effects of decompression for various reasons;

-The physiological effects of lack of oxygen;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-The necessity to solve the situation immediately;

-Correct assessment of situation during emergency or slow descent, possibly while maintaining level flight;

-Procedures for situation solving during decompression while in emergency descent and procedures forother stages of flight;

-Communication within the crew, practical training;

-Communication with passengers, practical training;

-Dropout oxygen masks, use, (mixture of oxygen and air);

-Side effects of dropout oxygen systems;

Theoretical instructions:

Pilot incapacitation




-Use of pilot’s checklists;

Practical training:

Practical training shall include a demonstration of:

-Procedures for cabin preparation in case of emergency landing and evacuation;

-The pilot's seat mechanism, fastening and unfastening the pilot’s seat harness;

-Use of the pilot’s oxygen equipment, use of pilot’s checklists.

Other emergency and safety equipment

-Emergency lighting including torches;

-Communication equipment including megaphones, practical training in use;

-Pyrotechnics;

-Interior doors, curtains;

-Other cabin safety equipment or systems where applicable

6. Crew Resource Management

-The importance and effect of the human element;

-Basic knowledge and terms; -Crew cooperation training;

-Communication;

-Situation awareness - awareness of flight crew management of various emergency situations and

consequential effects on the operation of the airplane;

-Problem solving;

-Leadership and team behavior;

-Stress, stress management.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


7. Crowd Control

-Communication between flight crew and cabin crew and the use of all communication equipment;

-Coordination in a space filled with smoke or with low visibility;

-Verbal commands;

-Physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide;


-The marshaling of passengers away from the airplane;


8. Dangerous goods

-General principles;

-Limitations of transporting dangerous goods by air;

-Classification according to classes and parcel labels;

-Dangerous goods in passenger baggage or in cabin baggage

-Emergency procedures.

-CC documentation for in-flight incidents when transporting dangerous goods.


-Offence committed onboard, which may endanger flight safety;

-Procedures for handling intoxicated passengers who may disturb flight safety, passenger or crew safety;

-Procedures for handling problem passengers or a groups of passengers;

-Procedures in case of an attack on a crew member;

-Procedures and equipment for incapacitating passengers endangering flight safety;

-Procedures for handling problem passengers - smokers on non-smoking flights;

-Location and contents of crew regulations concerning illegal passenger interference;

-Rights and duties of the Commander and other crew members.

-Prevention measures (in relation to passengers, baggage and equipment to be transported by air);

Bomb threat

-Procedures for an airplane search if it is insecure or if TSP or state authority consider it necessary; checklists

for searching airplane

-Procedures for handling suspicious pieces of baggage or articles onboard;

-Procedures for a bomb attack threat;

10. Training of first aid procedures

-Choking;

Medical emergencies in aviation including:

-Stress and allergic reactions;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Hyperventilation;

-Gastro-intestinal disturbance,

-Air sickness;

-Epilepsy;

-Heart attacks;

-Stroke;

-Shock;

-Diabetes;

-Emergency birth;

-Asthma.

Basic first aid and survival training including care of:

-The unconscious;

-Burns;

-Wounds;

-Fractures and soft tissue injuries.

Practical cardio-pulmonary resuscitation by each CC member with regard to the airplane environment and

using a specifically designed dummy.

The use of relevant airplane equipment:

-The first-aid oxygen

-Resuscitator

-Digital manometer

-The first-aid kits - the contents and practical opening of the different kits:

a)

For first aid

b) For doctor's use

c)

For a CC member’s use.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A – VII

SYLLABUS OF CC EXAMINER TRAINING

Number SubjectNumberof lessons

1. International aviation organizations 1

2. The Civil Aviation Act 1

3. State aviation authorities 1

4. Regulations on civil aviation operations 3

5. The Company's Operations Manual, CC procedures 2


DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE CC EXAMINER TRAINING OUTLINE

1. International aviation organizations

-ICAO; -IATA; -EU - OPS -FAA; -AEA; -ECAC;

-Government, non-government organizations and liaisons between them, authorities;

2. Civil Aviation Act

-Validity, legal basis;

-Relationship between the Act and the organizations ICAO, EU- OPS

-Basic paragraphs concerning operations and CC activities;

3. State aviation authorities -The Min of Infrastructure; -The Civil Aviation Authority;

-Basic relationships, authorities and responsibilities;

-Authority to monitor;

4. Regulations on civil aviation operations in the Rzeczpospolita Polska

-ANNEX, ICAO; -Aviation act; -OPS-series regulations; -Binding regulations of the CAA;

-Basic articles of regulations concerning CC activities;

-Relationships between the various regulations; -Relationship to the Civil Aviation Act

5. The Company's Operations Manual (The Operations Manual of TSP)

General

-List of minimum equipment;

-Crew duties;




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


-Conditions under which a crew member is not allowed to operate on an airplane;

-Access to flight deck;

-Portable electronic devices;

Operation procedures

-Transport of passengers of limited mobility;

-Transport of undesirable and deported persons and persons in custody;

-Stowage of baggage and cargo;

-Seat allocation of passengers;

-Passenger briefing;

-Fuelling/defuelling while passengers remain on board;

-Seat mechanism, two-point and multiple-point seat belts.

-Airplane balance, consequences of imbalance;

Airplane balance, Stowing


-Documents handed over to CC.

-Legislative and health limitations of flight duty

Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements of the crew

-Basic documents and regulations;-Crew flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements;

-Examples of maximum flight and duty time and minimum rest time calculations.




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


APPENDIX A – VIII

RECORDS OF TRAINING AND CHECKING PERFORMANCE

(see OM-D.4.2 for storage periods)

List of forms refers to the Cabin Crew training and checking.

Certificate the initial safety training

(see OM-D 2.2.1.a)




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Form TSP/CC 1 Record of initial training performance

RECORD OF INITIAL TRAINING PERFORMANCE

Name: Date of training beginning:

Subject Date Performed by Signature


2. Water survival training

3. Inland survival training

4. Medical aspects and First Aid

5. Crowd management

6. Communication

7. Discipline and responsibilities

8. General knowledge of aviation and

terminology, airplane, meteorology

9. (CRM): Crew Resource Management

10. Dangerous goods


Date of training termination: Training manager




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Form TSP/CC 2 Record of conversion and differences training

RECORD OF CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING PERFORMANCE

Name: Date of training beginning:


1. General


3. Operation of doors and exits

4. Evacuation slide training

5. Evacuation procedures and other

emergency situations

6. Crowd control

7. Pilot incapacitation

8. Safety equipment

9. Passenger briefing

Safety Demonstrations

10. Life jacket

Life rafts

Survival on water

Date of training termination: Training manager




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Form TSP/CC 3 Record of survival training on water performance

RECORD OF SURVIVAL TRAINING ON WATER PERFORMANCE

(LIFE RAFTS) Name: Date of training beginning:


1. JAR OPS 1.1005 a. General information

b. Survival training

c. Procedures after emergency landing on sea

2. JAR OPS 1.1010 a. Life raft description

b. Description of survival kit

c. Emergency transmitter

d. Final test: passed - not passed

3. JAR OPS 1.1010 a. Practical performance of life

raft and survival kit

4. JAR OPS 1.1010 a. Practical performance in

swimming pool

b. Life raft manipulation

c. Survival in life raft

Training finished Date Name and Signature of training manager

YES NO




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Recommendation

for proficiency

examiner

Type/Reg.. No. DateRoute

FROM/TO

Fight block

timeResult-Comments

Egzaminator

Name/Sign

Type exam

Type

Reg

Proficiency exam

Type

Reg

Conclusion of inspector:




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


reserved




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Form TSP/CC 5 Record of recurrent training performance

RECORD OF RECURRENT TRAINING PERFORMANCE

Year of training: Training valid till:

Name: Position: ID No.:

Subject: Date Instructor

E M E R G E N C Y E Q U I P M E

N T

Emergency Exits - instructions + Touch drill M

Life Vests - performance C

Portable Oxygen - performance C

PBE - performance C

Extinguishers - performance C

Other Emergency Equipment - performance C

E M E R G E N C Y P R O C E D U

R E S Evacuation - prepared emergency situation- crash landing M

Evacuation - prepared emergency situation- ditching M

Evacuation - unprepared emergency situation M

Crowd control M

Pilot incapacitation A

F I R S T A I D Cardiopulmonary resuscitation and First Aid C

Contents of the First Aid Kits C

OPERATIONS MANUAL C

DANGEROUS GOODS C

AIRCRAFT SECURITY C

INCIDENT AND ACCIDENT REVIEW C

CRM C




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


3 YEARS INTERVAL Date Instructor

I. Emergency Exits - instructions +manipulation

II.

PBE - practical use

Smoke Effects

Fire-fighting

III. Pyrotechnics + Life Raft

RECURRENT TRAINING FOR SCC

Subject Date Instructor

See Training Program

RECURRENT TRAINING FOR INSTRUCTORS

Subject Date Instructor

See Training Program

FINAL EXAMINATION OF PARTICIPANT IN VIEW OF CRM

Exams Date Instructor

Emergency

procedures and

equipment

uspěl(a)passed

neuspěl(a) not passed

First Aid -

practical

uspěl(a)passed


Dangerous

Goods

uspěl(a)

passed


Final Result: PASSED NOT PASSED Date Signature of examiner




OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ

PART D


ZMIANA/REVISION 0


Form TSP/CC 6 Record of senior cabin crew training performance

RECORD OF SENIOR CABIN CREW TRAINING PERFORMANCE

Name:

Subject Date Performed by

1. Pre-flight preparation

TVP Operations Manual D Rev 0

Documents

Transcript of TVP Operations Manual D Rev 0